LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
10-12G, 1998-05-01
Previous: PEOPLES BANCORP INC/MD, 10SB12G/A, 1998-05-01
Next: TROY GROUP INC, S-1, 1998-05-01



                                                    Registration No. ___________


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                     FORM 10

                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                      PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


               Texas                                          75-2691209
    (State or other jurisdiction                            (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                           Identification No.)


                           3911 Turtle Creek Boulevard
                             300 Turtle Creek Centre
                               Dallas, Texas 75219
                                 (214) 528-4834
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
       code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                      Units of Beneficial Trust Interests.




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                        1

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST

                                     FORM 10

                             Registration Statement

                   (Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

                                (the "1934 Act")

                                      * * *

                                PRELIMINARY NOTE

     On February  19, 1997,  (the  "Effective  Date") the Lone Star  Liquidating
Trust (the "Trust") was established by ICH Corporation (including Care Financial
Corporation  and  SWL  Holding  Corporation)  (the  "Debtors")  pursuant  to the
Debtors'  First Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization  (the "Joint Plan") in the
Chapter 11 case styled In Re I.C.H. Corporation et al, Case No. 395-36351-RCM-11
(the "Case"). The Joint Plan was confirmed by order of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of Texas (the "Bankruptcy Court") on February 7, 1997.
A copy of the Joint Plan,  which includes defined terms, is filed as Exhibit 2.1
to this  Registration  Statement.  Capitalized  terms used in this  Registration
Statement without other definition are used as defined in the Joint Plan.

     Statements  contained in this Registration  Statement as to the contents of
any contract or document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance such
statements  are  qualified in their  entireties by reference to the copy of such
contract or other document filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

     This Registration  Statement may contain statements relating to the Trust's
activities that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements include
the  information  concerning  possible  or  assumed  liquidation  of assets  and
resolution of claims and  liabilities set forth under "Item 1, Business," " Item
2, Financial  Information,"  "Item 8, Legal Proceedings," and those preceded by,
followed by or that include the words  "believes,"  "expects,"  "anticipates" or
similar  expressions.  Trust Beneficiaries  should understand that the following
important factors,  in addition to those discussed elsewhere in the Registration
Statement,  could affect the future  activities of the Trust, the liquidation of
assets, the resolution of claims and liabilities,  and the amount  distributable
to Trust  Beneficiaries  and could cause those to differ  materially  from those
expressed  in such  statements:  the  outcome of claims and  litigation  pending
against the Trust and its  subsidiaries,  the  assertion  of claims  against the
Trust and its  subsidiaries  in the  future,  as a  successor  to the Debtors or
otherwise, the unique nature of certain of the Trust's assets and, consequently,
the limited market for such assets, general market and economic conditions,  and
other factors, many of which are beyond the control of the Trust.

                                      * * *
Item 1. Business

     I.C.H.  Corporation  ("ICH") was an insurance holding company that marketed
through  its  insurance  subsidiaries  a broad  range of  insurance  and annuity
products  to  individuals  and  groups.  In order  to  address  a  progressively
deteriorating  financial  condition,  in 1995  ICH  determined  to sell its core
insurance  subsidiaries.  On  October  9,  1995,  the  Debtors  entered  into  a
definitive  agreement  to  sell  their  principal  insurance  subsidiaries.  The
transaction  contained  provisions  for  presenting  the  proposed  sale  to the
Bankruptcy Court in a Chapter 11 case to be commenced by the Debtors and for the
establishment  of a competitive  sale  procedure to be conducted as part of such
Chapter 11 case.  On October 10,  1995,  the Debtors and  Facilities  Management
Installation,  Inc. ("FMI"), a subsidiary of ICH that provided management,  data
processing  and other support  services to ICH and its  insurance  subsidiaries,
filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. Until confirmation of the
Joint Plan,  the Debtors  continued to operate  their  businesses  as debtors in
possession  as  authorized  by  the  Bankruptcy   Code.  In  accordance  with  a
competitive  procedure  established by the  Bankruptcy  Court,  ICH's  principal
insurance  subsidiaries  and  substantially  all the  assets of FMI were sold in
December 1995 to Southwestern Financial


                                        2

<PAGE>



Corporation  ("SFC"),  a corporation  newly formed by PennCorp  Financial  Group
("PennCorp") and Knightsbridge  Capital Fund i, L.P.  Philadelphia American Life
Insurance Company ("PALICO"),  Modern American Life Insurance Company ("Modern")
and Western Pioneer Life Insurance Company ("Western"),  three of four remaining
insurance  subsidiaries  held  indirectly  by ICH  through  its other  remaining
insurance subsidiary, Bankers Multiple Line Insurance Company ("BML"), were sold
prior to confirmation of the Joint Plan. All of the outstanding  stock of BML is
held in the registry of the Bankruptcy  Court for the benefit of the Trust.  FMI
remains under the protection of the Bankruptcy Court.

     The Joint Plan was confirmed by the  Bankruptcy  Court on February 7, 1997,
and became effective on February 19, 1997. The Trust was formed on the Effective
Date under the Lone Star Liquidating  Trust Agreement,  dated as of February 19,
1997 (the  "Trust  Agreement"),  a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this
Registration Statement.

     Pursuant to the Joint Plan, all of the Debtors' assets,  other than certain
specific  assets  retained by Reorganized  ICH pursuant to the Joint Plan,  were
transferred to the Trust on the Effective Date. Assets which were transferred to
the Trust on the Effective Date totaled approximately $372 million.  Liabilities
assumed by the Trust on the Effective  Date totaled  approximately  $18 million,
and included certain administrative, priority and other claims superior to Class
5 Claims. Additionally, the Trust assumed all the rights and obligations of BML,
including  indemnification  obligations,  under  the sales  agreements  with the
purchasers of PALICO,  Modern and Western, all non-reinsured  liabilities of BML
as of the  Effective  Date and certain  other  obligations.  For a more detailed
description  of the assets and  liabilities  of the Trust see "Item 2, Financial
Information".

     The  purpose  of the  Trust is the  orderly  disposition,  liquidation  and
distribution of Trust Assets,  distributing Available Cash to holders of Allowed
ICH Class 5 Claims  (General  Unsecured  Claims) (in  accordance  with the Joint
Plan, a "Trust  Beneficiary") and making other distributions and payments called
for in the Joint Plan, with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of
a trade or  business.  Under  the  terms of the  Trust  Agreement,  the Trust is
permitted to engage only in those  activities  that are reasonably  necessary to
the purpose for which it was formed and  consistent  with its  objective  not to
continue  or engage in the  conduct  of a trade or  business.  The Trust has not
engaged in the conduct of a trade or business.

     BML sold, through a reinsurance transaction effective as of March 31, 1996,
all  of  its  remaining  insurance  business,   and  has  ceased  all  insurance
underwriting activities.  Bankers Life & Casualty Company, a former affiliate of
BML,  issues and  administers  accident  insurance to credit card holders on BML
policies and assumes  100% of the  insurance  liability.  BML's  activities  are
primarily  limited to maintaining its licenses in fifty states and resolving (i)
pre March 31, 1996 claims  litigation,  as well as claims litigation  assumed in
connection with the sale of PALICO; (ii) potential indemnity  obligations for an
environmental  matter  arising  from the sale of  Modern  and one of its  former
subsidiaries and (iii) potential indemnity  obligations arising from the sale of
PALICO, Modern and Western.

     All of the outstanding stock of FMI is held by the Trust. Since the sale by
ICH of its principal  insurance  subsidiaries  and the assets of FMI to SFC, FMI
has not conducted any business.  However,  it has continued to meet its employee
benefit  related  obligations and settled certain claims filed against it in its
bankruptcy proceedings.

     Termination.  The  Trust  will  terminate  on the  earlier  to occur of the
fulfillment  of the Trust's  purpose by  liquidation of all the Trust assets and
the  distribution  of the proceeds  thereof,  or three years after the Effective
Date. In order to terminate  prior to three years after the Effective  Date, the
Managing Trustee, after receiving the approval of the Supervisory Trustees, must
deliver a notice to all Trust Beneficiaries  setting forth the date on which the
Trust  will  terminate.  If no Trust  Beneficiary  files an  objection  with the
Bankruptcy  Court within 45 days after the date of such  notice,  the Trust will
terminate on the date set forth in the notice. In addition, the Managing Trustee
may request,  upon the approval of the Supervisory Trustees, an extension of the
term of the Trust if the  Managing  Trustee  has been  unable  after  continuing
reasonable  efforts to sell or  otherwise  dispose of and realize upon the Trust
Assets in the initial three year term or if other circumstances require. Such an
application,  if any, must be made to the Bankruptcy  Court and approved  within
six  months of the  beginning  of what  would be the  extended  term.  Upon such
application,  the Trust will continue  until the date approved by the Bankruptcy
Court,  or if  the  extension  is  disapproved  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court,  the
expiration  of the six month  period.  In no event will the  termination  of the
Trust occur later than the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.


                                        3

<PAGE>



     Reports.  The Managing Trustee is required  pursuant to the Trust Agreement
to maintain  books and  records of account  relating  to the Trust  assets,  the
proceeds  thereof,  reserves and other matters  concerning the Trust, as well as
the  expenses  incurred  on behalf of the Trust,  and such other  matters as the
Supervisory Trustees may from time-to-time direct.

     Pursuant to the Trust  Agreement,  the Managing Trustee is also required to
prepare the following reports:

     Monthly.  On a monthly basis, within two weeks after the end of each month,
a report of the receipts and disbursements of the Trust and the cash position of
the Trust; and

     Quarterly.  On a quarterly  basis within  forty-five days of the end of the
subject  quarter,  a report of the  activities  of the Trust  detailing  for the
preceding quarterly period the activities of the Trust including:

     (i)  an unaudited  operating statement showing all revenues received by the
          Trust and all  expenses  of  operations  of the Trust  (including  all
          expenses  associated  with the sale of any  Trust  assets  paid by the
          Trust);

     (ii) an unaudited written report and accounting  showing (a) the assets and
          liabilities of the Trust at the end of such period, (b) any changes in
          the Trust  assets,  (c) the amount of any  reserves  or escrows of the
          Trust,  (d) any material  action taken by the Managing  Trustee or the
          Supervisory Trustees; and

     (iii) an overall status report for the next quarterly period.

     Monthly reports for any month ending a quarterly  period may be included in
the quarterly report for such period.  Quarterly  reports for the fourth quarter
of each calendar year may be included within the annual reports described below,
if such annual reports are prepared.

     Annually.  To the extent required by the Bankruptcy Court or applicable law
(or to gain an exemption from applicable  law),  within 90 days after the end of
each  calendar  year,  beginning  with the first  year end  occurring  after the
Effective Date, a report for the prior year as described in clauses (i) and (ii)
above, except that such reports are for a full year (or portion thereof in which
the Trust has been in existence) and are audited.

     The  reports are  distributed  to each  Supervisory  Trustee and each Trust
Beneficiary  who  requests a copy in writing.  The  monthly,  quarterly  and, if
prepared,  annual  reports  also are filed with the  Bankruptcy  Court  and,  if
required, with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Managing
Trustee will furnish to Trust  Beneficiaries  such  information and returns with
respect to any federal or state tax as may be required by law.

     Certain  Tax  Provisions  of Trust  Agreement.  The Trust is intended to be
treated   as   a   liquidating   trust   pursuant   to   Treasury    Regulations
ss.301.7701-4(d), and as a grantor trust subject to the provisions of Subchapter
J, Subpart E of the Tax Code, owned by the Trust Beneficiaries as grantors.  Any
items of income, deduction,  credit, or loss of the Trust shall be allocated for
federal income tax purposes among the Trust Beneficiaries  pro-rata on the basis
of their  beneficial  interests.  The Managing Trustee is authorized to take any
action that may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to minimize  any  potential  tax
liability of the Trust Beneficiaries arising out of the operations of the Trust.

     In accordance with Treasury Regulation ss.1.671-4(a),  the Managing Trustee
shall cause to be prepared and filed,  at the cost and expense of the Trust,  an
annual  information  tax return (Form 1041) with the Internal  Revenue  Service,
with a  schedule  attached  showing  the item of income,  deduction,  and credit
attributable  to the Trust and detailing the allocation of such items of income,
deduction,  and credit among the Trust Beneficiaries as required pursuant to the
Form 1041 instructions for grantor trusts. Copies of such Form 1041 and attached
schedules will be delivered promptly to each Trust Beneficiary.

     Each Trust  Beneficiary  is required  to report on his  federal  income tax
return his allocable share of any income,  loss,  deduction or credit recognized
or incurred by the Trust,  including,  but not limited to,  interest or dividend
income earned on bank accounts and other investments of the Trust.


                                        4

<PAGE>


     If a Trust  asset  is sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of by the  Trust  in a
transaction in which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes,
each Trust Beneficiary will be required to report on his tax return gain or loss
equal to the  difference  between  (i) his pro rata  share of the amount of cash
and/or fair market value of any  property  received in exchange for the asset so
sold or otherwise  disposed  of,  minus (ii) his adjusted  basis in his pro rate
share of such asset,  as adjusted.  The character and amount of any such gain or
loss will be  determined  by  reference  to the  character  of the asset sold or
otherwise  disposed of and by reference to whether the transaction in which such
asset was  disposed of  constitutes  a sale or exchange  for federal  income tax
purposes.

     Each Trust Beneficiary's obligation to report his share of any Trust income
or gain upon an asset disposition is not dependent on the Trust distributing any
cash or  other  proceeds.  Accordingly,  a  Trust  Beneficiary  may  incur a tax
liability as a result of owning an interest in the Trust  regardless  of whether
the Trust makes a current distribution.

     Certain Regulatory Matters. On the basis of a "no-action" position taken by
the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") at the request of the Trust,
the Trust has not  registered  as an  investment  company  under the  Investment
Company  Act  of  1940.   The  SEC's   position   was  based  upon  the  Trust's
representations  to the SEC that the Trust:  will exist solely to liquidate  its
assets and  distribute  the proceeds;  will not hold itself out as an investment
company, but rather as a trust in the process of liquidation; will not conduct a
trade or  business  and will be  limited  to  making  temporary  investments  in
short-term  government  securities,  certain  time  deposits,   certificates  of
deposit,  bankers' acceptances commercial paper and money market funds; and will
terminate  on the earlier of the date on which all of the Trust assets have been
liquidated and the proceeds distributed to holders of interests in the Trust, or
three years after the effective  date of the Joint Plan,  unless the  Bankruptcy
Court  permits the Trust to  continue  in  existence  for an  additional  period
determined  to be necessary  for the Trust to complete the  distribution  of its
assets.

Item 2. Financial Information

     Reference  is  made  to the  financial  statements  (the  "Trust  Financial
Statements")  of the Trust as of and for the period from  February 19, 1997 (the
inception of the Trust) through December 31, 1997 (therein referred to as 1997),
which are  attached to this  Registration  Statement  as Appendix A, for certain
financial  information  concerning the Trust and its activities for such period.
The following  information  concerning  the Trust's  financial  performance  and
condition should be read in conjunction with the Trust Financial Statements.

Effective Date Assets, Claims and Liabilities

     On February 19, 1997, the Debtors contributed approximately $372 million of
assets to the Trust consisting principally of:

     (i)  Cash and short-term investments of $151 million;

     (ii) Restricted cash and short-term  investments of $110 million,  relating
          primarily to cash  proceeds  from the Debtors'  sale of its  principal
          insurance   subsidiaries   that  were  placed  in  escrow  to  satisfy
          obligations arising under certain tax, environmental,  legal and other
          indemnification  agreements in favor of the purchasers  (the "PennCorp
          Escrow");

     (iii) Accounts receivable of $2.4 million

     (iv) Assets, net of liabilities, of BML of $32.0 million to which the Trust
          was entitled under the Joint Plan;

     (v)  Capital  stock of FMI.  FMI's  assets  consisted  principally  of $5.9
          million  in  cash  and  short-term  investments  and  a  $6.3  million
          receivable  from ICH (which was assumed by the Trust).  Liabilities of
          $3.0 million primarily related to retired employee benefit obligations
          and severance obligations to former officers;



                                        5

<PAGE>


     (vi) Note from SFC in the principal amount of $40.0 million;

     (vii)The right to participate in certain economic benefits derived from the
          ownership  of  Bluebonnet  Savings Bank FSB by CFSB  Corporation  (now
          Stone Capital Inc.) (the "Stone  Capital  Interest")  with an assigned
          value of $18 million;

     (viii) Common stock and bond portfolio of $3.4 million;

     (ix) Income tax recoverable from SFC of $2.8 million; and

     (x) Real estate valued at $2.6 million.

     On the Effective  Date,  the Trust issued  370,622,669  Trust  Interests in
exchange  for ICH Class 5 Claims  allowed  on the  Effective  Date,  each  Trust
Interest  representing  $1 of the amount of the allowed claim.  On the Effective
Date the  Trust  recognized  superior  claims  and  other  liabilities  of $17.6
million.  This amount included $7.4 million for administrative and post petition
expenses  primarily related to bonuses due under certain  employment  contracts,
including a  compensation  agreement  with the  Managing  Trustee  (see "Item 6,
Executive  Compensation"),  professional  fee expense,  $5.6 million for retiree
benefits  which the Trust is  obligated  to continue  for the period the Debtors
would have been obligated to provide such benefits,  $3.3 million  reserved with
respect to the contested Class 5 Claim of Victor Sayyah as provided in the Joint
Plan,  $0.9 million for a claim against the PennCorp Escrow and $0.4 million for
certain other superior claims.  Administrative  and post petition  expenses have
been paid as they come due. The $0.9 million claim  against the PennCorp  Escrow
was paid from the PennCorp Escrow account and the Trust paid the $0.4 million of
other claims.

     Additionally, the Trust assumed all the rights and obligations of BML under
the sales  agreements  with the  purchasers of PALICO,  Modern and Western,  all
non-reinsured  liabilities  of BML as of the  Effective  Date and certain  other
obligations  of the Debtors.  Contested  Class 5 claims pending on the Effective
Date were the claims of Victor Sayyah,  Great  Southern Life  Insurance  Company
("GSLIC") and the Jane Harlick Trust (the  "Contested  Claims").  As required by
the Joint Plan, on the Effective Date the Trust reserved $3.3 million for Victor
Sayyah's claim. No other claims reserves were  established on the Effective Date
because the Managing Trustee determined in accordance with the provisions of the
Trust Agreement that no reserves were necessary.

Liquidation of Assets and Assets Remaining as of December 31, 1997

     As described above, assets of the Trust on the Effective Date included $151
million of cash and short-term investments and $109.9 million of restricted cash
and short-term  investments.  Approximately  $67 million of restricted  cash and
short-term  investments  was released  from the PennCorp  Escrow on February 28,
1997,  bringing  unrestricted  cash and short-term  investments to approximately
$218  million.  On March 3,  1997,  the Trust made an  initial  distribution  to
holders of Trust Interests aggregating approximately $199 million (53.72% of the
Class 5 Claims allowed as of the Effective Date).

     Under the terms of the Joint Plan,  Reorganized  ICH  retained  the capital
stock of BML on the Effective Date,  subject to the Trust's right to receive all
of the assets of BML other than the  insurance  licenses  owned by BML,  and the
Trust assumed all non-reinsured liabilities of BML as of the Effective Date. The
Trust made  available  to BML under the terms of the Joint Plan  certain  assets
required  by BML to maintain  capital  and  surplus as required by the  Illinois
Department  of Insurance and other  insurance  regulatory  authorities  in those
jurisdictions in which BML held insurance licenses.

     On the Effective Date, in addition to the insurance licenses, the assets of
BML consisted of $2.8 million in cash and short-term  investments,  $4.2 million
in bonds and structured  securities,  substantially all of which were investment
grade and  highly  liquid,  $11.8  million  in  limited  partnership  interests,
consisting of investments in H/M Connectors, L.P. ("Connectors") and H/M Neodata
DBMS,  L.P.  ("Neodata"),  $11.4  million in real  estate,  and $8.7  million in
miscellaneous  other assets  including a $3.6 million  receivable  which was the
subject of litigation and a $3.8 million investment in a subsidiary. Liabilities
of BML consisted of insurance related claims and litigation and  indemnification
obligations from the sale of PALICO, Modern and Western.


                                        6

<PAGE>



     At its option,  for 90 days following the Effective  Date,  Reorganized ICH
could  require the Trust to purchase  the capital  stock of BML for a payment of
$5.0  million or could  transfer  all  remaining  assets of BML to the Trust and
retain the BML corporate shell and insurance licenses. In April 1997 Reorganized
ICH  exercised  its option as granted in the Joint Plan to sell to the Trust the
stock of BML. As set forth in the Joint  Plan,  the Trust paid  Reorganized  ICH
$5.0 million in cash,  the stock of BML was  delivered  into the registry of the
Bankruptcy Court for the benefit of the Trust and, after contributing to BML its
rights to the assets of BML, the Trust recognized a $37.0 million  investment in
BML.  Subsequently,  the Trust settled litigation against Conseco, Inc., Conseco
Partnership  Management,  Inc. and Conseco Capital  Partners II, L.P.  ("Conseco
Entities") for the collection of  approximately  $3.6 million the Trust believed
was owed to it according to the terms of a certain  partnership  agreement for a
cash payment to BML of $3.2 million. BML made a transfer to the Trust consisting
of the Connectors limited  partnership  interest and cash of $10.4 million.  The
cash was generated from the  liquidation of Neodata,  the sale of  substantially
all of BML's real estate portfolio and the settlement of litigation  against the
Conseco  Entities.  The Trust recognized a $4.4 million increase in the value of
BML in 1997 due to realized  gains on the sale of assets of BML,  settlement  of
litigation  and a reduction of  contingent  liabilities,  bringing the net asset
value of BML to $20.6 million at December 31, 1997.

     In August  1997,  the Trust  settled  all  outstanding  issues with SFC and
PennCorp, the purchasers of the Debtor's principal insurance subsidiaries. Under
the terms of the settlement,  PennCorp and SFC repurchased the $40.0 million SFC
Note at par plus accrued interest,  released all indemnity obligations under the
1995 purchase  agreement  between ICH and the  purchasers  assumed by the Trust,
including  any rights to $39.2  million of  restricted  funds  remaining  in the
PennCorp  Escrow,  paid a disputed tax related  receivable  to the Trust of $2.8
million and purchased various other assets for an aggregate of $1.6 million.

     As of  December  31,  1997,  the  Trust had net  assets  of $63.8  million,
consisting of $76.2 million in assets net of liabilities  of $12.4  million.  In
addition  to cash and  short-term  investments  of $11.1  million,  the  Trust's
principal  remaining  unliquidated  assets as of December 31, 1997 are described
below:

     (1)  Investment in  HM/Connectors,  L.P.

          The sole  asset of  Connectors  was common  stock of Berg  Electronics
          Corporation  ("Berg").  Assuming a deemed  liquidation  of the limited
          partnership at December 31, 1997, the Trust's interest would have been
          worth  approximately $18.7 million based on the reported closing price
          of Berg common stock.  Due to market risk and lack of liquidity in the
          limited  partnership,  the Trust  adjusted the  carrying  value of the
          limited partnership at December 31, 1997 to $15.2 million.

          On February 5, 1998, Connectors  distributed all of its shares of Berg
          common  stock to its  limited  partners.  The Trust sold all shares of
          Berg  stock  distributed  to it in a  public,  underwritten  secondary
          offering  consummated  on February  11, 1998 for net proceeds of $19.6
          million.

     (2)  Bankers Multiple Line

          The Trust's  investment in BML was valued at $20.6 million at December
          31, 1997. BML's assets are primarily cash and cash equivalents and its
          liabilities are insurance  related claims and litigation and indemnity
          claims from the sales of PALICO,  Modern and Western.  Neither BML nor
          the Trust believe BML's exposure for claims and indemnity  obligations
          will exceed the total amount  reserved and escrowed in BML's financial
          statements and therefore  reflected in the Trust's  investment in BML,
          although  there  can  be no  assurance  as to  the  actual  amount  of
          liability,  if any, and such  liability may be material and may exceed
          such   escrows  and   reserves.   Such   claims  and   indemnification
          obligations,  as well as any other  liability  of BML  assumed  by the
          Trust,  if any, will be liabilities of the Trust and, to the extent of
          such obligations and liabilities,  the amount of cash available to the
          Trust for distribution to the Trust Beneficiaries will be reduced. See
          "Item 8, Legal Proceedings" and Note 13 to the Financial Statements of
          the Trust  attached to this  Registration  Statement as Appendix A for
          information concerning various litigation matters involving BML.



                                        7

<PAGE>


     (3)  Stone Capital Interest

          The Stone Capital  Interest  arises from the agreement of Consolidated
          National  Corporation  ("CNC")  to  share  with ICH  certain  economic
          benefits  it  received in  relation  to Stone  Capital,  Inc.  ("Stone
          Capital"),  a holding  company  organized by James M. Fail ("Fail") to
          organize and charter its wholly owned subsidiary,  Bluebonnet  Savings
          Bank, FSB ("Bluebonnet").  Bluebonnet was formed in 1988 to acquire 15
          insolvent  Texas savings and loan  associations as part of the Federal
          Home  Loan  Bank   Board   government   assisted   "Southwest   Plan."
          Historically,  ICH and CNC loaned monies to Fail,  Stone  Capital,  or
          Bluebonnet for the purpose of capitalizing  Bluebonnet.  In connection
          with its loans,  CNC negotiated  for, and received,  a 49% interest in
          (i)  dividends  or other  distributions  to or for the benefit of Fail
          from  Stone  Capital,  excluding  amounts  used for (a)  interest  and
          principal  payments on certain debt, (b) amounts specified for certain
          litigation   settlements  and  (c)  certain  dividend   payments  from
          Bluebonnet,  (ii) certain  proceeds from the sale or transfer of Stone
          Capital  common  stock and (iii)  benefits  from Stone  Capital's  tax
          attributes (collectively, the "Stone Capital Proceeds"). CNC agreed to
          share the Stone Capital  Proceeds with ICH based on the  proportionate
          amount of loans  granted by ICH as compared to the total amount of the
          loans by ICH and CNC.  Based on such  agreement,  ICH is  entitled  to
          receive 27.7% of the payments CNC receives under CNC's  agreement with
          Stone  Capital and Fail.  Therefore,  ICH is entitled to 13.57% of the
          Stone  Capital  Proceeds  (such  interests  referred  to herein as the
          "Stone  Capital  Interest").  ICH's  interest  in  Stone  Capital  was
          transferred  to the  Trust  according  to the  Joint  Plan.  The Stone
          Capital  Interest  does not entitle the Trust to any voting  rights or
          any other  rights of  ownership  with  respect to Stone  Capital  and,
          therefore,  the Trust is unable to  control  or direct  the  timing or
          amount  of any  distributions  that may be  declared  or paid by Stone
          Capital.

          The value of the Stone  Capital  Interest  is subject to  considerable
          uncertainty.  The Trust has assigned a carrying value of $18.0 million
          to the Stone  Capital  Interest  based on (a) prior  valuations by the
          Debtors  of the  Stone  Capital  Interest,  (b)  consideration  of the
          financial  condition  of Stone  Capital and (c) certain  risk  factors
          associated with the Stone Capital  Interest,  which include the timing
          and amount of  dividends  that may (or may not) be  declared  by Stone
          Capital,  and the outcome of certain  litigation against Stone Capital
          and Fail.  The amount  ultimately  realized by the Trust for the Stone
          Capital Interest may differ materially from the value assigned to such
          interest and will depend,  in part,  on the effect of the risk factors
          referred to above,  which factors are (or will be) outside the control
          of the Trust.

     (4)  Investment in FMI

          At year end, FMI had net assets of $9.3  million,  consisting of $11.1
          million  of cash and  accounts  receivable  from the  Trust  less $1.8
          million of retired employee related  liabilities.  Claims  outstanding
          against FMI include  certain  indemnity  claims of former officers and
          directors of FMI.  See "Claims - Claims of Officers  and  Directors in
          ICH and FMI Cases" below.

     (5)  Other Assets

          Other  assets  at  December  31,  1997  consisted  of a  $1.7  million
          reinsurance  receivable and  miscellaneous  other assets totaling $0.4
          million.

     Liabilities  as of  December  31, 1997  totaled  $12.4  million,  including
post-petition  accrued liabilities of $3.5 million primarily related to employee
bonuses  and  professional  fee  expense,  $5.6  million  for  retired  employee
liabilities and $3.3 million  reserved for the contested Class 5 Claim of Victor
Sayyah.

Claims

     As of  the  Effective  Date,  the  Trust  assumed  responsibility  for  the
resolution of all claims filed in connection with the Case which were unresolved
at the Effective Date or that were later filed.



                                        8

<PAGE>



     Jane Harlick  Trust.  The Jane Harlick  Trust filed a proof of claim in the
Case in the amount of at least $4.8  million.  The Trust settled the claim for a
one time cash payment of $413,520.

     Sayyah Claim. Victor Sayyah filed a proof of claim in the Case arising from
a 1981 transaction in which American Commonwealth Financial Corp., a corporation
controlled by Victor  Sayyah,  sold the stock of HCA, Inc. to an ICH  subsidiary
for $15 million in cash and a promissory  note with a face amount of $30 million
(the  "ICH  Note").  The ICH Note  was  subsequently  assigned  to  Sayyah.  ICH
subsequently  assumed the obligation under the ICH Note. In 1984, ICH and Sayyah
entered into a revolving  credit loan  agreement  (the "Loan  Agreement")  under
which  ICH  agreed to loan  Sayyah  up to  certain  specified  sums at  Sayyah's
request,  with a total  borrowing  cap of $29.5  million.  Pursuant  to the Loan
Agreement,  Sayyah  borrowed  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of $27  million,
executing  various  promissory  notes  (the  "Sayyah  Notes")  in the  aggregate
principal  amount.  On the Effective Date, the outstanding  principal balance of
the loan from ICH to Sayyah was $27 million.

     The Trust filed an adversary  proceeding  objecting to the Sayyah claim and
seeking a  judgment  against  Sayyah for  amounts  due under the loans to Sayyah
pursuant to the Loan  Agreement and Sayyah  Notes.  Under the terms of the Joint
Plan and the  order  confirming  the  Joint  Plan,  the  Bankruptcy  Court  will
determine the amount of Sayyah's secured claim and timing of the offset to which
Sayyah is  entitled  and the amount of Sayyah's  unsecured  claim,  if any.  The
unsecured  portion of the  Sayyah  claim,  if any,  will be treated as a Class 5
Claim in the amount  determined by the Bankruptcy  Court. The Trust has objected
to  Sayyah's  proof of claim to the  extent it  sought  recovery  for  unmatured
original issue discount in the ICH Note.  Summary judgment motions were filed by
Sayyah and the Trust and the Bankruptcy  Court has ruled in favor of Sayyah with
respect to the original issue discount  issue.  The Trust has reserved its right
to appeal such  decision.  A trial is scheduled in June of 1998 on the remaining
issues.

     The  amount  Sayyah  is  seeking  as an  unsecured  claim,  as set forth in
discovery  responses  served  in  the  adversary   proceedings  filed  with  the
Bankruptcy Court, is approximately  $3.25 million,  plus interest and attorney's
fees  and  other  expenses.  In  accordance  with  the  Bankruptcy  Court  order
confirming  the Joint Plan,  the Trust has  reserved  the amount of $3.3 million
with respect to the Class 5 Claim, if any, of Sayyah. The reserved amount is not
a limit to the amount,  if any,  of an allowed ICH Class 5 Claim of Sayyah.  The
ultimate amount and outcome of the Sayyah claim,  including appeals,  if any, is
uncertain.

     GSLIC  Claim.  GSLIC  filed a proof of claim in the ICH and FMI  bankruptcy
cases  requesting that a claim be allowed in the amount of any judgment  against
GSLIC  in  pending  litigation  in  Louisiana,  Texas  and  elsewhere  regarding
"vanishing premium policies." GSLIC contends that ICH and FMI are co-liable with
GSLIC because these vanishing  premium  policies were issued by GSLIC when GSLIC
was an  affiliate  of ICH.  The Trust  filed an  objection  to GSLIC's  claim in
February 1998. Among other  objections,  the Trust contended that the contingent
reimbursement  claims  asserted by GSLIC are not allowable  under the Bankruptcy
Code.  Pursuant to an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court related to the GSLIC
matter in November of 1997,  GSLIC capped its  potential  claim at $3.0 million,
and the Trust reserved $3.0 million in non- cash assets to satisfy any potential
allowed claim. In late April 1998, the Trust and GSLIC  tentatively  agreed to a
settlement  of GSLIC's  claim whereby GSLIC has agreed to withdraw its claims in
exchange for a one-time cash payment of $125,000 from the Trust.  The Trust, FMI
and GSLIC would also execute mutual releases. The settlement is subject to final
documentation  satisfactory to the parties and approval by the Bankruptcy  Court
upon  submission of the appropriate  motion,  which the Trust  anticipates  will
occur shortly.

     Claims of Officers and  Directors in ICH and FMI Cases.  A number of former
officers  and   directors   filed  proofs  of  claim  for  possible   rights  of
indemnification  in the ICH and FMI bankruptcy  cases. No dollar amount of claim
is specified.  A defense fund for the payment of litigation expenses incurred by
the  directors and officers,  including in  connection  with certain  securities
litigation  brought by ICH stockholders,  was established during the pendency of
the Case. Amounts remaining in the defense fund were transferred to the Trust on
the Effective Date and the Trust assumed ICH's indemnification  obligations with
respect to ICH's directors and officers. The Trust has entered into a settlement
agreement  whereby  the  Trust  will  receive  releases  from the  officers  and
directors,  and the  withdrawal of their claims against ICH and FMI, in exchange
for the conveyance by the Trust of a small ownership interest in Reorganized ICH
and  the  Trust's  agreement  to  share  certain  rights  in  the  defense  fund
established for the officers and directors during the Case. The defense


                                        9

<PAGE>


fund  currently  amounts to $114,000,  which amount the Trust  expects  would be
fully  depleted  by  the  directors'  and  officers'  litigation  expenses.  The
settlement agreement will be submitted to the Bankruptcy Court for approval, and
it is anticipated  that such submission  will be made shortly.  The terms of the
agreement will not become  effective until the Bankruptcy Court has approved the
agreement. If the settlement agreement becomes effective,  the Trust anticipates
that it will request  dismissal of the FMI  bankruptcy  case. If the  Bankruptcy
Court does not approve the  settlement,  the Trust may pursue  objections to the
claims of a number of the officers and directors.  Such objections would include
that the  directors'  and officers'  right to  reimbursement  is contingent  and
therefore not allowable  under the Bankruptcy  Code. In such event,  the allowed
amount, if any, of such claim and their priority relative to the rights of Trust
Beneficiaries is uncertain.

     Additional  Claims. The Kentucky Revenue Cabinet filed a proof of claim for
$1.2 million in January, 1998. On April 13, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court heard the
Trust's  objection  to the  claim  and  subsequently  ruled  that  the  claim is
disallowed.  Also,  two  insurance  companies  filed  proofs of claims  totaling
$263,000 and other sums not yet matured related to potential  premiums due under
certain  insurance  policies.  Although the Trust cannot  predict the outcome of
such claim or the amount of such claim if allowed,  the Trust believes that such
claim is not likely to result in any liability to the Trust.

     Claims  may  from  time  to time  be  asserted  against  the  Trust  or its
subsidiaries,  relating to the  activities of the Debtors' or  otherwise.  If so
asserted,  the  resolution  of any such claims  will depend upon the  particular
facts and circumstances of such claim and may reduce the amount distributable to
Trust Beneficiaries.

Distributions

     Total  distributions in 1997 were  approximately  $302 million or 81.41% of
the allowed Trust Interests as shown below. In addition,  the Trust  distributed
$18.5 million or 5.0% of allowed Trust Interests in 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Distributions to Holders of Interests
              -------------------------------------
                                                  Distribution Amount
                                                  -------------------
                                                                 As %
   Distribution Date                               $          of Interest
   -----------------                         --------------   -----------
   <S>                                       <C>                  <C>
   March 3, 1997                             $  199,098,499       53.72%
   May 27, 1997                                  11,118,680        3.00
   September 10, 1997                            91,506,737       24.69
                                             --------------       -----
      Total                                  $  301,723,916       81.41%
                                             ==============       =====
   February 27, 1998                         $   18,531,133        5.00%
</TABLE>

Item 3. Properties

     The Trust has no material properties.

     The Trust  occupies  approximately  1,500 square feet of office space at an
annual cost of $24,000.

Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     (a) Since  the Trust has no  outstanding  "voting  securities"  within  the
meaning  of  the  1934  Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder,  the  disclosure
requirements  of Form 10 pertaining to 5% holders of voting  securities  are not
applicable.

     (b) The Managing  Trustee is not,  and by the terms of the Trust  Agreement
may not be, a Trust  Beneficiary.  Interests  in the Trust owned by  Supervisory
Trustees as of March 31, 1998 are shown in the following table:



                                       10

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Number of and % of
                      Interests Owned as of March 31, 1998
                Owner           Number              Percent of Total
                -----           ------              ----------------

<S>                              <C>                        <C>
 Gregory Lathrop...............  1,950,572 (1)              *
 Jeffrey Schultz...............  -0-                        *
 John M. Tobin.................  -0-                        *

 * Less than 1%.
</TABLE>

     (1)  Includes 26,008 Trust Interests held by Lathrop Investment  Management
          Corporation  profit  sharing  plan,  over which Mr.  Lathrop  has sole
          investment  discretion,  and 1,924,564 Trust Interests held by Lathrop
          Investment Management Corporation on behalf of its investment advisory
          clients which Mr. Lathrop may be deemed to beneficially  own by virtue
          of his  position  as the  president  and sole  stockholder  of Lathrop
          Investment Management Corporation.

     (c)  Because  the Trust does not have any  "voting  securities"  within the
meaning of the 1934 Act and the regulations thereunder,  changes in ownership of
voting securities will not result in a change of control of the Trust.  Pursuant
to the  terms  of the  Trust  Agreement,  all of the  management  and  executive
authority over the Trust resides in the Managing  Trustee and three  Supervisory
Trustees (together,  the "Trustees").  Susan A. Brown, as Managing Trustee,  and
Jeffrey Schultz,  John M. Tobin, and Gregory Lathrop,  as Supervisory  Trustees,
were approved by order of the Bankruptcy Court and are expected to serve for the
duration of the Trust. In the event of any Trustee's earlier death,  resignation
or removal,  such Trustee  shall be replaced  pursuant to the terms of the Trust
Agreement as set forth in Item 5 hereof.

     The Trust has no knowledge of any arrangements  that may result in a change
of control of the Trust.

Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers

     The Trust is managed  by a Managing  Trustee,  Susan A.  Brown,  the former
Chairman and Co-Chief  Executive  Officer of ICH, who has the  responsibility to
hold, manage and liquidate the Trust assets and to distribute Available Cash and
make other distributions and payments called for in the Joint Plan to be made by
the  Trust.  The  Supervisory  Trustees,  each of whom  served as members of the
Debtors' Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the "Creditors  Committee"),
are Jeffrey  Schultz,  John M.  Tobin,  and Gregory  Lathrop.  Each  Trustee was
appointed in accordance  with the Joint Plan pursuant to the Trust Agreement and
approved by order of the Bankruptcy  Court to serve until such Trustee's  death,
resignation  or removal  in  accordance  with the terms of the Trust  Agreement.
There have been no changes in the Trustees from the  Effective  Date through the
date of this  Registration  Statement.  Background  information  and  employment
histories of Ms.  Brown and Messrs.  Schultz,  Tobin,  and Lathrop are set forth
below.

     Susan A.  Brown,  43,  has been  Managing  Trustee  of the Trust  since the
Effective  Date.  Ms.  Brown  served as Chairman of the Board,  Chief  Financial
Officer and  Treasurer of ICH,  which had filed a voluntary  petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy  Code on October 10, 1995,  from January 1996
to the  Effective  Date when she resigned from ICH to become  Managing  Trustee.
Prior to joining ICH,  Ms.  Brown  served as the Trustee of the FRBC Trust,  the
liquidating trust for First RepublicBank Corporation,  from September 1994. From
1991 to September 1994, Ms. Brown served as the Chief Executive Officer of First
RepublicBank Corporation.

     Gregory Lathrop,  50, has been a Supervisory Trustee of the Trust since the
Effective Date. Prior to being appointed as a Supervisory  Trustee,  Mr. Lathrop
served  as a  member  of the  Creditors  Committee.  Mr.  Lathrop  has  been the
President,  Portfolio  Manager  and  Analyst  of Lathrop  Investment  Management
Corporation, a registered investment advisor, since 1981.

     Dr. Jeffrey Schultz,  52, has been a Supervisory Trustee of the Trust since
the  Effective  Date.  Prior to being  appointed as a Supervisory  Trustee,  Dr.
Schultz  served as a member of the Creditors  Committee.  Dr. Schultz has been a
Professor of Finance at Christian  Brothers  University  in Memphis,  Tennessee,
since 1987. Dr. Schultz also serves as a


                                       11

<PAGE>


director of Cherokee  Corporation,  a company which licenses  apparel for Target
stores,  based in Van Nuys,  California and as a trustee of Carolco  Liquidating
Trust in West Hollywood, California.

     John M. Tobin,  40, has been a  Supervisory  Trustee of the Trust since the
Effective  Date.  Prior to being appointed as a Supervisory  Trustee,  Mr. Tobin
served as a member of the Creditors Committee.  Mr. Tobin has been a Senior Vice
President with BEA Associates, a registered investment advisor based in New York
City, since 1990.

     Managing Trustee.  The Managing Trustee has such powers as are necessary to
collect, liquidate or otherwise convert the Trust Assets into cash and to invest
cash pending  distribution  and to pay all expenses,  taxes, and other payments.
Subject  to  the  terms  of the  Trust  Agreement  and  the  supervision  of the
Supervisory  Trustees,  the Managing Trustee may control and exercise  authority
over the Trust Assets, the acquisition, management, and disposition thereof, and
the  management and conduct of the activities of the Trust to the same extent as
if the Managing  Trustee were the sole legal and beneficial owner thereof in her
own right.

     The Managing  Trustee may resign as such by  executing  and  delivering  an
instrument in writing to the Supervisory Trustees upon no less than thirty day's
advance notice.

     The  Managing  Trustee may be removed  from office (a) for fraud or willful
misconduct  in  connection  with the affairs of the Trust upon the motion of the
Supervisory  Trustees,  and upon a finding by the  Bankruptcy  Court of fraud or
willful  misconduct  by  such  Managing  Trustee  after  a  hearing  before  the
Bankruptcy  Court upon not less than 30 days'  notice,  (b) for such physical or
mental disability as substantially prevents the Managing Trustee from performing
her duties as Managing Trustee upon the motion of the Supervisory Trustees,  and
upon a finding by the  Bankruptcy  Court of such  physical or mental  disability
after a hearing before the Bankruptcy  Court on not less than 30 days' notice or
(c) for  cause,  which  includes  a breach of  fiduciary  duty or an  unresolved
conflict of interest,  (other than as specified in the foregoing clauses (a) and
(b)) upon the  motion  of the  Supervisory  Trustees,  and upon  finding  by the
Bankruptcy  Court that  cause for such  removal  has been shown  after a hearing
before the Bankruptcy Court on not less than 30 days' notice.

     In the event of the death or incompetency,  resignation,  or removal of the
Managing Trustee,  the Supervisory  Trustees shall appoint a successor  Managing
Trustee.

     Supervisory Trustees.  The Supervisory Trustees were appointed to supervise
the management and liquidation of the Trust Assets and distribution of Available
Cash. The following  actions may be taken by the Managing  Trustee only with the
approval of the Supervisory Trustees:  (i) early termination of the Trust or its
further  extension,  (ii) entering into any  agreements  obligating the Trust to
expend funds in an amount greater than $50,000, or to enter into agreements with
an affiliate or employee or former employee of the Debtors, or with a term which
extends beyond one year,  (iii) the borrowing of any funds,  (iv)  investment of
Trust  assets  other  than in  Permitted  Investments  as  defined  by the Trust
Agreement,  (v)  approving  the  establishment,  increase  or  decrease  of  the
Operating Reserve as defined by the Trust Agreement, (vi) distributions from the
Trust other than distributions set forth in the Joint Plan to persons other than
Trust  Beneficiaries  and distributions to persons  specifically  ordered by the
Bankruptcy Court,  (vii) the commencement or defense of any actions on behalf of
or against the Trust,  (viii) any changes to the form of Trust  Certificates the
effect of which may impede the transfer of the Trust Interest represented by the
Trust  Certificate  or the  establishment  of any  additional  requirements  for
transfer of Trust Certificates,  (ix) any material filing with or application to
any  governmental  agency,  other than ordinary  routine filings or applications
incidental to the activity of the Trust or expressly contemplated to be filed by
the Trust Agreement or the Joint Plan, and (x) the sale,  assignment or transfer
of any Trust  Assets,  except as otherwise  set forth in the Trust  Agreement or
approved by order of the Bankruptcy Court, in an amount exceeding $500,000.

     The approval of the Supervisory Trustees shall mean the affirmative consent
of at least two Supervisory  Trustees,  or, if only one  Supervisory  Trustee is
serving  at any  time,  the  consent  of  such  Supervisory  Trustee  or,  if no
Supervisory  Trustees  are  serving at any time,  upon  Order of the  Bankruptcy
Court.  Affirmative consent of a Supervisory Trustee is by written  confirmation
of a Supervisory Trustee upon the written request of the Managing Trustee to all
Supervisory Trustees.



                                       12

<PAGE>


     A  Supervisory  Trustee may resign as such by executing  and  delivering an
instrument  in writing to the  Managing  Trustee and the  remaining  Supervisory
Trustees.

     A  Supervisory  Trustee  may be  removed  in the event  physical  or mental
disability  prevents a Supervisory  Trustee from  substantially  performing  his
duties upon the unanimous consent of the other Supervisory  Trustees. A majority
of the Trust  Beneficiaries may at any time remove any Supervisory  Trustee with
or without cause.

     Upon the  death,  resignation  or  removal of a  Supervisory  Trustee,  the
remaining  Supervisory  Trustees  may (but shall not be  required  to) appoint a
Trust  Beneficiary  (or employee or member  thereof) as a successor  Supervisory
Trustee. If there are no remaining  Supervisory  Trustees,  the Managing Trustee
may apply to the Bankruptcy  Court for the appointment of a Supervisory  Trustee
or  Supervisory  Trustees.  In no event  shall any insider or  affiliate  of the
Debtor serve as a Supervisory Trustee.

     A Trustee may rely, and shall be fully protected personally in acting upon,
any resolution,  statement,  certificate,  instrument,  opinion, report, notice,
request,  consent, order, or other instrument or document which such Trustee has
no  reason to  believe  to be other  than  genuine  and to have  been  signed or
presented other than by the proper party or parties or, in the case of facsimile
transmission,  to have been sent other than by the proper  party or parties,  in
each case  without  obligation  to satisfy  himself or herself that the same was
given  in  good  faith  and  without  responsibility  for  errors  in  delivery,
transmission,  or receipt. In the absence of fraud,  willful misconduct or gross
negligence,  a Trustee may rely as to the truth of statements and correctness of
the facts and opinions expressed therein and shall be fully protected personally
in acting thereon. The Trustees may consult with and rely on the advice of legal
counsel and such other experts, advisors,  consultants or other professionals as
shall have been  retained  pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement  and shall be fully
protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in accordance  with
the written opinion of legal counsel.

     The Trust does not have executive officers.  Its affairs are managed by the
Managing Trustee under the supervision of the Supervisory  Trustees as described
above.

Item 6. Executive Compensation

     The Trust Agreement  provides that the Managing Trustee will be compensated
in an amount  and upon  terms  which are  mutually  acceptable  to the  proposed
Managing  Trustee  and the  Supervisory  Trustees,  but that Ms.  Brown,  as the
initial  Managing  Trustee,  will  be  compensated  on  terms  substantially  in
conformity with the compensation agreement between Ms. Brown, in her capacity as
co-chief executive officer,  and the Debtors dated as of January 1, 1996. On the
Effective  Date,  such  agreement  was canceled  and,  pursuant to the foregoing
provisions  of the Trust  Agreement,  Ms. Brown and the Trust  entered into that
certain  Compensation  Agreement  dated  February 19, 1997 between the Trust and
Susan A. Brown  ("Compensation  Agreement").  The following  description  of the
Compensation  Agreement  is only a summary and is  qualified by reference to the
Compensation  Agreement,  a copy of  which  is  filed  as  Exhibit  10.1 to this
Registration Statement.

     The compensation of the Managing Trustee is comprised of three  components:
base salary, benefits and incentive compensation. The Managing Trustee is paid a
base  salary  of  $250,000  per  year and  provided  health  and life  insurance
benefits. In addition,  the Managing Trustee is entitled to receive an incentive
bonus when and if distributions in excess of $260 million are paid to holders of
Trust Interests.

     Under the terms of the  Compensation  Agreement,  the Managing Trustee will
receive:

     (1)  1.0% of any amount distributed in excess of $260 million and less than
          or equal to $280 million;

     (2)  2.0 % of any amount  distributed  in excess of $280  million  and less
          than or equal to $310 million;

     (3)  2.5% of any amount distributed in excess of $310 million.



                                       13

<PAGE>


     For purposes of determining  the amount  distributed,  cash  distributed is
discounted  at the  rate  of 4% per  annum  for  the  period  from  the  date of
distribution back to January 1, 1997.

     The Trust's expenses related to the Managing  Trustee's bonus payments were
estimated  and accrued prior to the  Effective  Date at $2.1 million.  The Trust
paid a bonus of $553,920 in the aggregate to the Managing Trustee in 1997.

     The former Co-CEO of the Debtors entered into a Compensation Agreement with
the  Debtors  as of  January  1,  1996 on  substantially  the same  terms as the
agreement  with the  Managing  Trustee as  described  above.  Bonus  payments of
$553,920 were made by the Trust under such agreement in 1997.

     Under  the terms of the  Trust  Agreement,  as  compensation  for  services
rendered to the Trust, each Supervisory Trustee receives $2,000 per month.

     The Managing  Trustee and each  Supervisory  Trustee is also reimbursed for
reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their respective duties under
the Trust Agreement.

Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The  Trust  has  entered  into an  agreement  with  Southwestern  Financial
Services Corporation  ("SFSC"),  whereby SFSC supplies financial reporting,  tax
services and administrative support to the Trust. The Trust paid SWFS $50,000 in
1997 for these  services.  SFSC is an affiliate of SFC which received the assets
formerly owned by FMI under the sale of ICH's principal  insurance  subsidiaries
to SFC.

     The Trust has agreed to certain aspects of a settlement between Reorganized
ICH,  certain former officers and directors of ICH and other parties.  See "Item
2, Financial  Information - Claims - Claims of Officers and Directors in ICH and
FMI Cases."

Item 8. Legal Proceedings

     BML  Litigation.  On or about December 8, 1997, a petition was filed in the
District  Court of Harris  County,  Texas styled New Era Life  Insurance  Co. v.
Bankers Multiple Line Insurance Company pursuant to which New Era Life Insurance
Company ("New Era") alleges breaches of certain representations,  warranties and
covenants  contained in the stock purchase  agreement  pursuant to which New Era
purchased  PALICO.  The  petition  seeks  damages  in  the  amount  of at  least
$2,500,000 and punitive  damages in the amount of  $5,000,000.  The petition has
not yet  been  served  on BML,  and BML and  the  Trust  are in the  process  of
evaluating  the claims made by New Era in the  petition.  With the  exception of
claims for indemnification for state taxes totaling approximately $175,000 which
were not submitted in accordance  with the indemnity terms of the stock purchase
agreement, BML does not believe the claims of New Era are meritorious.

     Thomas M.  Bronson,  Jr. and  Deborah  Bronson  v.  Bankers  Multiple  Line
Insurance  Company and Phillip A.  Lacefield,  Cause No.  68463-7 TD,  currently
pending in the Circuit Court of Tennessee for the Thirtieth  District at Memphis
was filed in March 1995.  The suit alleges  causes of action against BML and one
of its  agents on the basis of fraud and  attempts  to impose  liability  on BML
under the doctrine of vicarious liability and respondeat superior. The suit also
includes  claims for deceptive  trade and unfair  practices  under two Tennessee
consumer protection  statutes.  The plaintiffs are seeking both compensatory and
punitive damages of $5,500,000.  BML's motion for summary judgment was denied in
the fall of 1997. If settlement  negotiations are unsuccessful,  the matter will
proceed to trial.

     Additionally,  BML is a  party  to  litigation  relating  to  claims  under
policies it  underwrote,  all of which are ordinary and routine for the business
BML then  conducted.  Under the terms of the Joint Plan, the Trust may be liable
with respect to any liability of BML.

     Reference is made to Notes 11 and 13 of the Trust Financial  Statements for
additional   information   concerning  these  matters  and  various   additional
litigation involving the Trust and its subsidiaries.


                                       14

<PAGE>



     As  provided  in  the  Joint  Plan,  the  Bankruptcy   Court  has  retained
jurisdiction over the Trust, Trustees and the Trust Assets,  including,  without
limitation, the determination of all controversies and disputes arising under or
in connection with the Trust.

     For a description of claims  litigation see "Item 2, Financial  Information
Claims".

Item 9. Market  Price of and  Dividends  on the  Registrants  Common  Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters

     (a) The Trust Interests are not listed on any securities exchange or quoted
on the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers Inc.  Automated  Quotation
System.  The Trust Interests trade  infrequently and the trading volume is often
small.  According to a market maker in the Trust Interests as of April 16, 1997,
the bid-ask range on the Trust  Interests was $0.12 to $0.15 per interest.  Such
quotations reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without retail markup,  markdown,  or
commission.

     (b) As of  April  16,  1998  there  were 303  holders  of  record  of Trust
Interests.

     (c) The  following  table sets forth the  distributions  paid to holders of
Trust Interests in 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Distributions on Trust Interests
                  Date                           Per Interest         Total $
                  ----                           ------------         -------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
   March 3, 1997.........................        $  .5372        $  199,098,499
   May 27, 1997..........................           .0300            11,118,680
   September 10, 1997....................           .2469            91,506,737
</TABLE>

     In addition,  a distribution of $0.05 per Trust Interest or $18,531,133 was
paid February 27, 1998.

     Under the terms of the Trust Agreement,  the date of record for determining
entitlement  of any holder of a Trust Interest to any payments on a Distribution
Date is 15 Business Days prior to a Distribution  Date. The Managing  Trustee is
required to give notice of a Distribution Date to holders of Trust Interests and
the record date in  connection  therewith  in the monthly  report filed with the
Bankruptcy  Court at least 10 Business  Days prior to the  corresponding  record
date.  Distribution Dates are such dates as the Managing Trustee and Supervisory
Trustees from time to time designate as a Distribution Date.

Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     The Trust  Interests  were issued to holders of Class 5 Claims  pursuant to
the Joint Plan and their issuance was exempt from the registration  requirements
of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  pursuant  to Section  1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code.

Item 11. Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered

     In  exchange  for and in full  settlement  of all ICH Class 5  Claims,  the
holders  of  Allowed  ICH  Class  5  Claims  received  interests  in  the  Trust
representing  a  percentage  beneficial  interest  in all  proceeds of all Trust
Assets  following  payment  of or  provisions  for all  other  Claims  and other
obligations as provided for in the Joint Plan and the Trust Agreement.  Each ICH
Class 5 Claimant  received a Trust Interest for each $1 of the Allowed Amount of
such  Claimant's ICH Class 5 Claim of the Effective Date. On the Effective Date,
370,622,669  Trust  Interests  were issued.  The entire amount  represented  the
determined  amount of Allowed ICH Class 5 Claims on the  Effective  Date.  As of
April 30, 1998,  none of the Contested  Claims as of the Effective Date had been
allowed.  The  Contested  Claim of the Jane Harlick Trust has since been settled
for a one time cash payment of $413,520.

     The ownership of a beneficial  interest under the Trust  Agreement does not
entitle any  beneficiary  to any title in or to the Trust Assets as such,  or to
any right to call for a  partition  or  division  of the same,  or to require an
accounting except as specifically  required by the terms of the Trust Agreement.
Holders of Trust Interests are entitled to receive Pro Rata


                                       15

<PAGE>


distributions  of Available  Cash as and when from time to time  determined  and
declared by the Managing Trustee,  with the consent of the Supervisory Trustees,
in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.  Generally, "Available
Cash" means,  as of any date of  calculation,  the aggregate of all cash or cash
equivalents available for immediate distribution held by the Trust, as reflected
on the books and records of the Trust,  less (i) until  released from reserve or
paid, cash required to pay retiree benefit obligations,  professional fee claims
and post petition liabilities of the Debtors,  (ii) $3.3 million in cash for the
contested  claim of Victor Sayyah and other amounts,  cash, if any,  required to
fund the Contested  Claim Reserve as defined in the Trust  Agreement,  and (iii)
the Operating Reserve.

     Under the terms of the Trust Agreement, the Managing Trustee is required to
distribute at least  annually all  Available  Cash to holders of record of Trust
Interests  and to other  Claimants in  accordance  with the  treatment of Claims
provided in the Joint Plan. In  determining  whether there is any Available Cash
available for  distribution,  the Managing Trustee may, in her discretion,  give
due  consideration  to the possibility  that there may exist  unasserted  Claims
against  the  Trust or  asserted  Claims  which  are not yet  Allowed  Claims or
otherwise  not yet due  and  payable  and may  establish  reserves  therefor  in
accordance  with the Trust  Agreement.  Under the terms of the Trust  Agreement,
Distribution  Dates are such dates as the Managing  Trustee and the  Supervisory
Trustees from time to time designate as a Distribution  Date. The date of record
for determining entitlement of any holder of a Trust Interest to any payments is
15 Business Days prior to a Distribution  Date. The Managing Trustee is required
to give  notice of a  Distribution  Date to holders of Trust  Interests  and the
record date in connection  therewith in the monthly  report  prepared  under the
Trust  Agreement and filed with the  Bankruptcy  Court at least 10 Business Days
prior to the  corresponding  record date.  The ultimate  amounts  distributed to
holders of Trust Interests will result from the cash proceeds  actually realized
for the  liquidation of the non-cash Trust Assets,  resolution of claims against
and liabilities  associated with the Trust Assets, and cost of administering the
Trust.

     Holders of Trust  Interests are not entitled to any voting rights under the
Trust Agreement,  provided however,  that a majority of the Trust  Beneficiaries
voting  pursuant to the Trust  Agreement may at any time remove any  Supervisory
Trustee  with or  without  cause.  The  outcome  of any vote of holders of Trust
Certificates  shall be  determined  in favor of the majority of holders of Trust
Certificates  actually  voting,  based  upon the  face  amount  of  their  Trust
Certificates.

     Trust Interests are represented by certificates  substantially  in the form
attached to the Trust  Agreement,  with such changes as the Managing Trustee may
from time to time find  necessary or desirable to conform to the  provisions  of
the Trust Agreement,  the Joint Plan or any applicable laws or regulations.  The
Managing Trustee may cause to be placed on any Trust Certificate such legends as
she deems on advice of counsel are required or appropriate under securities, tax
or other laws and  regulations in connection  with tax withholding or otherwise.
Any person to whom a Trust  Certificate is issued or  transferred,  by virtue of
the acceptance thereof, shall assent to and be bound by the terms and conditions
of the  Trust  Agreement  and the  Joint  Plan.  Under  the  terms of the  Trust
Agreement, no Trust Interest may be transferred unless such transfer is made (i)
pursuant to a registration statement effective under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration requirements
of the  Securities  Act  and  (ii)  in  accordance  with  all  applicable  state
securities laws.

     The Managing Trustee has appointed Mid-America Bank of Louisville and Trust
Company for the purpose of  registering  and  transferring  Trust  Interests  as
provided in the Trust Agreement.

     The Trust  Agreement may be amended,  modified or altered only upon (i) the
recommendation  of the  Managing  Trustee to the  Supervisory  Trustees  and the
approval of the Supervisory Trustees, and (ii) Order of the Bankruptcy Court.

     The foregoing  description  is only a summary and is qualified by reference
to the  Trust  Agreement,  a copy of  which  is  filed  as  Exhibit  3.1 to this
Registration Statement.

Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     According to the Trust Agreement,  no Trustee shall be personally liable in
connection  with the  affairs  of the  Trust or any  other  Trustee,  any  Trust
Beneficiary, or the Trust, or any other person, except for such of the Trustee's
acts or  omissions  as  shall  constitute  fraud,  willful  misconduct  or gross
negligence. Except in those situations in which a Trustee is


                                       16

<PAGE>


not  exonerated  of personal  liability as described  above,  a Trustee shall be
defended,  held harmless and indemnified from time to time from the Trust Assets
against any and all losses,  claims, costs, expenses and liabilities  (including
legal  fees and  expenses)  and any  costs of  defending  any  action to which a
Trustee  may be subject in  connection  with any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or
investigation  brought or  threatened  against  such  Trustee in such  Trustee's
capacity  as  trustee  or in  any  other  capacity  contemplated  by  the  Trust
Agreement,  the Joint  Plan or in any  matter  arising  out of or related to the
Trust Agreement or the affairs of the Trust.  The Trust Agreement  provides that
the Trustees shall be indemnified for their negligence.

     The Trust has purchased a $10 million Trustee's  Liability Insurance Policy
for an initial term of three years.

     Under the Texas Trust Code, a trustee who incurs  personal  liability for a
tort committed in  administration  of the trust is entitled to exoneration  from
the trust  property if the  trustee  has not paid the claim or to  reimbursement
from the trust  property if the  trustee has paid the claim,  if (i) the trustee
was  properly  engaged  in a business  activity  for the trust and the tort is a
common  incident of such  activity;  (ii) the trustee was properly  engaged in a
business activity for the trust and the trustee (or, if applicable,  any officer
or  employee  of  the  trustee)  is  not  guilty  of  actionable  negligence  or
intentional  misconduct in incurring the liability;  or (iii) the tort increased
the value of the trust  property.  A trustee who is entitled to  exoneration  or
reimbursement for a tort that increased the value of the trust property may only
be  exonerated  or  reimbursed  to the  extent of the  increase  in such  value.
Additionally,  a court has discretion to award costs and  reasonable  attorney's
fees  incurred  by a trustee in  defending  such  liability  as the court  finds
equitable and just.

     The Texas Trust Code also provides that if a trustee or predecessor trustee
makes a contract  that is within such  person's  power as trustee and a cause of
action  arises  on the  contract,  the  trustee  may be sued  in such  trustee's
representative  capacity,  and a judgment rendered in favor of the plaintiff may
be collected against the trust property.

Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

     The financial  statements and supplementary  information of the Trust filed
with this Registration Statement are included as Appendix A hereto.

Item 14.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure.

     None.

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

     (a)  Financial Statements.

     The financial  statements and supplementary  information of the Trust filed
with this Registration Statement are included in Appendix A hereto.

     (b)  Exhibits.

     The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement:

     Exhibit 2.1 First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11

     Exhibit 2.2 Order  Confirming  First Amended  Joint Plan of  Reorganization
          Under Chapter 11

     Exhibit 3.1 Lone Star Liquidating  Trust Agreement dated as of February 19,
          1997

     Exhibit 3.2 Form of Trust Certificate



                                       17

<PAGE>


     Exhibit 10.1 Compensation Agreement between Lone Star Liquidating Trust and
          Susan A. Brown

     Exhibit 10.2 Employee  Leasing  Agreement,  dated February 19, 1997,  among
          Lone Star Liquidating Trust, Facilities Management Installation,  Inc.
          and Southwestern Financial Services Corporation

     Exhibit 10.3  Addendum  No. 1, dated as of  February  19,  1998 to Employee
          Leasing Agreement.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                              LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST



                                              /s/ Susan A. Brown
                                              ------------------
                                              Susan A. Brown
                                              Managing Trustee
                                              Dated: May 1, 1998



                                       18
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS............................................A-2

STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION......................................A-3

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION............................A-4

STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS......................................A-5

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................A-6 - A-14


                                       A-1

<PAGE>



                        Report of Independent Accountants


To the Supervisory Trustees
Lone Star Liquidating Trust

We have audited the accompanying  statements of net assets in liquidation of the
Lone Star  Liquidating  Trust (the "Trust") as of December 31, 1997 and February
19, 1997 (date of inception), and the related statement of changes in net assets
in liquidation and statement of receipts and  disbursements  for the period from
February 19, 1997 (date of  inception)  to December 31,  1997.  These  financial
statements are the responsibility of the Trust's management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures accompanying the financial statements. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by  management,   as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall   financial   statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audit  provides a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Lone Star Liquidating Trust as
of December 31, 1997 and February 19, 1997 (date of inception),  and the changes
in its net assets in liquidation and receipts and  disbursements  for the period
from  February 19, 1997 (date of  inception) to December 31, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

As more fully described in Note 7 and 8, the accompanying  financial  statements
include an investment  interest in Stone Capital,  Inc. and an investment in the
net assets of Bankers Multiple Line Insurance  Company,  which includes accruals
for contingent  liabilities,  which have been valued by the Trust in the absence
of  readily   ascertainable   market  values  based  on  the  latest   available
information. These investments represent approximately 60% and 14% of net assets
in  liquidation  at December 31, 1997 and February 19, 1997 (date of inception),
respectively.  Because of the inherent  uncertainty of valuation,  the estimated
realizable values of these investments may differ  significantly from the values
that  would  have been used had either  readily  ascertainable  markets or other
representative markets for the investments existed, and the differences could be
material.


                                                     /s/COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Dallas, Texas
April 1, 1998

                                       A-2

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                     STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION
        as of December 31, 1997 and February 19, 1997 (date of inception)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31,        February 19,
                                                                             1997                1997
                                                                        --------------      --------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                 <C>
Assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                            $      672,980      $      168,035
   Restricted cash                                                           1,710,008           3,593,916
   Short-term and government investments                                     8,709,050         151,004,439
   Restricted short-term investments                                              --           106,344,622
                                                                        --------------      --------------
         Total cash and short-term investments                              11,092,038         261,111,012

   Investment in bonds                                                          67,822          41,476,300
   Accrued investment income                                                    31,193                --
   Investment in common stocks                                                  70,150           1,944,629
   Investment in Limited Partnership                                        15,200,000                 --
   Accounts receivable                                                       1,675,065          34,439,550
   Investment in real estate                                                     1,213           2,646,851
   Investment in subsidiaries:
     Bankers Multiple Line Insurance Company                                20,600,000                --
     Facilities Management Installation, Inc.                                9,267,274           9,351,959
     BML Agency                                                                211,260             242,769
   Income tax recoverable from SFC, net                                           --             2,832,275
   Distribution and liquidation interest in Stone Capital, Inc.
     (Formerly CFSB Corporation)                                            18,000,000          18,000,000
                                                                        --------------      --------------
         Total assets                                                       76,216,015         372,045,345
                                                                        --------------      --------------
Liabilities:
   Postpetition accrued expenses                                             3,549,455           7,386,015
   Retired employee liability                                                5,565,000           5,565,000
   Class 1 claim--Ozark                                                           --               371,152
   Priority tax claim--Kentucky                                                   --                69,569
   Reserve for contested claims                                              3,300,000           3,300,000
   Claim against SWF escrow                                                       --               911,391
                                                                        --------------      --------------
         Total liabilities                                                  12,414,455          17,603,127
                                                                        --------------      --------------
Net assets available in liquidation to trust interests                  $   63,801,560      $  354,442,218
                                                                        ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       A-3

<PAGE>

                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION
            for the period from February 19, 1997 (date of inception)
                              to December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               February 19,
                                                                   1997
                                                              --------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Net assets in liquidation, beginning of period                $  354,442,218
                                                              --------------
Increases realized from net assets:
   Interest income                                                 4,309,515
   Other income                                                      204,752
   Income tax benefit                                              1,245,905
   Net gain on sale of real estate                                   324,362
                                                              --------------
                                                                   6,084,534
                                                              --------------
Increases in unrealized value of net assets:
   Limited partnerships                                            4,800,000
   Investments in subsidiaries                                     4,307,099
   Short-term investments                                             57,065
                                                              --------------
                                                                   9,164,164
                                                              --------------
         Total increases in net assets                            15,248,698

Decreases realized from net assets:
   Bonds and common stocks                                           468,796
                                                              --------------

   General and administrative costs:
     Investment in real estate expenses                              295,231
     Litigation settlement                                           413,520
     Professional fees                                             1,818,218
     Retiree benefits                                                370,631
     Salaries and trustee expenses                                   333,597
     Other                                                           465,447

         Total general and administrative costs                    3,696,644
                                                              --------------
Net increase in net assets in liquidation                         11,083,258

   Distributions to Trust Interests                              301,723,916
                                                              --------------
Net assets in liquidation, end of period                      $   63,801,560
                                                              ==============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       A-4

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                     STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS
            for the period from February 19, 1997 (date of inception)
                              to December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   February 19,
                                                                                       1997
                                                                                  --------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Receipts:
   Proceeds from sale of investments                                              $  294,524,374
   Interest income                                                                     4,278,322
   Transfers from subsidiaries                                                        10,423,292
   Collections and sales of other assets:
     Tax refunds                                                                       4,078,181
     Deposits on real estate/escrow account                                            1,928,908
     Other accounts receivables                                                        1,000,746
                                                                                  --------------
         Total receipts                                                              316,233,823
                                                                                  --------------
Disbursements:
   Class 1 and priority claims payments                                                 (444,671)
   Purchase of BML capital stock                                                      (5,000,000)
   Payments of postpetition accrued expenses and general and
     administrative costs                                                            (10,030,679)
   Payment of litigation settlement                                                     (413,520)
                                                                                  --------------
         Total disbursements                                                         (15,888,870)
                                                                                  --------------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents before distributions                           300,344,953

Distributions                                                                       (301,723,916)
                                                                                  --------------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents                                                 (1,378,963)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period (of which $3,593,916
   was restricted)                                                                     3,761,951
                                                                                  --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period (of which $1,710,008
   was restricted)                                                                $    2,382,988
                                                                                  ==============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                       A-5

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

         Description of Trust

         On October 10,  1995,  ICH  Corporation  ("ICH")  and its  wholly-owned
         subsidiaries,  Care Financial  Corporation and SWL Holding  Corporation
         (collectively,  with ICH,  the  "Debtors")  and  Facilities  Management
         Installation,   Inc.  ("FMI"),   a  subsidiary  of  ICH  that  provided
         management,  data  processing  and  other  support  services  to  ICH's
         insurance  subsidiaries,  filed  voluntary  petitions  for relief under
         Chapter  11 of Title  11 of the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code  (the
         "Bankruptcy  Code")  in the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  for the
         Northern District of Texas,  Dallas Division (the "Bankruptcy  Court").
         Under the Chapter 11 proceeding, the Debtors and FMI continued business
         operations as "debtors in possession." In accordance with a competitive
         procedure   established  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court,   ICH's  principal
         insurance  subsidiaries  and  substantially  all the assets of FMI were
         sold in December 1995 to Southwestern  Financial Corporation ("SFC"), a
         corporation newly formed by PennCorp  Financial Group  ("PennCorp") and
         Knightsbridge  Capital Fund I, L.P. Three of four  remaining  insurance
         subsidiaries  held  indirectly  by  ICH  through  its  other  remaining
         insurance subsidiary,  Bankers Multiple Line Insurance Company ("BML"),
         were sold prior to  confirmation  of the Joint  Plan of  Reorganization
         (the "Joint Plan").  All of the outstanding stock of BML is held in the
         registry of the Bankruptcy  Court for the benefit of the Trust.  FMI, a
         wholly owned  subsidiary of the Trust,  remains under the protection of
         the Bankruptcy Court.

         The Joint Plan was  confirmed  by the  Bankruptcy  Court on February 7,
         1997, and became  effective on February 19, 1997 (the "Effective  Date"
         or "Inception Date"). The Lone Star Liquidating Trust (the "Trust") was
         formed on the  effective  date  under the Lone Star  Liquidating  Trust
         Agreement, dated as of February 19, 1997 (the "Trust Agreement").

         The purpose of the Trust is the orderly  disposition,  liquidation  and
         distribution of trust assets,  distributing available cash to the Trust
         Beneficiaries  (defined  below)  and  making  other  distributions  and
         payments called for in the Joint Plan, with no objective to continue or
         engage in the  conduct of a trade or  business.  Under the terms of the
         Trust  Agreement,  the  Trust  is  permitted  to  engage  only in those
         activities  that are  reasonably  necessary to the purpose for which it
         was formed and consistent  with its objective not to continue or engage
         in the conduct of a trade or business. The Trust has not engaged in the
         conduct of trade or business.

         Pursuant  to the Joint  Plan,  all of the  Debtors'  assets  other than
         certain  specific  assets retained by the ICH entity which emerged from
         bankruptcy   ("Reorganized  ICH")  pursuant  to  the  Joint  Plan  (the
         "Retained  Assets"),  were  transferred  to the Trust on the  effective
         date.  Assets which were transferred to the Trust on the effective date
         totaled approximately $372 million. Liabilities assumed by the Trust on
         the  effective  date totaled  approximately  $18 million,  and included
         certain  administrative,  priority and other claims superior to Class 5
         Claims. Additionally,  the Trust assumed all the rights and obligations
         of  BML,  including  indemnification   obligations,   under  the  sales
         agreements  with the  purchasers  of three  of BML's  former  insurance
         subsidiaries  sold during the course of the Debtors'  bankruptcy  case,
         all  non-reinsured  liabilities  of BML as of the  effective  date  and
         certain other obligations.

         The Trust  Beneficiaries  are all  holders  of an  Allowed  ICH Class 5
         Claim,  general unsecured claims,  including claims of holders of notes
         issued by ICH (11 1/4% bonds due 1996 and 11 1/4% bonds due 2003).  The
         Trust  Beneficiaries  are being paid out on a pro-rata basis applied to
         the liquidated  value of the trust assets.  The Trust  additionally  is
         responsible for the disposition of the ICH Class 1, 2, 3, and 4 claims;
         ICH postpetition  liabilities,  priority tax claims and retiree benefit
         claims; SWL Holding Corporation Class 1 and 2 claims; and Care

                                       A-6

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


         Financial  Corporation Class 1 and 2 claims; all to be paid or reserved
         in full on the later of the Initial  Distribution  Date of February 19,
         1997 or the actual date such payment is due under applicable law.

         Basis of Presentation

         The accompanying  financial  statements reflect the transactions of the
         Liquidating Trust utilizing liquidation accounting concepts as required
         by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Under this  method of
         accounting,  assets are  recorded at  estimated  realizable  values and
         liabilities  are presented at their estimated  settlement  amounts with
         adjustments  for changes in estimated  realizable  value and  estimated
         settlement amounts being recognized currently. Certain amounts in these
         footnotes are rounded to the nearest thousand for ease of presentation.

         Cash

         Cash is  maintained  at financial  institutions  insured by the Federal
         Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") to a maximum of $100,000.  The
         Trust maintained a cash balance in excess of the FDIC insured amount in
         accounts at December 31, 1997 and February 19, 1997, respectively.  The
         Trust  monitors the financial  stability of the financial  institutions
         regularly,  and  management  does  not  believe  excessive  risk of the
         failure of any of the  financial  institutions  exists at December  31,
         1997.

         Short-Term and Government Investments

         Short-term and government investments, which consisted of U.S. Treasury
         bills and notes at  December  31, 1997 and  February  19, 1997 (date of
         inception),  are  carried  at market  value with  unrealized  gains and
         losses  recognized  in  the  statement  of  changes  in net  assets  in
         liquidation.

         Income Taxes

         Management  intends for the Trust to be treated as a liquidating  trust
         pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulations  Section  301.7701-4(d),  and  as a
         grantor trust  subject to the  provisions of Subchapter J, Subpart E of
         the  Income  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  owned  by the  Trust
         Beneficiaries as grantors.  As such, the Trust will not be treated as a
         separate taxable entity.  Rather, the holders of an Allowed Class 5 ICH
         Claims  and other  entities,  if any,  that own or  acquire  beneficial
         interests  in the Trust will be treated  as the  grantors  and thus the
         owners of the Trust's assets for federal income tax purposes.

         Post-Retirement Benefits

         The Trust has  recorded  certain  post-retirement  benefits  related to
         retired  employees of the Debtors,  as well as for certain  retirees of
         businesses of the Debtors which were  previously  sold. The liabilities
         were determined in accordance  with SFAS No. 106 "Employers  Accounting
         for Post-Retirement Benefits Other than Pensions."

         Use of Estimates

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
         accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates
         and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
         liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the
         date of the financial  statements  and the reported  amount of revenues
         and expenses during the reporting period.  Ultimate actual results may,
         in some instances, differ from previously estimated amounts.

                                       A-7

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


         Investments in Subsidiaries

         Under liquidation basis of accounting, the wholly owned subsidiaries of
         the Trust are recorded under the equity method.

         Valuation of Assets

         Assets of the Trust are  recorded  at their  estimated  net  realizable
         value.  Generally,  net realizable  value is the amount which the Trust
         reasonably  expects to receive upon sale to a willing buyer.  For those
         assets which do not have a readily determinable market value, estimated
         net  realizable  value  is a  good  faith  estimate  determined  by the
         Managing  Trustee  based  on the  underlying  characteristics  of  such
         assets,  including  but not limited to the size of  investment,  credit
         worthiness  of the  issuer,  yield to  maturity,  status of any related
         contingencies,   and  private  bids.  In  addition,  discount  factors,
         including  those related to the time value of money and risk associated
         with  collection,  have  been  applied  to these  assets  to  arrive at
         estimated net realizable value. Estimated realizable value,  determined
         as described above, may differ from the eventual  realized value of the
         assets,  which can fluctuate over time in light of business,  legal and
         economic conditions and the financial results of the obligor.
         These differences may be significant.

2.       Short-Term and Government Investments:

         Investments at December 31, 1997 consisted of U.S. Treasury securities.
         Investments  at February 19, 1997  consisted of time  deposits and U.S.
         Treasury  securities.  All  securities  are  carried at net  realizable
         value.

         Investments at December 31, and February 19, consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31,        February 19,
                                                                      1997                1997
                                                                 --------------      --------------
           <S>                                                   <C>                 <C>
           U.S. Treasuries maturing within one year              $    8,598,571      $   25,742,736
           U.S. Treasuries maturing after ten years                     110,479             111,703
           Time deposits                                                   --           125,150,000
                                                                 --------------      --------------
                                                                 $    8,709,050      $  151,004,439
                                                                 ==============      ==============

          The gross unrealized gains on investments at December 31, and February
          19, consist of the following:

                                                                  December 31,        February 19,
                                                                     1997                1997
                                                                 --------------      --------------
           Gross unrealized gains                                $       55,840      $         --
                                                                 ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

3.       Restricted Cash and Short-Term Investments:

         At  December  31,  1997  and  February  19,  1997,  restricted  cash of
         $1,710,000 and  $3,594,000,  respectively,  and  restricted  short-term
         investments  (consisting primarily of U.S. treasury bills due within 90
         days) of $0 and  $106,345,000,  respectively,  represent  funds held in
         escrow  related  primarily  to  the  Debtor's  sale  of  its  principal
         insurance subsidiaries.


                                       A-8

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


4.       Investments in Bonds and Common Stocks:

         Investments in bonds at December 31, and February 19, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        December 31,        February 19,
                                                                            1997                1997
                                                                        --------------      --------------
         <S>                                                            <C>                 <C>
         Southwestern Financial Corp. (7.0% matures 12/15/05)           $         --        $   40,000,000
         Mississippi Power & Light (8.5% matures 1/15/23)                         --             1,067,500
         Other investments in bonds                                             67,822             408,800
                                                                        --------------      --------------
                                                                        $       67,822      $   41,476,300
                                                                        ==============      ==============

          Investments  in common  stocks at December 31, and February 19, are as
          follows:

                                                                        December 31,        February 19,
                                                                            1997                1997
                                                                        --------------      --------------
         ICH Funding Corporation                                        $         --        $    1,485,955
         Churchill Downs                                                          --               375,000
         Worthington Industries                                                 60,506              75,632
         Other common stock                                                      9,644               8,042
                                                                        --------------      --------------
                                                                        $       70,150      $    1,944,629
                                                                        ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

5.       Investment in Limited Partnership:

         The  Trust  held  an  investment  in  Hicks   Muse/Connectors   Limited
         Partnership  ("Connectors")  at December  31,  1997.  The sole asset of
         Connectors was common stock of Berg Electronics  Corporation  ("Berg").
         Assuming a deemed  liquidation  of the limited  partnership at December
         31,  1997,  the Trust's  interest  would have been worth  approximately
         $18,700,000  based on the reported  closing  price of Berg common stock
         ($23 per  share).  Based on the  volume  of  restricted  stock  held by
         Connectors,  market risk and lack of liquidity, the Trust reflected the
         carrying  value of the  limited  partnership  at  December  31, 1997 at
         $15,200,000.

         On February 5, 1998,  the shares of stock in Berg were  distributed  to
         Connectors' limited partners.  On February 11, 1998, the Trust sold all
         shares of Berg stock in a public,  underwritten  secondary offering for
         net proceeds of $19,605,000  ($25 gross offering price per share less $
         .75 commission),  resulting in a realized gain of $4,405,000.  Prior to
         the secondary offering,  on February 7, 1998, Berg's free trading stock
         was valued at $28 per share.

6.       Real Estate:

         At  February  19,  1997,  the Trust  owned four  properties  located in
         Louisiana,  Idaho,  Florida and Texas.  The Louisiana,  Idaho and Texas
         properties with carrying values of $325,000,  $322,000, and $2,000,000,
         respectively,  were sold  during  the year for a net  realized  gain of
         $324,000.


                                       A-9

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


7.       Accounts Receivable and Investment in Subsidiaries:

         At February 19, 1997,  accounts  receivable  consisted of a $32,000,000
         receivable  from   Reorganized   ICH   representing   assets,   net  of
         liabilities,  of BML to which the Trust  was  entitled  under the Joint
         Plan; $2,375,000 of reinsurance  receivables;  and a $64,000 receivable
         due from Southwestern  Financial Service  Corporation for prepayment of
         accounting and administrative services.

         In addition to the  Trust's  interest in BML's net assets,  at February
         19,  1997,  the  Trust  held  investments  in FMI  and  BML  Agency  of
         $9,352,000 and $243,000,  respectively.  During April 1997, Reorganized
         ICH  exercised  its  option as granted in the Joint Plan to sell to the
         Trust the stock of BML for  $5,000,000.  Consequently,  the Trust had a
         total  investment  in  BML of  $37,000,000  including  the  $32,000,000
         receivable.

         Condensed  financial  information  of BML as of  December  31, 1997 and
         February 19, 1997 (unaudited) is as follows.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        December 31,        February 19,
                                                                            1997                1997
                                                                        --------------      --------------
         <S>                                                            <C>                 <C>
         Assets:
           Cash and short-term investments                              $   12,066,000      $    2,819,000
           Bonds and structured securities                                   4,017,000           4,204,000
           Real estate                                                         112,000          11,380,000
           Limited partnership interests                                          --            11,817,000
           Other miscellaneous assets                                        3,532,000           8,651,000
                                                                        --------------      --------------
              Total assets                                              $   19,727,000      $   38,871,000
                                                                        ==============      ==============

         Liabilities:
           Accrued liabilities, taxes and other payables                $    4,578,000      $    6,871,000
                                                                        --------------      --------------

              Total liabilities                                              4,578,000           6,871,000

              Total surplus (net assets)                                    15,149,000          32,000,000
                                                                        --------------      --------------
              Total liabilities and surplus                             $   19,727,000      $   38,871,000
                                                                        ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

         The  investment  in BML  included  in the  statement  of net  assets in
         liquidation at December 31, 1997 is valued at  $20,600,000.  This value
         differs from statutory  surplus due primarily to the $5,000,000 paid to
         Reorganized  ICH.  See  Note  13  for  discussion  of  certain  pending
         litigation.

         During the period ended December 31, 1997 BML transferred approximately
         $20,800,000 to the Trust in cash and investments.


                                      A-10

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


         Condensed  financial  information  of FMI as of  December  31, 1997 and
         February 19, 1997 (unaudited) is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31,        February 19,
                                                                      1997                1997
                                                                 --------------      --------------
         <S>                                                     <C>                 <C>
         Assets:
           Cash                                                  $    9,858,590      $    5,914,901
           Accounts receivable and other                              1,242,780           6,511,783
                                                                 --------------      --------------
              Total assets                                       $   11,101,370      $   12,426,684
                                                                 ==============      ==============
         Liabilities:
           Postpetition liabilities                              $       10,275      $        6,551
           Retired employee liability                                 1,823,821           1,823,821
           Other compensation accruals                                     --             1,244,353
                                                                 --------------      --------------
              Total liabilities                                       1,834,096           3,074,725

              Total equity                                            9,267,274           9,351,959
                                                                 --------------      --------------
              Total liabilities and equity                       $   11,101,370      $   12,426,684
                                                                 ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

8.       Distribution and Liquidation Interest in Stone Capital, Inc. (formerly
         CFSB Corporation):

         The Stone Capital  Interest  arises from the agreement of  Consolidated
         National  Corporation  ("CNC")  to  share  with  ICH  certain  economic
         benefits  it  received  in  relation  to Stone  Capital,  Inc.  ("Stone
         Capital"),  a holding  company  organized by James M. Fail  ("Fail") to
         organize and charter its wholly owned  subsidiary,  Bluebonnet  Savings
         Bank, FSB  ("Bluebonnet").  Bluebonnet was formed in 1988 to acquire 15
         insolvent  Texas savings and loan  associations  as part of the Federal
         Home  Loan   Bank   Board   government   assisted   "Southwest   Plan."
         Historically,  ICH and CNC loaned  monies to Fail,  Stone  Capital,  or
         Bluebonnet for the purpose of  capitalizing  Bluebonnet.  In connection
         with its loans, CNC negotiated for, and received, a 49% interest in (i)
         dividends  or other  distributions  to or for the  benefit of Fail from
         Stone  Capital,  excluding  amounts used for (a) interest and principal
         payments on certain debt, (b) amounts specified for certain  litigation
         settlements and (c) certain  dividend  payments from  Bluebonnet,  (ii)
         certain  proceeds  from the sale or  transfer of Stone  Capital  common
         stock  and  (iii)   benefits  from  Stone   Capital's  tax   attributes
         (collectively,  the "Stone Capital Proceeds").  CNC agreed to share the
         Stone Capital  Proceeds with ICH based on the  proportionate  amount of
         loans  granted by ICH as compared  to the total  amount of the loans by
         ICH and CNC. Based on such agreement,  ICH is entitled to receive 27.7%
         of the payments CNC receives  under CNC's  agreement with Stone Capital
         and Fail.  Therefore,  ICH is entitled  to 13.57% of the Stone  Capital
         Proceeds  (such  interests  referred  to herein as the  "Stone  Capital
         Interest").  ICH's  interest in Stone  Capital was  transferred  to the
         Trust according to the Joint Plan. The Stone Capital  Interest does not
         entitle the Trust to any voting rights or any other rights of ownership
         with respect to Stone  Capital and,  therefore,  the Trust is unable to
         control or direct the timing or amount of any distributions that may be
         declared or paid by Stone Capital.

         The value of the Stone  Capital  Interest  is subject  to  considerable
         uncertainty.  The Trust has assigned a carrying value of $18 million to
         the Stone Capital Interest based on (a) prior valuations by the Debtors
         of Stone Capital Interest, (b) consideration of the financial condition
         of Stone Capital and (c) certain risk factors associated with

                                      A-11

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


         the Stone  Capital  Interest,  which  include  the timing and amount of
         dividends that may (or may not) be declared by Stone  Capital,  and the
         outcome of certain  litigation  against  Stone  Capital  and Fail.  The
         amount ultimately  realized by the Trust for the Stone Capital Interest
         may differ materially from the value assigned to such interest and will
         depend,  in part, on the effect of the risk factors  referred to above,
         which  factors are (or will be)  outside the control of the Trust.  The
         value of the  Stone  Capital  interest  has not been  adjusted  for the
         Trust's  allocable share of Stone Capital's current year net income due
         to the  uncertainty  surrounding the timing and amount of dividends and
         the lack of any distributions received to date.

9.       Postpetition Accrued Expenses:

         The Trust has a compensation  agreement  with Susan A. Brown,  Managing
         Trustee,  which provides incentive bonuses dependent upon the amount of
         distributions in excess of $260,000,000 paid to non-priority  unsecured
         claimants of the Debtors. The former Co-CEO of the Debtors entered into
         a  compensation  agreement  with the  Debtors  on  January  1,  1996 on
         substantially  the  same  terms  as the  agreement  with  the  Managing
         Trustee.  As of December 31, 1997 and  February  19, 1997,  the accrued
         bonus amounts were $3,092,160 and $4,200,000,  respectively. During the
         year,  the Trust  paid a bonus in the  amount of  $553,920  each to Ms.
         Brown and the former Co-CEO of the Debtors.

         The Trust  does not  accrue  for future  salaries  and  benefits  as it
         anticipates that future gains on the disposition of the remaining Trust
         assets will offset these expenses.

10.      Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions:

         As of  December  31,  1997 and  February  19,  1997,  the  Trust has an
         obligation of $5,565,000 recorded for post-retirement benefits relating
         to certain retired employees, as well as certain retirees of businesses
         of the Debtors which were previously sold.  Included in the liabilities
         of FMI as of  December  31,  1997 and  February  19,  1997 is a similar
         obligation in the amount of $1,824,000.  For measurement purposes,  the
         discount  rate  used in  determining  the  accumulated  post-retirement
         benefit  obligations  was 6.75% at December  31, 1997 and  February 19,
         1997.  The  Trust  and FMI are  presently  pursuing  the  sale of these
         liabilities. Trust management believes that the liability they will pay
         to  the  assuming   company  will   approximate  the  current  recorded
         liability;   as  such,   the   expenses   incurred   relating   to  the
         post-retirement benefits are being expensed as incurred.

11.      Contested Claims:

         Sayyah Claim.  Victor Sayyah filed a proof of claim arising from a 1981
         transaction  in  which  American   Commonwealth   Financial   Corp.,  a
         corporation controlled by Victor Sayyah, sold the stock of HCA, Inc. to
         an ICH subsidiary for $15 million in cash and a promissory  note with a
         face  amount  of $30  million  (the  "ICH  Note").  The  ICH  Note  was
         subsequently   assigned  to  Sayyah.   ICH  subsequently   assumed  the
         obligation  under the ICH Note. In 1984,  ICH and Sayyah entered into a
         revolving credit loan agreement (the "Loan  Agreement") under which ICH
         agreed to loan Sayyah up to certain specified sums at Sayyah's request,
         with a total  borrowing  cap of  $29.5  million.  Pursuant  to the Loan
         Agreement,  Sayyah  borrowed  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $27
         million, executing various promissory notes (the "Sayyah Notes") in the
         aggregate  principal  amount.  On the Effective  Date, the  outstanding
         principal balance of the loan from ICH to Sayyah was $27 million.

         The Trust filed an adversary  proceeding  objecting to the Sayyah claim
         and seeking a judgment  against  Sayyah for amounts due under the loans
         to Sayyah  pursuant to the Loan  Agreement and Sayyah Notes.  Under the
         terms of the Joint Plan and the order  confirming  the Joint Plan,  the
         Bankruptcy  Court will  determine the amount of Sayyah's  secured claim
         and timing of the offset to which  Sayyah is entitled and the amount of
         Sayyah's

                                      A-12

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


         unsecured claim, if any. The unsecured  portion of the Sayyah claim, if
         any, will be treated as a Class 5 Claim in the amount determined by the
         Bankruptcy  Court. The Trust has objected to Sayyah's proof of claim to
         the extent it sought recovery for unmatured  original issue discount in
         the ICH Note.  Summary  judgment  motions  were filed by Sayyah and the
         Trust  and the  Bankruptcy  Court  has  ruled in favor of  Sayyah  with
         respect to the original issue discount  matter.  The Trust has reserved
         its right to appeal such decision. A trial is scheduled in June of 1998
         on the remaining issues.

         The amount  Sayyah is seeking as an  unsecured  claim,  as set forth in
         discovery responses served in the adversary  proceedings filed with the
         Bankruptcy  Court, is  approximately  $3.25 million,  plus interest and
         attorney's fees and other  expenses.  In accordance with the Bankruptcy
         Court order  confirming  the Joint  Plan,  the Trust has  reserved  the
         amount of $3.3 million  with  respect to the Class 5 Claim,  if any, of
         Sayyah. The reserved amount is not a limit to the amount, if any, of an
         allowed ICH Class 5 Claim of Sayyah. The ultimate amount and outcome of
         the Sayyah claim, including appeals, if any, is uncertain.

         GSLIC Claim.  Great Southern Life Insurance  Company  ("GSLIC") filed a
         proof of claim in the ICH and FMI bankruptcy  cases  requesting  that a
         claim be allowed in the amount of any judgment against GSLIC in certain
         pending  litigation  in  Louisiana,   Texas  and  elsewhere   regarding
         "vanishing  premium  policies."  GSLIC  contends  that  ICH and FMI are
         co-liable  with GSLIC because  these  vanishing  premium  policies were
         issued by GSLIC when GSLIC was a member of the ICH family of companies.
         The Trust filed an objection to GSLIC's claim in February  1998.  Among
         other things,  the Trust has argued that the  contingent  reimbursement
         claim  asserted by GSLIC is not allowable  under the  Bankruptcy  Code.
         Pursuant  to a prior  order  entered by the court  related to the GSLIC
         matter in  November of 1997,  GSLIC  capped its  potential  claim at $3
         million and the Trust reserved $3 million in non-cash assets to satisfy
         any  potential  allowed  claim.  If  allowed,  the GSLIC  Claim will be
         treated as a Class 5 Claim.  Trust  management does not expect to incur
         significant cost with respect to this claim.

         Claims of  Officers  and  Directors  in ICH and FMI Cases.  A number of
         former   officers  and  directors   have  filed  proofs  of  claim  for
         indemnification  in the ICH and FMI bankruptcy  cases. No dollar amount
         of  claim  is  specified.  The  Trust  has  entered  into a  settlement
         agreement whereby the Trust will receive releases from the officers and
         directors and the  withdrawal  of their claims  against ICH and FMI, in
         exchange for the conveyance by the Trust of a small ownership  interest
         in Reorganized  ICH and the Trust's  agreements to share certain rights
         in a defense fund established for the officers and directors during the
         Case,  which currently  amounts to $114,000.  The settlement  agreement
         will be  submitted  to the  Bankruptcy  Court for  approval,  and it is
         anticipated that such submission will be made shortly. The terms of the
         agreement  will not become  effective  until the  Bankruptcy  Court has
         approved the agreement.  If the settlement agreement becomes effective,
         the  Trust  anticipates  that  it  will  request  dismissal  of the FMI
         bankruptcy   case.  If  the  Bankruptcy  Court  does  not  approve  the
         settlement,  the Trust may pursue  objections to the claims of a number
         of the officers and directors.

12.      Distributions:

         Total  distributions in 1997 were approximately $302 million and 81.41%
         of the allowed Trust Interests as shown below.  In addition,  the Trust
         has  distributed  $18.5 million or 5.0% of allowed  Trust  Interests in
         1998.


                                      A-13

<PAGE>


                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                      Distributions to Holders of Interests
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Distribution Amount
                                                    -------------------
                                                                        As %
                  Distribution Date                  $               of Interest
                  -----------------            -------------            -----
                  <S>                          <C>                      <C>
                  March 3, 1997                $ 199,098,499            53.72%
                  May 27, 1997                    11,118,680             3.00
                  September 10, 1997              91,506,737            24.69
                                               -------------            ----- 
                     Total                     $ 301,723,916            81.41%
                                               =============            =====

                  February 27, 1998            $  18,531,133             5.0%
</TABLE>

13.      Litigation and Contingencies:

         On the Effective Date, the Trust assumed all the rights and obligations
         of  BML,   including   indemnification   obligations  under  the  sales
         agreements  with the  purchasers  of three  of BML's  former  insurance
         subsidiaries sold during the course of the Debtor's  bankruptcy case. A
         summary of pending litigation follows:

         Thomas M.  Bronson,  Jr. and Deborah  Bronson v. Bankers  Multiple Line
         Insurance  Company and Phillip A.  Lacefield--This  matter is currently
         pending in the Circuit Court of Tennessee for the Thirtieth District at
         Memphis,  filed  March,  1995.  This suit is against BML and one of its
         agents which  asserts  causes of actions based on fraud and attempts to
         impose  liability  on the  Company  under  the  doctrine  of  vicarious
         liability and respondeat  superior.  The suit also includes  claims for
         deceptive  trade and  unfair  practices  under two  Tennessee  consumer
         protection  statutes.  The plaintiffs in this case are seeking $500,000
         compensatory and $5,000,000  punitive damages.  Management  believes it
         has meritorious defenses in this matter.

         World  Insurance--BML  is  negotiating  with  World for a  transfer  of
         additional  reserves under the Reinsurance  Agreement pursuant to which
         BML sold its  remaining  health  insurance  business  to World in March
         1996. The additional  reserve transfer would be in exchange for World's
         agreement to unconditionally  assume two major claims, one of which was
         the  subject of  threatened  litigation  on the  effective  date of the
         Reinsurance  Agreement.  World  contends  the second claim was incurred
         prior to the effective date.

         New Era Life  Insurance  Company--On  December 8, 1997, New Era filed a
         petition  in  the  District  Court  of  Harris  County,  Texas  seeking
         indemnification  of claims they believe BML was aware of at the time of
         the sale of  Philadelphia  American Life Insurance  Company to New Era.
         The petition  seeks  damages in the amount of at least  $2,500,000  and
         punitive damages in the amount of $5,000,000.  BML management believes,
         with the possible  exception of the state tax  assessments of $175,000,
         the claims are all without merit and no settlement will be due.

         Other  Litigation--The  remaining  cases  against the Trust and/or  BML
         aggregate total claims in excess of $6,000,000.

         Management has provided reserves in the financial  statements that they
         believe are  adequate  to cover  estimated  settlement  amounts for the
         above  contingencies.  Although  there  can be no  assurance  as to the
         ultimate  disposition  of these matters and the  proceedings  disclosed
         above,  it is the  opinion of the  Trust's  management,  based upon the
         information  currently available and the opinions of counsel,  that the
         expected  outcome of these matters,  individually  or in the aggregate,
         will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  net  assets  in
         liquidation at December 31, 1997.

                                      A-14
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit 2.1  First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11

Exhibit 2.2  Order Confirming First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Under
             Chapter 11

Exhibit 3.1  Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement dated as of February 19, 1997

Exhibit 3.2  Form of Trust Certificate

Exhibit 10.1 Compensation  Agreement  between Lone Star  Liquidating  Trust and
             Susan A. Brown

Exhibit 10.2 Employee Leasing Agreement, dated February 19, 1997, among Lone
             Star Liquidating Trust, Facilities Management Installation, Inc.
             and Southwestern Financial Services Corporation

Exhibit 10.3 Addendum No. 1, dated as of February 19, 1998 to Employee  Leasing
             Agreement

Daniel C. Stewart, SBT #19206500
Josiah M. Daniel, III, SBT #05358500
WINSTEAD SECHREST & MINICK P.C.
5400 Renaissance Tower, 1201 Elm Street
Dallas, Texas 75270
(214) 745-5400
ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTORS

Michael A. Rosenthal,  SBT #17281490 I. Richard Levy, SBT #12265020 GIBSON, DUNN
& CRUTCHER  1717 Main  Street,  Suite 5400  Dallas,  Texas 75201 (214)  698-3100
ATTORNEYS FOR THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF UNSECURED CREDITORS

Peter D. Wolfson
John A. Bicks
PRYOR, CASHMAN, SHERMAN & FLYNN 410 Park Avenue New York, New York 10022
(212) 421-4100
ATTORNEYS FOR THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE
OF EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS

                                     IN THE
                         UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                                     FOR THE
                           NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
                                 DALLAS DIVISION

IN RE:

I.C.H. CORPORATION,                               CASE NO. 395-36351-RCM-11
  A DELAWARE CORPORATION, F/K/A                   (CHAPTER 11)
  SOUTHWESTERN LIFE CORPORATION,
  F/K/A I.C.H. CORPORATION,

SWL HOLDING CORPORATION,                          CASE NO. 395-36352-RCM-11
  A DELAWARE CORPORATION,                         (CHAPTER 11)
  F/K/A LIFE INTERESTS
  CORPORATION, AND

CARE FINANCIAL CORPORATION,                       CASE NO. 395-36354-RCM-11
  A DELAWARE CORPORATION,                         (CHAPTER 11)
  F/K/A HEALTH INTERESTS
  CORPORATION,

    DEBTORS.                                      JOINTLY ADMINISTERED
                            CASE NO. 395-36351-RCM-11


           FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11
                           (DATED: NOVEMBER 15, 1996)


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

ARTICLES I
DEFINITIONS................................................................    2
       1.1   Administrative Expense or Administrative Claim................
       1.2   Allowed Amount................................................    2
       1.3   Allowed Claim and Allowed Interest............................
       1.4   Available Cash................................................    2
       1.5   Bankruptcy Code...............................................    2
       1.6   Bankruptcy Court..............................................    2
       1.7   Bar Date......................................................    2
       1.8   Beneficial Holder.............................................    2
       1.9   BML...........................................................    2
       1.10  BML Certificates..............................................    2
       1.11  BML Final Reconciliation Date.................................    3
       1.12  BML Holding Period............................................    3
       1.13  BML Initial Reconciliation Date...............................    3
       1.14  BML Stock Power...............................................    3
       1.15  BML Licenses..................................................    3
       1.16  Board of Directors............................................    3
       1.17  Business Day..................................................    3
       1.18  Capital and Surplus Retention Assets..........................    3
       1.19  Care..........................................................    3
       1.20  Carlisle......................................................    3
       1.21  CFSB Interest.................................................    3
       1.22  Chapter 11 Case...............................................    3
       1.23  Charter Amendments............................................    3
       1.24  Claim.........................................................    3
       1.25  Claimant......................................................    3
       1.26  Class.........................................................    3
       1.27  CNC...........................................................    3
       1.28  Common Stock..................................................    3
       1.29  Confirmation..................................................    3
       1.30  Confirmation Date.............................................    3
       1.31  Confirmation Hearing..........................................    3
       1.32  Confirmation Order............................................    3
       1.33  Contested.....................................................    3
       1.34  Creditors Committee...........................................    4
       1.35  Debtors.......................................................    4
       1.36  Disallowed Claim or Disallowed Interest.......................    4
       1.37  Disclosure Statement..........................................    4
       1.38  Distribution Agent............................................    4
       1.39  Distribution Date.............................................    4
       1.40  Distribution Record Date......................................    4
       1.41  Effective Date................................................    4
       1.42  Entity........................................................    4
       1.43  Equity Committee..............................................    4
       1.44  Estates.......................................................    4
       1.45  Fee Claim.....................................................    4
       1.46  Filed.........................................................    4
       1.47  Final Order...................................................    4
       1.48  ICH...........................................................    4
       1.49  Impaired......................................................    4
       1.50  Indenture.....................................................    5
       1.51  Indenture Trustee.............................................    5
       1.52  Interest......................................................    5
       1.53  Initial Distribution Date.....................................    5
       1.54  Joint Plan....................................................    5


                                        i


<PAGE>


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

       1.55  Legal Rate....................................................    5
       1.56  Letters of Transmittal........................................    5
       1.57  Modern/Western Agreement......................................    5
       1.58  Notes.........................................................    5
       1.59  Order.........................................................    5
       1.60  Ozark.........................................................    5
       1.61  PennCorp......................................................    5
       1.62  PennCorp Escrow...............................................    5
       1.63  PennCorp Escrow Agreement.....................................    5
       1.64  Perry Park....................................................    6
       1.65  Petition Date.................................................    6
       1.66  Philadelphia American Agreement...............................    6
       1.67  Plan Documents................................................    6
       1.68  Post-Petition Interest........................................    6
       1.69  Preferred Stock...............................................    6
       1.70  Priority Claim................................................    6
       1.71  Priority Tax Claim............................................    6
       1.72  Pro Rata......................................................    6
       1.73  Record Holder.................................................    6
       1.74  Released Entities.............................................    6
       1.75  Released Officers.............................................    6
       1.76  Reorganized ICH...............................................    6
       1.77  Reorganized ICH Common Stock..................................    6
       1.78  Reserved Distribution Assets..................................    6
       1.79  Retained Assets...............................................    6
       1.80  Retained Causes of Action.....................................    6
       1.81  Rice..........................................................    6
       1.82  Sayyah........................................................    7
       1.83  Schedules.....................................................    7
       1.84  Secured.......................................................    7
       1.85  Securities....................................................    7
       1.86  Securities-Related Claims.....................................    7
       1.87  Shaw..........................................................    7
       1.88  Shaw Group....................................................    7
       1.89  Stock Certificates............................................    7
       1.90  Substantial Consummation......................................    7
       1.91  SWL Holding...................................................    7
       1.92  Tax Settlement................................................    7
       1.93  Tenneco.......................................................    7
       1.94  Tenneco Equity Settlement Proceeds............................    7
       1.95  Tenneco Settlement............................................    7
       1.96  Tenneco Settlement Motion.....................................    7
       1.97  Transfer Agent................................................    7
       1.98  Trust.........................................................    7
       1.99  Trust Agreement...............................................    7
       1.100 Trust Assets..................................................    7
       1.101 Trust Interest................................................    7
       1.102 Trustee.......................................................    8
       1.103 Unsecured Claim...............................................    8
ARTICLE II
TREATMENT OF NON-CLASSIFIED CLAIMS.........................................    8
       2.1   General Administrative Claims.................................    8
             (a)  In General...............................................    8
             (b)  Fee Claims...............................................    8
             (c)  Employment Agreements....................................    8
             (d)  Other Administrative Claims..............................    8
             (e)  Regarding Certain Indemnifications.......................    8
       2.2   Administrative and Priority Tax Claims........................    8
             (a)  Tax Settlement...........................................    9


                                       ii


<PAGE>


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

             (b)  Administrative Tax Claims................................    9
             (c)  Priority Tax Claims......................................    9
       2.3   Other Priority Claims.........................................    9
       2.4   Preservation of Retiree Benefits..............................    9
       2.5   U.S. Trustee Fees.............................................    9
ARTICLE III
DESIGNATION OF CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.............................    9
       3.1   Classification of Claims Against and Interests In ICH.........    9
             (a)  Secured Claims...........................................    9
                  (i)    ICH Class 1--Secured Claim of Ozark...............    9
                  (ii)   ICH Class 2--Secured Claim of Sayyah..............    9
                  (iii)  ICH Class 3--Tenneco..............................    9
                  (iv)   ICH Class 4--Other Secured Claims.................    9
             (b)  Unsecured Claims.........................................    9
                  (i)    ICH Class 5--General Unsecured Claims.............   10
             (c)  Interests................................................   10
                  (i)    ICH Class 6--Preferred Stock......................   10
                  (ii)   ICH Class 7--Common Stock.........................   10
       3.2   Classification of Claims Against and Interests In SWL Holding.   10
             (a)  SWL Holding Class 1--Secured Claims......................   10
             (b)  SWL Holding Class 2--General Unsecured Claims............   10
             (c)  SWL Holding Class 3--Common Stock........................   10
       3.3   Classification of Claims Against and Interests In Care........   10
             (a)  Care Class 1--Secured Claims.............................   10
             (b)  Care Class 2 - General Unsecured Claims..................   10
             (c)  Care Class 3 - Common Stock..............................   10
ARTICLE IV
PROVISIONS FOR SATISFACTION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS........................   10
       4.1   Treatment of Classified Claims Against and Interests In ICH...   10
             (a)  Secured Claims...........................................   10
                  (i)    ICH Class 1--Secured Claim of Ozark...............   10
                  (ii)   ICH Class 2--Secured Claim of Sayyah..............   10
                  (iii)  ICH Class 3--Tenneco..............................   10
                  (iv)   ICH Class 4--Other Secured Claims.................   11
             (b)  Unsecured Claims.........................................   11
                  (i)    ICH Class 5--General Unsecured Claims.............   11
             (c)  ICH Interests............................................   11
                  (i)    ICH Class 6--Preferred Stock......................   11
                  (ii)   ICH Class 7--Common Stock.........................   11
       4.2   Treatment of Classified Claims Against and Interests In
               SWL Holding.................................................   12
             (a)  SWL Holding Class 1--Secured Claims......................   12
             (b)  SWL Holding Class 2--General Unsecured Claims............   12
             (c)  SWL Holding Class 3--Common Stock........................   12
       4.3   Treatment of Classified Claims Against and Interests In Care..   12
             (a)  Care Class 1--Secured Claims.............................   12
             (b)  Care Class 2--General Unsecured Claims...................   12
             (c)  Care Class 3--Common Stock...............................   12
ARTICLE V
DESIGNATION OF THE CLASSES OF CLAIMS IMPAIRED UNDER THIS JOINT PLAN........   12
ARTICLE VI
SETTLEMENTS................................................................   12
       6.1   Tenneco Settlement............................................   12
       6.2   Shaw Group Settlement.........................................   12
             (a)  Cash Contribution........................................   12
             (b)  Withdrawal of Proofs of Claims...........................   12
             (c)  Transferability of CFSB Interest.........................   13
             (d)  Performance of the Tax Settlement........................   13
             (e)  Release of Shaw Group....................................   13
       6.3   Stipulation and Agreement with the Indenture Trustee..........   13


                                       iii


<PAGE>


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE VII
MEANS FOR EXECUTION OF JOINT PLAN..........................................   13
       7.1        Effective Date Entities..................................   13
       7.2   Property of Estates...........................................   13
             (a)  SWL Holding and Care.....................................   13
             (b)  Retention of the Retained Assets by Reorganized ICH......   13
             (c)  Transfer of the Trust Assets by ICH to the Trust.........   13
       7.3   Provisions Relating to the Trust..............................   14
             (a)  Creation of the Trust....................................   14
             (b)  Term.....................................................   14
             (c)  Liquidation of the Trust Assets..........................   14
             (d)  Reports..................................................   14
             (g)  Provisions Regarding Trust Interests.....................   14
                  (i)    Allocation of Trust Interests; Issuance of Trust
                          Certificates.....................................   14
                  (ii)   Legended Certificates.............................   14
                  (iii)  Trust Interest Register; Ownership of Interests...   14
                  (iv)   Transfer of Trust Interests.......................   14
       7.4   Reorganized ICH...............................................   14
             (a)  Charter Amendments.......................................   14
             (b)  Board of Directors.......................................   15
             (c)  Officers.................................................   15
       7.5   Other Business Transactions to Occur on the Effective Date....   15
             (a)  Provisions Regarding the Modern/Western Agreement and the
                     Philadelphia American Agreement.......................   15
             (b)  Provision Regarding Perry Park...........................   15
             (c)  Provisions Regarding BML.................................   15
             (d)  Sale Prior to Effective Date.............................   16
             (e)  Confirmation Order Provisions............................   16
             (f)  Additional Provisions....................................   16
       7.6   Provisions Relating to Indentures.............................   16
             (a)  Termination of Indentures................................   16
             (b)  Payment of Indenture Trustee's Fees and Expenses.........   17
       7.7   Termination of the Committees.................................   17
       7.8   Closing of Effective Date Transactions........................   17
ARTICLE VIII
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED
LEASES.....................................................................   17
       8.1   Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases......................   17
       8.2   Claims for Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases..   17
ARTICLE IX
PROVISIONS REGARDING TENDER OF SECURITIES, DISTRIBUTIONS, DISTRIBUTION AGENT,
AND OBJECTIONS TO CLAIMS...................................................   17
       9.1   Provisions Relating to Securities.............................   17
             (a)  Initial Distribution of Available Cash...................   17
             (b)  Distribution Record Date.................................   17
             (c)  Cancellation of Securities...............................   17
             (d)  Tender of Securities.....................................   17
             (e)  Unsurrendered Outstanding Securities.....................   18
             (f)  Treasury Securities......................................   18
       9.2   Delivery of Distributions.....................................   18
       9.3   Distribution Agent............................................   18
       9.4   No Distributions Pending Allowance............................   18
       9.5   Reserve for Certain Distributions.............................   19
       9.6   Distributions After Disallowance..............................   19
       9.7   Unclaimed Property............................................   19
       9.8   Treatment of Contingent or Unliquidated Claims................   19
       9.9   Form of Payments..............................................   19
ARTICLE X
PROVISIONS FOR THE DISCHARGE, SETTLEMENT, AND ADJUSTMENT OF
CLAIMS.....................................................................   19
      10.1   Legal Binding Effect; Discharge of Claims and Interests.......   19


                                       iv


<PAGE>


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

      10.2   Retention and Enforcement of the Debtors' Causes of Action....   19
             (a)  Retention of Causes of Action............................   20
             (b)  Judgment Reduction and Hold Harmless.....................   20
             (c)  Right of Trust to Assert Offset Claims...................   20
      10.3   Releases......................................................   21
      10.4   Provisions Regarding the Released Officers....................   21
      10.5   Futher Releases and Settlements...............................   21
      10.6   Permanent Injunction..........................................   21
      10.7   Survival of the Debtors' Corporate Indemnities................   21
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...................................................   21
      11.1   Request for Relief under Section 1129(b)......................   21
      11.2   Modification..................................................   22
      11.3   Headings......................................................   22
      11.4   Subordination.................................................   22
      11.5   Securities-Related Claims Based on Common Stock...............   22
      11.6   Due Authorization.............................................   22
      11.7   De Minimis Distributions and Fractional Shares................   22
      11.8   Authorization of Corporate Action.............................   22
      11.9   Further Assurances and Authorizations.........................   23
      11.10  Right to Resolve Claims.......................................   23
      11.11  Rights Regarding Books........................................   23
ARTICLE XII
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION..................................................   23
      12.1   ..............................................................   23


                                        v


<PAGE>
     I.C.H.   Corporation,   Care   Financial   Corporation,   and  SWL  Holding
Corporation,  together  with the Official  Committee  of Unsecured  Creditors of
I.C.H.  Corporation  and the Official  Committee of Equity  Security  Holders of
I.C.H. Corporation  (collectively,  the "Plan Proponents"),  jointly propose the
following First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization  pursuant to the provisions
of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless the context otherwise  requires,  the following terms shall have the
following  meanings when used in initially  capitalized form in this Joint Plan.
Such meanings shall be equally  applicable to both the singular and plural forms
of such terms.  Any term used in initially  capitalized  form in this Joint Plan
that is not defined herein,  but that is defined in the Bankruptcy  Code,  shall
have the meaning assigned to such term in the Bankruptcy Code.

     1.1 ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE OR ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM means an administrative
expense Claim under Section 503 of the  Bankruptcy  Code and the fees payable to
the United States Trustee under 28 U.S.C. Section 1930.

     1.2 ALLOWED AMOUNT means the amount in lawful currency of the United States
of any Allowed Claim, or the number of shares representing any Allowed Interest.

     1.3 ALLOWED CLAIM AND ALLOWED  INTEREST  shall mean,  with reference to any
Claim or Interest (i) a Claim against or Interest in the Debtor, proof of which,
if required, was Filed on or before the Bar Date, which is not a Contested Claim
or Contested  Interest,  (ii) if no proof of claim or interest  was so Filed,  a
Claim against or Interest in the Debtor which has been or hereafter is listed by
the  Debtor in its  Schedules  as  liquidated  in  amount  and not  disputed  or
contingent, or (iii) a Claim or Interest allowed hereunder or by Final Order. An
Allowed  Claim or Allowed  Interest  does not  include  any Claim or Interest or
portion thereof which is a Disallowed Claim or Disallowed  Interest or which has
been  subsequently  withdrawn,  disallowed,  released  or waived  by the  holder
thereof or pursuant to a Final Order. Unless otherwise  specifically provided in
this Joint  Plan,  an Allowed  Claim or Allowed  Interest  shall not include any
amount for punitive damages or penalties.

     1.4 AVAILABLE CASH means, as of any date of  calculation,  the aggregate of
all cash or cash equivalents  available for immediate  distribution  held by the
Trust, as reflected on the books and records of the Trust less (i) cash required
to be placed in reserve or paid on the Effective  Date as provided in Article II
of this Joint Plan,  (ii) cash  required to fund  distributions  with respect to
Secured Claims as provided in section  4.1(a)(i) of this Joint Plan,  (iii) cash
required to fund  reserves  for  Contested  Claims as provided in section 9.5 of
this Joint Plan, (iv) an amount, not to exceed $2 million, reasonably determined
by the Trustee to be necessary to fund the expenses of the Trust including costs
of the Distribution  Agent for  distributions  made pursuant to this Joint Plan,
(v) any such cash or cash  equivalents  deriving  from SWL  Holding or Care,  or
their  respective  assets,  and necessary to make the  payments,  if any, to the
Classes of Claimants in such Estates, and (vi) if, at such calculation date, the
capital  stock of BML is owned by the Trust and the BML  Licenses  have not been
sold to Reorganized ICH, $5 million pursuant to section 7.5(c).

     1.5  BANKRUPTCY  CODE means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended,
to the extent applicable to the Chapter 11 Case.

     1.6  BANKRUPTCY  COURT  means the United  States  Bankruptcy  Court for the
Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.

     1.7 BAR DATE means the deadline by which a Claim must have been Filed.  The
Bar Date was February 7, 1996, as to all prepetition Claims, excluding Claims of
governmental  units  for  which  the Bar Date was  April 9,  1996,  and  further
excluding  the  Internal  Revenue  Service for which the Bar Date is October 31,
1996.

     1.8 BENEFICIAL  HOLDER means, with respect to any Interest or the Notes, as
of any  particular  date (i) a Record Holder to the extent that it is the Entity
ultimately  entitled to the benefits of ownership of such Securities  registered
in its name in the records of the  appropriate  Transfer  Agent or the Indenture
Trustee,  as applicable,  regardless of whether such Record Holder has delegated
investment  and/or voting power with respect to any such Securities to any other
Entity,  or (ii) to the  extent a Record  Holder  holds  Securities  of which an
Entity other than that Record  Holder  ultimately is entitled to the benefits of
ownership,  the Entity  listed in the  transfer or other  records of that Record
Holder as being the Entity  ultimately  entitled to the benefits of ownership of
those Securities.

     1.9  BML  means  Bankers  Multiple  Line  Insurance  Company,  an  Illinois
corporation.

     1.10 BML  CERTIFICATES  has the  meaning  ascribed  to such term in Section
7.5(c)(iii) of this Joint Plan.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-2
<PAGE>
     1.11 BML FINAL RECONCILIATION DATE has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 7.5(c)(iii) of this Joint Plan.

     1.12 BML HOLDING  PERIOD has the  meaning  ascribed to such term in Section
7.5(c)(iii) of this Joint Plan.

     1.13 BML INITIAL  RECONCILIATION DATE has the meaning ascribed to such term
in Section 7.5(c)(iii) of this Joint Plan.

     1.14 BML  STOCK  POWER has the  meaning  ascribed  to such term in  Section
7.5(c)(iii) of this Joint Plan.

     1.15 BML LICENSES  means the insurance  licenses  owned by BML which are in
effect on the Effective Date.

     1.16 BOARD OF  DIRECTORS  means the board of  directors  of the  applicable
Debtor as it exists immediately prior to the Effective Date.

     1.17 BUSINESS DAY means any day,  other than a Saturday,  Sunday,  or legal
holiday (as that term is defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).

     1.18 CAPITAL AND SURPLUS  RETENTION ASSETS has the meaning ascribed to such
term in Section 7.5(c)(i) of this Joint Plan.

     1.19 CARE means Care Financial Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  f/k/a
Health Interests Corporation.

     1.20 CARLISLE means Edward J. Carlisle.

     1.21 CFSB INTEREST  means those  certain  rights of ICH to  participate  in
certain economic benefits derived from the ownership of Bluebonnet  Savings Bank
FSB by CFSB Corporation which were assigned to ICH by CNC in that certain letter
agreement dated March 29, 1993 and as such economic benefits have been described
and memorialized by the following agreements: the written agreement entered into
by CNC,  James M. Fail,  and CFSB on January 25, 1993;  the Amended and Restated
Agreement  dated as of January 31, 1995, by and between CNC,  James M. Fail; and
CFSB Corporation,  and the Amended and Restated  Distribution  Account Agreement
dated  as of  January  31,  1995,  by and  between  CNC,  James  M.  Fail,  CFSB
Corporation, and Bank of Louisville and Trust Company.

     1.22  CHAPTER  11 CASE  means  the  above  entitled  and  numbered  jointly
administered cases Filed by the Debtors pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code or any single case of a Debtor.

     1.23  CHARTER  AMENDMENTS  means  the  amendments  to  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation and By-laws of ICH to be effected under this Joint Plan.

     1.24 CLAIM means (i) right of payment, whether or not such right is reduced
to judgment, liquidated,  unliquidated,  fixed, contingent,  matured, unmatured,
disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured; or (ii) a right to
an  equitable  remedy for breach of  performance  if such breach gives rise to a
right of payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to
judgment, fixed, contingent,  matured, unmatured,  disputed, undisputed, secured
or unsecured.

     1.25 CLAIMANT means a holder of a Claim.

     1.26 CLASS means all of the  holders of Claims  against or  Interests  with
respect to the  Debtors  which have been  designated  as a class in Article  III
hereof.

     1.27 CNC means Consolidated National Corporation.

     1.28 COMMON STOCK means the 48,644,112  outstanding shares of common stock,
$1.00 par value per share, of ICH.

     1.29  CONFIRMATION   means  the  entry  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court  of  the
Confirmation Order.

     1.30 CONFIRMATION  DATE means the date on which the Confirmation  Order has
been entered on the docket maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.

     1.31  CONFIRMATION  HEARING means the hearing or hearings to be held before
the Bankruptcy Court in which the Joint Plan Proponents shall seek  Confirmation
of this Joint Plan.

     1.32 CONFIRMATION ORDER means the Order confirming this Joint Plan.

     1.33 CONTESTED when used with respect to a Claim or Interest, means a Claim
against or Interest in the Debtors that is (i) listed in the Debtors'  Schedules
as disputed,  contingent,  or unliquidated  and as to which a proof of claim has
been timely

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-3


<PAGE>
Filed; (ii) listed in the Debtors' Schedules as undisputed,  liquidated, and not
contingent  and as to which a proof of Claim or Interest has been Filed with the
Bankruptcy  Court,  to the extent the proof of Claim or Interest  amount exceeds
the amount  provided for in the Debtors'  Schedules;  or (iii) the subject of an
objection  which  has been or may be timely  Filed and which  claim has not been
disallowed by Final Order.  To the extent an objection  relates to the allowance
of only a part of a Claim  or  Interest,  such a Claim  or  Interest  shall be a
Contested Claim or Contested Interest only to the extent of the objection.

     1.34  CREDITORS   COMMITTEE  means  the  Official  Committee  of  Unsecured
Creditors of I.C.H. Corporation.

     1.35 DEBTORS means ICH,  Care, and SWL Holding as debtors and as debtors in
possession of their respective Estates, or any single Debtor.

     1.36  DISALLOWED  CLAIM OR DISALLOWED  INTEREST means a Claim  against,  or
Interest in, the Debtor, or any portion thereof, (i) that has been disallowed by
Final  Order,  (ii)  proof of which has been  untimely  Filed and as to which no
order of allowance  has been entered by the Court,  or (iii) listed as disputed,
contingent,  or  unliquidated  and as to  which  no  proof  of claim or proof of
interest has been timely Filed.

     1.37  DISCLOSURE  STATEMENT  means the Disclosure  Statement for this Joint
Plan  of  Reorganization  under  Chapter  11,  together  with  any  supplements,
amendments, or modifications thereto.

     1.38 DISTRIBUTION  AGENT means Bank of Louisville and Trust Company or such
other  Entity as may be  designated  by the Joint Plan  Proponents  prior to the
Disclosure  Statement hearing and approved by the Bankruptcy Court,  which shall
be responsible  for making  payments or  distributions  to Record Holders of the
Notes, the Preferred Stock, and the Common Stock pursuant to this Joint Plan.

     1.39  DISTRIBUTION  DATE  means a date set forth in this  Joint Plan or the
Trust Agreement upon which  distributions to Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests
shall be made.

     1.40 DISTRIBUTION  RECORD DATE means the close of business in New York, New
York on the Effective  Date which shall be the date for  determining  the Record
Holders of  Securities  who are  entitled to receive  distributions  pursuant to
Article IV of this Joint Plan.

     1.41 EFFECTIVE DATE means the eleventh day following the Confirmation  Date
or, if the Confirmation Order is stayed pending appeal, the Effective Date shall
be the eleventh day after such stay is dissolved by a Final Order.

     1.42 ENTITY  includes any  individual,  partnership,  corporation,  estate,
trust, governmental unit, and the United States Trustee.

     1.43 EQUITY  COMMITTEE  means the  Official  Committee  of Equity  Security
Holders of I.C.H. Corporation.

     1.44 ESTATES mean the respective  bankruptcy estates created by Section 541
of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case.

     1.45 FEE CLAIM means a Claim under  Sections  330 or  503(b)(2)-(5)  of the
Bankruptcy Code.

     1.46 FILED means filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

     1.47 FINAL ORDER means (i) an order of the Bankruptcy Court as to which the
time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for reargument or rehearing has
expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceedings
for reargument or rehearing, shall then be pending or, (ii) in the event that an
appeal,  writ of  certiorari,  reargument or rehearing  thereof has been sought,
such order of the Bankruptcy Court shall have been affirmed by the highest court
to which such order may be appealed, or certiorari has been denied, and the time
to take any further  appeal,  petition for  certiorari or move for reargument or
rehearing shall have expired; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that no order shall fail to be
a Final Order solely because of the  possibility  that a motion pursuant to Rule
60 of the  Federal  Rules of Civil  Procedure  may be filed with  respect to the
order.

     1.48 ICH means I.C.H. Corporation, a Delaware corporation,  whose principal
address is 500 North Akard Street, Dallas, Texas 75201.

     1.49 IMPAIRED  means the treatment of an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest
under this Joint Plan UNLESS, with respect to such Claim or Interest, either (i)
this Joint Plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to
which such Claim or Interest  entitles the holder of such Claim or Interest,  or
(ii) notwithstanding any contractual provision

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-4


<PAGE>
or  applicable  law that entitles the holder of such Claim or Interest to demand
or receive  accelerated  payment of such Claim or Interest after occurrence of a
default,  the  Debtors (A) cure any default  that  occurred  before or after the
commencement  of the Chapter 11 Case other than default of the kind specified in
Section  365(b)(2) of the  Bankruptcy  Code;  (B) reinstate the maturity of such
Claim or Interest as such maturity  existed before such default;  (C) compensate
the holder of such Claim or Interest for any damages incurred as a result of any
reasonable  reliance  by such  holder  on  such  contractual  provision  or such
applicable  law;  and  (D)  do not  otherwise  alter  the  legal,  equitable  or
contractual  rights to which such Claim or Interest  entitles the holder of such
Claim or Interest.

     1.50 INDENTURE  means any one or more of the trust  indentures  pursuant to
which the Notes were issued.

     1.51 INDENTURE TRUSTEE means Bank of Louisville and Trust Company,  and any
successor thereto.

     1.52  INTEREST  means  the  equity  interests  in ICH  represented  by duly
authorized,  validly issued,  and outstanding  shares of the Preferred Stock and
Common Stock of ICH.

     1.53 INITIAL DISTRIBUTION DATE means the first Distribution Date upon which
a  distribution  to a holder of an Allowed  Claim or Allowed  Interest  shall be
made, which by reference to the respective  distribution  shall mean (i) for any
Claim or Interest that is an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest on the Effective
Date,  the first  Business Day that is ten (10) days after the Effective Date or
as soon thereafter as  practicable,  but in no event later than twenty (20) days
after the Effective  Date, and (ii) for any Clam or Interest that is a Contested
Claim  or  Contested  interest  on the  Effective  Date,  the  date  as  soon as
practicable, but in no event more than thirty (30) days, after the date on which
such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest,  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that the Initial Distribution date with respect to an Allowed Claim or
an Allowed  Interest  arising  from a Security  shall occur no earlier than such
date that is as soon as practicable  after tender of such Security in compliance
with Article IX of this Joint Plan.

     1.54 JOINT PLAN means this Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the  Bankruptcy  Code,  as it may be  amended or  modified  from time to time as
permitted herein or in accordance with Section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code.

     1.55 LEGAL RATE means (a) with  respect to a Claim  arising  from a written
document or instrument  which expressly sets forth an interest rate, the rate of
interest set forth therein, or (b) with respect to any other Claim, the interest
rate accruing upon judgments as set forth in 28 U.S.C. Section 1961.

     1.56 LETTERS OF  TRANSMITTAL  means such letters of  transmittal  as may be
distributed by the Trust or the  Distribution  Agent after the Effective Date to
Record Holders of Securities as of the Distribution  Record Date for the purpose
of enabling  such Entities to transmit  Securities  held of record by them as of
the  Distribution  Record  Date to the  Distribution  Agent as  contemplated  by
Section 9.1(d) of this Joint Plan, which letters of transmittal shall be in form
and  substance  acceptable  to  Reorganized  ICH  in  the  case  of  letters  of
transmittal  from  Record  Holders  of  Interests  or the  Trust  in the case of
transmittal letters from Record Holders of Notes.

     1.57  MODERN/WESTERN  AGREEMENT means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement
dated as of April 2, 1996,  between BML, as seller,  and  Reassure  America Life
Insurance Company, as purchaser, which was consummated on June 28, 1996.

     1.58 NOTES means the 11 1/4% Senior  Subordinated Notes due 1996 and the 11
1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 issued by ICH.

     1.59 ORDER means an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

     1.60 OZARK means Ozark National Life Insurance Company.

     1.61 PENNCORP means PennCorp Financial Group, Inc.

     1.62  PENNCORP  ESCROW  means that  certain  escrow  established  under and
pursuant to the PennCorp Escrow  Agreement.  The funds deposited under the terms
and  provisions  of the  PennCorp  Escrow  Agreement  shall  not  be  considered
Available  Cash until  released  to the Trust in  accordance  with the terms and
provisions of the PennCorp Escrow Agreement or other agreements  entered into by
the  Debtors  with  respect  thereto  or as  authorized  by  Final  Order of the
Bankruptcy Court.

     1.63 PENNCORP  ESCROW  AGREEMENT  means the escrow  agreement  entered into
pursuant to Section  8.2(a) of the Purchase  Agreement  dated  December 1, 1995,
among  ICH,  SWL  Holding,  Care,  Facilities  Management  Installation,   Inc.,
Southwestern Financial Corporation, Southwestern Financial Services Corporation,
and PennCorp.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-5


<PAGE>
     1.64  PERRY  PARK means all real  property  of the  Estates of ICH and Care
situated in and around the Glenwood Hall Resort and Country Club in Owen County,
Kentucky,  and all improvements,  fixtures, and personal property of the Estates
of ICH and Care  situated in or on such real  property,  or related to such real
property, wherever located, together with all appurtenances thereto.

     1.65 PETITION DATE means October 10, 1995.

     1.66  PHILADELPHIA  AMERICAN  AGREEMENT  means that certain Stock  Purchase
Agreement  dated  as of April 2,  1996,  between  BML,  as  seller,  and New Era
Enterprises, Inc., as purchaser, which was consummated on June 28, 1996.

     1.67 PLAN DOCUMENTS  means this Joint Plan, the Disclosure  Statement,  the
Trust Agreement and all exhibits and attachments to any of the foregoing.

     1.68  POST-PETITION  INTEREST  means  interest  at the Legal  Rate from the
Petition Date through the date of calculation.

     1.69  PREFERRED  STOCK  means  the  8,000,000  outstanding  shares of $1.75
Convertible  Exchangeable  Preferred Stock, Series 1986-A,  $25.00 stated value,
issued by ICH.

     1.70  PRIORITY  CLAIM means all Claims  entitled to priority  under section
507(a)(2)-(a)(7) and (a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

     1.71 PRIORITY TAX CLAIM means all Claims entitled to priority under section
507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

     1.72 PRO RATA means,  with reference to any  distribution  on account of an
Allowed  Claim or Allowed  Interest,  the  proportion  that an Allowed  Claim or
Allowed  Interest in a particular  Class bears,  respectively,  to the aggregate
amount of all Claims or Interests in such Class,  including  Contested Claims or
Contested  Interests which are not Disallowed Claims or Disallowed  Interests as
of the date of such calculation, but excluding such Claims or Interests that are
subordinated  pursuant to Bankruptcy  Code Section 510, except that the Pro Rata
share of Allowed  Securities-Related Claims based on Common Stock, if any, shall
be calculated as set forth in Section 11.5 of this Joint Plan.

     1.73 RECORD HOLDER means,  as of any specified  date, the holder of a Note,
Preferred  Stock, or Common Stock,  as applicable,  who is registered as holding
such  Securities  in the  transfer  or other  such  records  of the  appropriate
Transfer Agent or Indenture Trustee, as applicable.

     1.74  RELEASED  ENTITIES  means  the  Trust,  the  Trustee,  the  Creditors
Committee, the Equity Committee, the Shaw Group and their respective present and
former officers,  directors,  members,  employees,  agents,  attorneys, and such
other persons as the Equity  Committee may designate  prior to the conclusion of
the Confirmation Hearing.

     1.75 RELEASED OFFICERS means W. Hubert Mathis, Steven R. Cartwright, Robert
J. Bruce,  H. Don  Rutherford,  John T. Hull,  Robert C. Greving,  and Daniel B.
Gail, and such other persons as the Equity  Committee may designate prior to the
conclusion of the Confirmation Hearing.

     1.76  REORGANIZED  ICH means ICH as of the  completion of the  transactions
contemplated in this Joint Plan to occur on the Effective Date.

     1.77  REORGANIZED  ICH COMMON STOCK means the shares of new common stock to
be issued by Reorganized ICH as provided in Article IX of this Joint Plan.

     1.78 RESERVED  DISTRIBUTION ASSETS has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 9.5 of this Joint Plan.

     1.79  RETAINED  ASSETS  shall mean (i) the capital  stock of BML (after the
Trust has assumed BML's  non-reinsured  liabilities,  including  indemnification
obligations to Reassure  America Life Insurance Co. and to New Era  Enterprises,
Inc.  in  exchange  for,  subject to Section  7.5(c),  all of BML's  capital and
surplus and other  tangible  property),  together  with all BML Licenses and all
books and records of BML,  (ii) Perry Park,  together with all books and records
of Perry Park, (iii) $2.5 million cash, (iv) the Retained Causes of Action,  (v)
the Tenneco  Equity  Settlement  Proceeds of $500,000,  (vi) any tax  attributes
remaining  after the  determination  of the Debtors' tax  liability  through the
Effective  Date,  (vii) the common stock of SWL Holding and Care, and (viii) all
books and records of ICH.

     1.80  RETAINED  CAUSES OF ACTION  means the  causes of action as defined in
Section 10.2 of this Joint Plan.

     1.81 RICE means C. Fred Rice.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-6


<PAGE>
     1.82 SAYYAH means Victor L. Sayyah.

     1.83 SCHEDULES  means those  schedules and statements of financial  affairs
Filed by the applicable Debtor under Federal Rule of Bankruptcy  Procedure 1007,
as same may be amended from time to time.

     1.84 SECURED  means an Allowed  Claim that is secured by a lien on property
in which an Estate has an interest,  or that is subject to setoff under  Section
553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of Claimant's interest in
such Estate's interest in such property,  or to the extent of the amount subject
to setoff, as the case may be.

     1.85 SECURITIES means the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock and the Notes.

     1.86  SECURITIES-RELATED  CLAIMS  means the Claims,  if any,  arising  from
rescission  of a  purchase  or  sale  of  Securities  of  ICH  or of  any of its
affiliates,  for damages arising from the purchase or sale of Securities, or for
reimbursement  or contribution  allowed under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code
on  account  of such a Claim,  including  but not  limited  to the Claims of the
plaintiffs in the suit styled IN RE  SOUTHWESTERN  LIFE  CORPORATION  SECURITIES
LITIGATION, Adversary Proceeding No. 395-3589, pending in the Bankruptcy Court.

     1.87 SHAW means Robert T. Shaw.

     1.88 SHAW GROUP means Shaw, Rice, and CNC.

     1.89 STOCK CERTIFICATES means the certificates  representing and evidencing
ownership of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

     1.90 SUBSTANTIAL  CONSUMMATION means the accomplishment of the transactions
required under Sections 7.1 through 7.8 of this Joint Plan.

     1.91 SWL HOLDING  means SWL Holding  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
f/k/a Life Interests Corporation.

     1.92 TAX  SETTLEMENT  means that certain  settlement set forth in the Joint
Motion for Approval of Agreement for Compromise and Settlement of Tax Claims and
Certain Tax Related  Liabilities of the Debtors' Filed on August 23, 1996 by the
Debtors,  PennCorp and certain of its  affiliates  and the IRS, and joined in by
the Shaw Group, as approved by the Bankruptcy  Court by order entered  September
13, 1996.

     1.93 TENNECO means Tenneco, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     1.94  TENNECO  EQUITY  SETTLEMENT  PROCEEDS  means  the first  $250,000  of
proceeds from the Tenneco Settlement in excess of $17,500,000, and fifty percent
(50%) of the  proceeds  from the Tenneco  Settlement  in excess of  $17,750,000;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the aggregate amount of Tenneco Equity
Settlement Proceeds exceed the sum of $500,000.

     1.95  TENNECO  SETTLEMENT  means that certain  Settlement  Agreement by and
between ICH and  Tenneco,  which shall be the subject of the Tenneco  Settlement
Motion.

     1.96 TENNECO  SETTLEMENT MOTION means any Motion for Approval of Compromise
and Settlement with Tenneco Filed in the Chapter 11 Case by ICH.

     1.97  TRANSFER  AGENT  means,  with  respect to the Common  Stock,  Bank of
Louisville and Trust Company and, with respect to the Preferred  Stock,  KeyCorp
Shareholders Services Inc.

     1.98 TRUST means the Lone Star Asset  Liquidating  Trust,  to be created on
the Effective Date pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

     1.99  TRUST  AGREEMENT  means  the  agreement  governing  the Trust and any
exhibits,  supplements  or  amendments  thereto,  the  form of  which  shall  be
acceptable to the Creditors'  Committee,  in its sole  discretion,  and Filed no
later than ten (10)  Business Days prior to the  Confirmation  Hearing and which
shall become an exhibit to this Joint Plan.

     1.100 TRUST ASSETS  means all property of the Estate of the Debtors  except
the Retained Assets.

     1.101 TRUST  INTEREST means a beneficial  ownership  interest in the Trust,
which represents the right to receive distributions from the Trust in accordance
with section 4.1(b) of this Joint Plan.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-7


<PAGE>
     1.102  TRUSTEE means Susan A. Brown and any other  person(s)  designated by
the Creditors'  Committee prior to the Confirmation Hearing to serve as trustees
of the Trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement,  and appointed in the Confirmation
Order to serve as Trustee(s) of the Trust, or any successor selected pursuant to
the terms of the Trust Agreement.

     1.103 UNSECURED CLAIM means a Claim that is not an Administrative  Claim, a
Priority Claim, a Priority Tax Claim, or a Secured Claim.

                                   ARTICLE II
                       TREATMENT OF NON-CLASSIFIED CLAIMS

     This  Joint  Plan does not  classify  Claims  against  the  Debtors  having
priority as specified in Section 507 of the Bankruptcy  Code, which Claims shall
be treated as follows:

     2.1 GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS

     (A) IN GENERAL.  Each holder of an Administrative Claim except as otherwise
set forth in this  Article II (and  specifically  excluding  Administrative  Tax
Claims as set forth in Section 2.2 below)  shall  receive  from the Trust either
(i) with  respect  to  Administrative  Claims  which are  Allowed  Claims on the
Effective Date, the amount of such holder's Allowed Claim in one cash payment on
the Initial Distribution Date, (ii) with respect to Administrative  Claims which
become  Allowed  Claims after the  Effective  Date,  the amount of such holder's
Allowed Claim in one cash payment on the applicable  Distribution Date; or (iii)
such other  treatment  agreed upon in writing by the  Debtors  and such  holder;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that any such Administrative Claim representing a liability
incurred in the ordinary  course of business by any of the Debtors shall be paid
by the  Trust in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions  of the  particular
transaction  giving rise to such liability and any agreements  relating thereto.
In connection  herewith,  the estimated  amounts of such  Administrative  Claims
shall on the Effective  Date be reserved by the Trust with respect to payment of
such Allowed Administrative Claims and shall not be treated as Available Cash.

     (B) FEE CLAIMS.  Each  professional  person whose retention with respect to
the Debtors' cases has been approved by the Bankruptcy  Court and who holds,  or
asserts,  an Administrative  Claim that is a Fee Claim shall be required to file
with the Bankruptcy  Court a final fee  application  within sixty days after the
Effective  Date and to serve  notice  thereof on all  parties  entitled  to such
notice pursuant to the Order Establishing  Interim Procedures and Guidelines for
Compensation  of  Professional  Persons.  The  failure  to file  timely  the fee
application  as  required  under  this  Section  2.1(b) of this Joint Plan shall
result in the Fee Claim being forever barred and discharged.  A Fee Claim,  with
respect to which a Fee  Application  has been  properly  Filed  pursuant to this
Section 2.1(b) of this Joint Plan, shall become an Administrative  Claim only to
the  extent  allowed  by Final  Order.  Not later  than  five days  prior to the
Effective  Date,  each such  professional  person shall file an estimate of such
final Fee Claim on all parties  entitled  to such  notice  pursuant to the Order
Establishing  Interim Procedures and Guidelines for Compensation of Professional
Persons. The estimated amounts of such Fee Claims shall on the Effective Date be
reserved by the Trust for payment of such Fee Claims and shall not be treated as
Available Cash.

     (C) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  All amounts due to Susan A. Brown and Rodney D.
Moore pursuant to their respective  Employment  Agreements entered into with ICH
as of January 1, 1996, shall be paid in cash in full by the Trust on the Initial
Distribution  Date to the extent then due.  Any  additional  amounts that become
payable under such  Employment  Agreements  shall be paid in cash in full by the
Trust within thirty days after such amounts are determined.

     (D) OTHER  ADMINISTRATIVE  CLAIMS. Any other person or Entity who claims to
hold any other  Administrative Claim shall be required to file with the Court an
application  within  sixty days  after the  Effective  Date and to serve  notice
thereof on all parties  entitled to such notice.  The failure to file timely the
application  as  required  under  this  Section  2.1(d) of this Joint Plan shall
result in the Claim being forever barred and discharged. An Administrative Claim
with respect to which an  application  has been properly  Filed pursuant to this
Section 2.1(d) of this Joint Plan, shall become an Allowed  Administrative Claim
to the extent such claim is allowed by Final Order.

     (E)  REGARDING  CERTAIN   INDEMNIFICATIONS  The  provisions  of  the  Order
Regarding  Indemnification  of Officers and Directors of the Debtors  entered on
February 14, 1996 are hereby ratified and confirmed as obligations of the Trust,
subject to any and all  defenses  thereto  of the  Debtors,  the  Estates or the
Trust, including that such claims are subordinated pursuant to the provisions of
the  Bankruptcy  Code  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such  obligations  shall not be
obligations of Reorganized ICH. The balance of the $500,000 fund provided for in
such order (the  "Indemnification  Fund")  shall be utilized as provided in such
order. Upon resolution of claims against the Indemnification Fund, any remaining
funds in the Indemnification Fund shall become Available Cash.

     2.2 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-8
<PAGE>
     (A)  TAX  SETTLEMENT   The  Tax  Settlement   resolves  and  satisfies  all
Administrative Claims and Priority Claims for federal income taxes for which the
Debtors are responsible for tax years 1990 through 1995.

     (B)  ADMINISTRATIVE  TAX CLAIMS  Each  holder of an Allowed  Administrative
Claim for (a) taxes shown on the Federal income tax returns in which the Debtors
are  includible for the period from and after January 1, 1996, and ending on the
Effective  Date,  and (b) State  income  tax  returns in which the  Debtors  are
includible  for the period during which the Debtors'  Chapter 11 cases are being
administered  and any other  taxes of the  Debtors  payable  pursuant to Section
507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code (collectively,  the "Allowed Administrative Tax
Claims"),  if any, shall be paid in cash in full from the Trust on the latest of
(i) the Initial  Distribution  Date,  or (ii) the date such payment is due under
applicable  law.  Payment of  Allowed  Administrative  Tax  Claims  shall be the
responsibility  of the Trust, and the estimated  amounts of such tax liabilities
as of the Effective Date shall be reserved and shall not be treated as Available
Cash. The amount of Allowed  Administrative Tax Claims shall be determined after
giving  effect to the terms of the Tax  Settlement  by a deemed  closing  of the
books  of the  Debtors  as of the  close of the  Effective  Date,  and  shall be
determined where appropriate on a consolidated or combined basis consistent with
the  manner in which the  Debtors  have  previously  filed tax  returns.  If the
Effective Date occurs in a taxable year subsequent to the taxable year including
January  1,  1996,  the amount of  Allowed  Administrative  Tax Claims  shall be
determined  by carrying  forward all available  net  operating  losses,  capital
losses,  alternative  minimum tax net operating losses, and other tax attributes
of the Debtors  and members of their  consolidated  or  combined  groups,  where
applicable,  for full use in the period of such  subsequent  taxable year deemed
for these purposes to end on the Effective Date.

     (C)  PRIORITY  TAX CLAIMS Each  Allowed  Claim for State taxes  entitled to
priority in accordance with Section  507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy  Code, shall be
paid in cash in full by the Trust on the later of (i) the  Initial  Distribution
Date, or (ii) the date such payment is due under applicable law.

     2.3 OTHER  PRIORITY  CLAIMS Each Priority  Claim,  if any, shall be paid in
cash in full by the Trust on the Initial  Distribution  Date, or such later date
as provided in any agreement or employment policy governing such Claims.

     2.4 PRESERVATION OF RETIREE BENEFITS On the Effective Date, the Trust shall
provide for the continuation of the payment of any applicable  retiree benefits,
as that term is defined in Section  1114 of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  at the level
established  by the Debtors prior to  Confirmation  pursuant to the terms of the
applicable  retiree  benefit  documents in  accordance  with Section 1114 of the
Bankruptcy  Code for the  duration  of the period  the  Debtors  have  obligated
themselves to provide such benefits.

     2.5 U.S.  TRUSTEE FEES All fees payable under 28 U.S.C.  Section 1930 shall
be paid in cash in full by the Trust on the Effective Date and thereafter by the
Trust in accordance with such statute.

                                   ARTICLE III
                 DESIGNATION OF CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     Pursuant to Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors  designate the
following Classes of Claims and Interests.

     3.1  CLASSIFICATION  OF CLAIMS  AGAINST  AND  INTERESTS  IN ICH All  Claims
against and Interests in ICH, except  Administrative  and Priority  Claims,  are
classified as follows:

     (A) SECURED CLAIMS

     (I) ICH CLASS 1--SECURED CLAIM OF OZARK ICH designates as a Class the Claim
of Ozark  against ICH secured by its lien on unplatted  property of ICH situated
in Perry Park.

     (II) ICH CLASS  2--SECURED  CLAIM OF SAYYAH ICH  designates  as a Class the
Claim of Sayyah  against ICH to the extent  such Claim is  subject,  pursuant to
Sections 506(a) and 553 of the Bankruptcy  Code, to offset against the debt owed
to ICH by Sayyah.  The  remaining  balance of such Claim,  if any, to the extent
such Claim is an Allowed Claim, is and shall be treated as an ICH Class 5 Claim.

     (III) ICH CLASS  3--TENNECO ICH designates as a Class the Claims of Tenneco
against ICH,  including its Claim  represented by the 9% unsecured note due 1996
issued by ICH which is  subject,  pursuant  to  Sections  506(a)  and 553 of the
Bankruptcy Code, to offset against the debt owed to ICH by Tenneco.

     (IV) ICH CLASS 4--OTHER  SECURED CLAIMS ICH designates as a Class all other
Secured Claims against ICH, if any.

     (B) UNSECURED CLAIMS

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                       B-9


<PAGE>
     (I) ICH CLASS  5--GENERAL  UNSECURED  CLAIMS ICH  designates as a Class the
Unsecured  Claims  including,  but not  limited to, any Claims of the Record and
Beneficial  Holders  of  Notes  as of  the  Distribution  Record  Date  and  the
Securities-Related Claims, if any, to the extent related to the Notes.

     (C) INTERESTS

     (I) ICH CLASS  6--PREFERRED  STOCK ICH designates a Class consisting of the
Interests  of the Record and  Beneficial  Holders of  Preferred  Stock as of the
Distribution Record Date and the Securities-Related  Claims against ICH, if any,
to the extent related to the Preferred Stock.

     (II) ICH CLASS  7--COMMON  STOCK ICH  designates a Class  consisting of the
Interests  of the  Record  and  Beneficial  Holders  of  Common  Stock as of the
Distribution Record Date and the Securities-Related  Claims against ICH, if any,
to the extent related to the Common Stock.

     3.2  CLASSIFICATION  OF CLAIMS  AGAINST  AND  INTERESTS  IN SWL HOLDING All
Claims against and Interests in SWL Holding,  except Administrative and Priority
Claims, are classified as follows:

     (A) SWL HOLDING CLASS 1--SECURED  CLAIMS SWL Holding  designates as a Class
all Secured Claims against SWL Holding, if any.

     (B) SWL HOLDING CLASS 2--GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS SWL Holding designates as
a Class all Unsecured Claims against SWL Holding, if any.

     (C) SWL  HOLDING  CLASS  3--COMMON  STOCK SWL  Holding  designates  a Class
consisting of all Interests in SWL Holding arising from outstanding common stock
of SWL Holding as of the Effective Date.

     3.3  CLASSIFICATION  OF CLAIMS  AGAINST  AND  INTERESTS  IN CARE All Claims
against and Interests in Care, except  Administrative  and Priority Claims,  are
classified as follows:

     (A) CARE CLASS  1--SECURED  CLAIMS Care  designates  as a Class all Secured
Claims against Care, if any.

     (B) CARE CLASS  2--GENERAL  UNSECURED CLAIMS Care designates as a Class all
Unsecured Claims against Care, if any.

     (C) CARE CLASS 3--COMMON  STOCK Care  designates a Class  consisting of all
Interests  in Care  arising  from  outstanding  common  stock  of Care as of the
Effective Date.

                                   ARTICLE IV
              PROVISIONS FOR SATISFACTION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     The Claims and  Interests  as  classified  in Article  III hereof  shall be
satisfied in the manner set forth in this Article IV. The  treatment of, and the
consideration  to be received by, Entities holding Allowed Claims against and/or
Allowed  Interests  in the Debtors  pursuant to this Joint Plan shall be in full
settlement,  release,  and discharge of their respective  Allowed Claims against
and Allowed Interests in the Debtors.

     4.1  TREATMENT  OF  CLASSIFIED  CLAIMS  AGAINST  AND  INTERESTS  IN ICH All
classified  Claims  against and  Interests  in ICH,  except  Administrative  and
Priority Claims, shall be treated as follows:

     (A) SECURED CLAIMS

     (I) ICH CLASS  1--SECURED  CLAIM OF OZARK The Allowed Amount of the Secured
Claim of Ozark shall be paid in cash in full by the Trust. The Allowed Amount of
such Claim is the sum of (a) the outstanding balance of the promissory note from
ICH to Ozark, which is $323,863.19,  (b) accrued but unpaid prepetition interest
of $9,804.62,  (c) postpetition interest from the Petition Date until such Claim
is paid in full,  calculated at the contract  rate set forth in such  promissory
note,  and (d)  reasonable  fees  and  expenses,  if any,  incurred  by Ozark as
provided in Section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy  Code.  Ozark shall retain its lien
on the  collateral  securing  such Claim  until such Claim has been paid in full
hereunder, at which time Ozark shall deliver a release of its lien in recordable
form in accordance with the terms of its mortgage.

     (II) ICH CLASS  2--SECURED  CLAIM OF SAYYAH The  Allowed  Secured  Claim of
Sayyah shall be satisfied by an offset of the Allowed  Amount of Sayyah's  Claim
against the amount of Sayyah's obligation to ICH.

     (III) ICH CLASS  3--TENNECO  The  Tenneco  Claims  are the  subject  of the
Tenneco Settlement  anticipated by the Debtors to be presented to the Bankruptcy
Court in the Tenneco Settlement Motion prior to the Confirmation Hearing. If the
Tenneco  Settlement  Motion has been granted by Order of the Bankruptcy Court on
or before the  Confirmation  Date, then this Class shall be moot and the Tenneco
Settlement  shall be in exchange for and in full  satisfaction  of all Claims of
Tenneco.  If the Tenneco Settlement has not been approved prior to Confirmation,
Confirmation of the Plan shall constitute

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-10
<PAGE>
the Bankruptcy Court's approval of the Tenneco Settlement,  and the Confirmation
Order shall contain  provisions to such effect.  If the Tenneco  Settlement  has
been  disapproved by the  Bankruptcy  Court prior to  Confirmation,  the Allowed
Secured Claim of Tenneco  shall be satisfied by an offset of the Allowed  Amount
of Tenneco's  Claim  against the amount of Tenneco's  obligation to ICH, and the
Confirmation Order shall contain provisions to such effect.

     (IV) ICH CLASS  4--OTHER  SECURED  CLAIMS  Each ICH Class 4 Claim  shall be
satisfied  by  payment in full in cash from the Trust in the  Allowed  Amount of
such Secured  Claim or by delivery to the holder of an Allowed ICH Class 4 Claim
of the property  securing  such Claim,  at the  election of the Trustee,  on the
later of (i) the  Distribution  Date or (ii) the date such  payment is due under
applicable law.

     (B) UNSECURED CLAIMS

     (I) ICH  CLASS  5--GENERAL  UNSECURED  CLAIMS In  exchange  for and in full
settlement of all ICH Class 5 Claims,  the holders of Allowed ICH Class 5 Claims
shall receive all  beneficial  interest in and the proceeds of all Trust Assets,
which,  following  payment of or  provision  for all other Claims as provided in
Article II and Section  4.1(a) of this Joint Plan,  shall be  distributed to the
ICH Class 5 Claimants according to the following procedures:

     (a) on the Initial  Distribution Date, a Pro Rata distribution of Available
Cash determined as of the Effective Date;

     (b) subsequent to the Initial  Distribution Date, Pro Rata distributions of
Available  Cash as and when from time to time  determined  and  declared  by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

     (C) ICH INTERESTS

     (I) ICH CLASS  6--PREFERRED  STOCK In exchange for and in full satisfaction
of all Interests related to Preferred Stock, Record Holders of Allowed ICH Class
6 Interests shall be entitled to receive,  on the Effective Date, for each share
of Preferred Stock held, 0.2 shares of Reorganized ICH Common Stock,  rounded to
the nearest whole number of shares; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that: (a) no distribution
of  Reorganized  ICH Common  Stock  shall be made with  respect to any shares of
Preferred  Stock held by any Beneficial  Holder who holds less than 14 shares of
Preferred Stock and the ICH Class 6 Interest of such Beneficial Holders shall be
reduced to zero (and Record  Holders  who are nominee  holders for more than one
Beneficial  Holder shall not aggregate  holdings of such Beneficial  Holders for
purposes of  determining  the  distribution  to which such Record  Holder may be
entitled  pursuant to this Section  4.1(c)(i));  (b) any Beneficial Holder of an
Allowed ICH Class 6 Interest that holds,  in the  aggregate,  between 14 and 650
shares of  Preferred  Stock (or that  agrees to  voluntarily  reduce its Class 6
Interest to 650 shares of Preferred  Stock),  or any Record Holder  specifically
authorized  by that  Beneficial  Holder,  may elect at the time it  tenders  its
Securities  pursuant to a Letter of Transmittal to receive a single cash payment
of $.36 per share of Preferred Stock in lieu of receiving  shares of Reorganized
ICH  Common  Stock;  and (c) any  Beneficial  Holder  of a  Allowed  ICH Class 6
Interest,  or any  Record  Holder  specifically  authorized  by that  Beneficial
Holder,  may agree in writing with the Equity  Committee  prior to the Effective
Date,  or with  Reorganized  ICH on or after the  Effective  Date, to accept any
lesser amounts of cash or Reorganized  ICH Common Stock in full  satisfaction of
its ICH Class 6 Interest.

     Holders of Allowed Securities-Related Claims related to Preferred Stock, if
any, shall receive no  distributions  except as provided in Section 11.4 of this
Joint Plan.

     (II) ICH CLASS 7--COMMON STOCK In exchange for and in full  satisfaction of
all  Interests  related to Common Stock,  Record  Holders of Allowed ICH Class 7
Interests shall be entitled to receive, on the Effective Date, for each share of
Common Stock held, 0.0269 shares of Reorganized ICH Common Stock, rounded to the
nearest whole number of shares; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that: (a) no distribution of
Reorganized  ICH Common Stock shall be made with respect to any shares of Common
Stock  held by any  Beneficial  Holder  who holds less than 101 shares of Common
Stock and the ICH Class 7 Interest of such  Beneficial  Holders shall be reduced
to zero (and Record Holders who are nominee holders for more than one Beneficial
Holder shall not aggregate  holdings of such Beneficial  Holders for purposes of
determining  the  distribution  to which  such  Record  Holder  may be  entitled
pursuant to this Section  4.1(c)(ii));  (b) any Beneficial  Holder of an Allowed
ICH Class 7 Interest that holds, in the aggregate,  between 101 and 5,000 shares
of Common Stock (or that agrees to  voluntarily  reduce its ICH Class 7 Interest
to 5,000 shares of Common Stock), or any Record Holder  specifically  authorized
by that  Beneficial  Holder,  may elect at the time it  tenders  its  Securities
pursuant to a Letter of Transmittal to receive a single cash payment of $.05 per
share of Common  Stock in lieu of  receiving  shares of  Reorganized  ICH Common
Stock; and (c) any Beneficial Holder of an Allowed ICH Class 7 Interest,  or any
Record Holder  specifically  authorized by that Beneficial  Holder, may agree in
writing  with  the  Equity  Committee  prior  to the  Effective  Date,  or  with
Reorganized  ICH on or after the Effective Date, to accept any lesser amounts of
cash or  Reorganized  ICH  Common  Stock  in full  satisfaction  of its  Class 7
Interest.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-11
<PAGE>
     Holders of Allowed  Securities-Related  Claims related to Common Stock,  if
any,  shall  receive  shares of  Reorganized  ICH  Common  Stock  calculated  in
accordance with Section 11.5 of this Joint Plan.

     4.2 TREATMENT OF CLASSIFIED CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN SWL HOLDING All
classified  Claims against and Interests in SWL Holding,  except  Administrative
and Priority Claims, shall be treated as follows:

     (A) SWL HOLDING  CLASS  1--SECURED  CLAIMS  Each SWL Holding  Class 1 Claim
shall be satisfied by payment in full in cash by the Trust in the Allowed Amount
of such  Secured  Claim or by  delivery  to the holder of an Allowed SWL Holding
Class 1 Claim of the  property  securing  such  Claim,  at the  election  of the
Trustee on the later of (i) the Initial  Distribution Date or (ii) the date such
payment is due under applicable law.

     (B) SWL HOLDING CLASS  2--GENERAL  UNSECURED  CLAIMS In exchange for and in
full  settlement of all SWL Holding  Class 2 Claims,  the holders of SWL Holding
Class 2 Claims shall be paid in cash by the Trust from assets originating in the
Estate of SWL Holding  the Allowed  Amount of such Claim on the later of (i) the
Initial  Distribution Date or (ii) the date such payment is due under applicable
law.  If the  Allowed  Amount  of such  Claims  cannot be paid in full from such
assets, then the Trust shall pay all such Claims Pro Rata among such Allowed SWL
Holding Class 2 Claims.

     (C) SWL HOLDING CLASS 3--COMMON  STOCK On the Effective  Date,  Reorganized
ICH shall retain the common  stock of SWL Holding  after the transfer of all SWL
Holding's assets to the Trust.

     4.3  TREATMENT  OF  CLASSIFIED  CLAIMS  AGAINST AND  INTERESTS  IN CARE All
classified  Claims  against and  Interests in Care,  except  Administrative  and
Priority Claims, shall be treated as follows:

     (A) CARE CLASS 1--SECURED CLAIMS Each Care Class 1 Claim shall be satisfied
by payment in full in cash by the Trust in the  Allowed  Amount of such  Secured
Claim or by  delivery  to the  holder of an  Allowed  Care  Class 1 Claim of the
property securing such Claim, at the election of the Trustee on the later of (i)
the  Initial  Distribution  Date or (ii)  the date  such  payment  is due  under
applicable law.

     (B) CARE CLASS  2--GENERAL  UNSECURED  CLAIMS In  exchange  for and in full
settlement of all Care Class 2 Claims,  the holders of Care Class 2 Claims shall
be paid in cash by the Trust from assets  originating  in the Estate of Care the
Allowed Amount of such Claim on the later of (i) the Initial  Distribution  Date
or (ii) the date such payment is due under applicable law. If the Allowed Amount
of such Claims cannot be paid in full from such assets, then the Trust shall pay
all such Claims Pro Rata among such Allowed Care Class 2 Claims.

     (C) CARE CLASS 3--COMMON STOCK On the Effective Date, Reorganized ICH shall
retain the  common  stock of Care,  after the  transfer  of Care's  non-Retained
Assets to the Trust.

                                    ARTICLE V
                      DESIGNATION OF THE CLASSES OF CLAIMS
                         IMPAIRED UNDER THIS JOINT PLAN

     5.1 For purposes of Joint Plan solicitation,  all ICH Classes are deemed to
be Impaired  and are,  therefore,  entitled to cast  ballots on this Joint Plan;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if the  Bankruptcy  Court has  entered  a Final  Order
approving the Tenneco  Settlement Motion prior to the balloting  deadline,  then
Tenneco  shall not be  entitled  to cast a ballot on this  Joint  Plan.  All SWL
Holding  Classes of Claims and Care  Classes of Claims are NOT Impaired and are,
therefore, NOT entitled to cast ballots on this Joint Plan.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   SETTLEMENTS

     6.1 TENNECO SETTLEMENT Pursuant to the Tenneco Settlement, upon the earlier
of the  granting by the  Bankruptcy  Court of the Tenneco  Settlement  Motion by
Final  Order or the  Effective  Date of this Joint Plan,  ICH and Tenneco  shall
mutually  release all Claims  against  each other as more fully set forth in the
Tenneco  Settlement,  and Tenneco shall pay to ICH or the Trust,  as applicable,
the sum of $18.5 million and deliver to ICH the 9 1/2%  unsecured  note due 1996
of ICH marked  "cancelled," and Proof of Claim No. 226 Filed by Tenneco shall be
deemed disallowed with prejudice to refiling.

     6.2 SHAW GROUP SETTLEMENT

     (A) CASH  CONTRIBUTION  On the  Effective  Date,  the Shaw Group  shall pay
$500,000 in cash to Reorganized ICH.

     (B)  WITHDRAWAL OF PROOFS OF CLAIMS On the Effective  Date,  the Shaw Group
shall withdraw the Claims that the Shaw Group, and the members thereof, Filed.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-12


<PAGE>
     (C) TRANSFERABILITY OF CFSB INTEREST Notwithstanding any provisions related
to the CFSB Interest to the contrary,  the CFSB Interest shall not be subject to
any transferability or ownership restrictions;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the following
conditions shall apply:

          (i) The CFSB interest may not be transferred, sold, or assigned by the
     Trust or any subsequent  purchaser except in its entirety.  In other words,
     the CFSB  Interest  may not be  subdivided  and sold in parcels to multiple
     entities  and  this  restriction  shall  apply  to  subsequent  purchasers.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transferee of the CFSB Interest may itself
     be composed of, or owned by, any number of entities.

          (ii)  Pursuant  to  this  Joint  Plan,  the  CFSB  Interest  shall  be
     transferred  to the Trust.  Thereafter,  the Trust shall conduct an initial
     sale of the CFSB interest. In connection with such sale, CNC and Fail shall
     be entitled to receive bidding  materials and to participate in the bidding
     process.  The terms of the bidding  process shall be determined in the sole
     discretion of the Trust,  after consultation with such advisors as it deems
     appropriate.

          (iii) Attendant to the sale of the CFSB Interest, the Shaw Group shall
     prepare an index of prior written  contracts and amendments  related to the
     CFSB Interest  which,  together with copies of the documents  listed on the
     index  and  such   additional   materials   which  the  Trust  may  include
     (collectively the "CFSB Documents"),  shall be made available for review by
     prospective  purchasers.  Prior to the  conclusion  of any sale of the CFSB
     Interest  by the  Trust,  the  Entity  to whom the CFSB  Interest  is to be
     transferred  must  acknowledge  in writing that it has had access to and an
     opportunity  it  deems  adequate  to  review  the  CFSB  Documents  and  an
     opportunity  it deems  adequate  to  consult  with  counsel  of its  choice
     concerning the CFSB Documents.

     (D)  PERFORMANCE  OF THE TAX  SETTLEMENT  The members of the Shaw Group and
Carlisle shall perform their respective obligations under the Tax Settlement.

     (E) RELEASE OF SHAW GROUP On the Effective  Date, the Debtors shall execute
a release in favor of the Shaw  Group  pursuant  to  Section  10.3 of this Joint
Plan.

     6.3 STIPULATION AND AGREEMENT WITH THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     The  Debtors  and the  Indenture  Trustee  agree  and  stipulate  that  the
Indenture  Trustee  shall hold an Allowed Claim on behalf of holders of the 1996
Notes in the Amount of  $266,425,072  and on behalf of the holders of 2003 Notes
in the amount of $94,835,928.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                        MEANS FOR EXECUTION OF JOINT PLAN

     7.1 EFFECTIVE DATE ENTITIES On the Effective  Date, the Debtors shall cause
the execution  and delivery of the Trust  Agreement in order to create the Trust
and shall file the Charter Amendments for Reorganized ICH.

     7.2 PROPERTY OF ESTATES

     (A) SWL HOLDING AND CARE On the Effective Date:

          (i) SWL Holding and Care shall  distribute to Reorganized  ICH, all of
     their respective assets that constitute  Retained Assets, free and clear of
     all liens, claims and encumbrances;

          (ii) Either SWL Holding and Care, or if distributed to ICH, ICH, shall
     distribute to the Trust all assets of, or originating in the estate of, SWL
     Holding and Care other than Retained  Assets,  free and clear of all liens,
     claims and encumbrances; and

          (iii) Reorganized ICH shall retain the common stock of SWL Holding and
     Care free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances.

     (B) RETENTION OF THE RETAINED  ASSETS BY  REORGANIZED  ICH On the Effective
Date, the Retained Assets shall revest in Reorganized  ICH,  together with their
respective  bases for federal income tax purposes,  free and clear of all liens,
claims, and encumbrances.

     (C) TRANSFER OF THE TRUST ASSETS BY ICH TO THE TRUST On the Effective Date,
the Trust  Assets  owned by ICH shall be conveyed to the Trust by ICH,  free and
clear of all liens,  claims,  and encumbrances  except as provided in this Joint
Plan.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-13


<PAGE>
     7.3 PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE TRUST

     (A)  CREATION  OF THE  TRUST  On the  Effective  Date,  the  Debtors  shall
establish the Trust.  The specific  terms,  conditions,  and rules governing the
Trust are contained in the Trust  Agreement.  The Trustee  shall,  in accordance
with such Trust  Agreement,  pay or provide  for the  payments  required by this
Joint  Plan to be made to the  Claimants  in ICH  Classes  1, 2, 3,  and 4,  SWL
Holding  Classes 1 and 2, and Care Classes 1 and 2; thereafter the Trustee shall
distribute  Available  Cash from time to time,  in such  amounts as the  Trustee
shall determine, to the ICH Class 5 Claimants.

     (B) TERM The Trust shall have a term of three (3) years from the  Effective
Date. The Trustee may apply to the Bankruptcy Court to terminate the Trust prior
to the  expiration of the three (3) year term in the event all activities of the
Trust are completed or if all of the Trust Assets have been  liquidated  and the
proceeds therefrom have been distributed in accordance with this Joint Plan. The
Trustee may apply to the Bankruptcy Court to extend the term of the Trust if the
liquidation of the Trust Assets and  distribution of proceeds  therefrom has not
been completed, or if other circumstances require such extension.

     (C) LIQUIDATION OF THE TRUST ASSETS The Trustee shall collect and reduce to
cash the Trust Assets as  expeditiously as is compatible with the best interests
of the beneficiaries of the Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

     (D) REPORTS The Trustee  shall prepare and file with the  Bankruptcy  Court
such reports as the Trust Agreement provides.

     (G) PROVISIONS REGARDING TRUST INTERESTS

     (I)  ALLOCATION OF TRUST  INTERESTS;  ISSUANCE OF TRUST  CERTIFICATES  Each
holder  of an  Allowed  ICH  Class 5 Claim  shall  have a  percentage  of  Trust
Interests  equal to (A) the Allowed Amount of such  Claimant's ICH Class 5 Claim
divided by (B) the sum of the total of the Allowed  Amounts of all Allowed Class
5 Claims as of the Effective  Date and the total amount of all Contested  Claims
as of the Effective Date;  PROVIDED THAT such percentage shall  automatically be
adjusted in  accordance  with the above  formula  upon and as of the date of the
disallowance of any such Contested Claims or the allowance of any such Contested
Claim in an  amount  other  than the  amount of such  Contested  Claim as of the
Effective  Date.  Trust  Certificates  (or  any  other  security  or  instrument
evidencing any Trust  Interest) may be distributed  only in accordance  with the
Trust Agreement.

     (II) LEGENDED  CERTIFICATES The Trust Certificates,  if distributed,  shall
contain (i) such legend or legends as may be required under  applicable  federal
and state  securities  laws, (ii) such legend or legends as may be determined by
the Trustee, and (iii) the following legend:

     The exercise of voting rights with respect to the interests  represented by
     the Trust  Certificates  and the  transfer  of the Trust  Certificates  are
     subject to restrictions set forth in the Trust Agreement.

     (III) TRUST  INTEREST  REGISTER;  OWNERSHIP OF INTERESTS The Trustee or the
Registered  Agent thereof shall keep for such purpose at its principal  office a
register (the "Trust Interest  Register") in which the Trustee shall provide for
the  registration  of Trust  Interests  and  registration  of  transfer of Trust
Interests.  The  Trustee  may treat the person or entity in whose name any Trust
Interest is registered on such register as the owner thereof for the purposes of
receiving distributions from Trust Assets and for all other reasons.

     (IV)  TRANSFER OF TRUST  INTERESTS  Prior to the  distribution,  if any, of
Trust  Certificates,  Trust  Interests may not be  transferred  and no purported
transfer  of any  Trust  Interest  shall be  registered  on the  Trust  Interest
Register. After any such distribution of Trust Certificates,  any Trust Interest
may be transferred upon the Trust Interest  Register,  upon  presentation of the
Trust Certificate evidencing such Trust Interest at the designated office of the
Trustee  and  evidence  satisfactory  to the  Trustee  that such  transfer is in
accordance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

     Notwithstanding the above, no Trust Interest may be transferred unless such
transfer is made (i) pursuant to a registration  statement  effective  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  ("Securities  Act"),  or  pursuant  to an
available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
(ii) in accordance with all applicable state securities laws.

     7.4 REORGANIZED ICH

     (A) CHARTER  AMENDMENTS The Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and the
By-laws of Reorganized ICH shall be adopted substantially in the form filed with
the Bankruptcy  Court not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to Confirmation
and may be amended as necessary to satisfy any provisions of this Joint Plan and
Section  1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. All amendments to the Certificate of
Incorporation of Reorganized ICH contemplated by this

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-14


<PAGE>
Section  7.4(a)  shall be  filed  with the  Delaware  Secretary  of State on the
Effective  Date or as soon  thereafter  as is reasonably  practicable  and shall
become effective on the date so filed.

     (B) BOARD OF DIRECTORS Upon the Effective  Date, the By-laws of Reorganized
ICH  shall  provide  that  Reorganized  ICH  shall  have a  board  of  directors
consisting  of  between  four (4) and nine (9)  members.  The  initial  board of
directors (the "Initial Board") shall be selected by the Equity  Committee,  and
shall consist of James R. Arabia,  Michael D. Dunn,  Kenneth P. Giddens and Carl
D. Robinson.  The Equity Committee may identify additional directors to serve on
the Initial Board at least ten (10) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing. From
and after the Effective Date, Directors shall be selected in accordance with the
By-laws of Reorganized ICH.

     (C)  OFFICERS  On the  Effective  Date,  James  R.  Arabia  shall  serve as
president and Chief Executive  Officer of Reorganized ICH, pursuant to the terms
of a two-year employment  agreement,  at the pleasure of the board of directors.
Pursuant to the terms of his anticipated employment agreement,  Mr. Arabia shall
receive a salary of $90,000 per year, a bonus in an amount to be  determined  by
the board,  reimbursement of his reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses, and certain
benefits  including health insurance and other typical  employee  benefits.  Mr.
Arabia shall also receive options, priced at fair market value, for the purchase
of up to 176,000  shares of  Reorganized  ICH Common  Stock.  To the extent then
known, the Equity Committee may identify further officers of Reorganized ICH not
less than ten (10) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing.

     7.5 OTHER BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS TO OCCUR ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE

     (A) PROVISIONS REGARDING THE MODERN/WESTERN  AGREEMENT AND THE PHILADELPHIA
AMERICAN  AGREEMENT On or before the Effective  Date,  the Debtors shall execute
such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the  assumptions
by  ICH,  and  ultimately  the  Trust,  of  the  obligations  of BML  under  the
Modern/Western  Agreement as contemplated by Section 12.15 thereof and under the
Philadelphia  American  Agreement  as  contemplated  by Section  12.18  thereof;
provided,  however, that following the Effective Date, such obligations shall be
obligations of the Trust and shall not be obligations of Reorganized ICH.

     (B)  PROVISION  REGARDING  PERRY  PARK On the  Effective  Date,  BML  shall
transfer to Reorganized ICH all of its right, title and interest in and to Perry
Park,  free and clear of all  liens,  claims and  encumbrances.  As a portion of
Perry Park is currently  owned solely by BML, with the other portion being owned
by ICH, this conveyance shall have the effect of consolidating  the ownership of
Perry Park entirely within Reorganized ICH.

     (C) PROVISIONS REGARDING BML

     (I) TRANSFER OF ASSETS OF BML. On the  Effective  Date,  and  following the
transfer  described Section in 7.5(b) above, (A) Care and/or ICH shall take such
action as may be necessary or  appropriate to cause BML to transfer to the Trust
all  assets of BML other  than (1) the BML  Licenses,  (2)  assets  representing
capital and surplus as may be required by the Illinois  Department  of Insurance
and other insurance  regulatory  authorities in those jurisdictions in which BML
holds a BML  License to maintain  such  insurance  licenses  (the  "Capital  and
Surplus  Retention  Assets"),  which Capital and Surplus  Retention Assets shall
consist of particular  BML assets  determined by the Trustee,  and (3) the books
and records of BML and (B) the Trust shall assume all non-reinsured  liabilities
of BML as of the Effective  Date.  The transfer of BML's assets to the Trust may
take the form of a  distribution  of such assets to ICH,  followed by a transfer
from ICH to the Trust;  a purchase by the Trust from BML; or an  acquisition  by
the Trust in exchange for the assumption by the Trust of certain BML liabilities
that the Trust is required to assume under this Section 7.5.

     (II) BML STOCK.  Reorganized  ICH shall retain the capital  stock of BML on
the Effective Date.

     (III) BML  RECONCILIATION.  On the second Business Day after the earlier of
(A) 90 days after the Effective  Date or (B) the date  Reorganized  ICH notifies
the Trust in writing  that  Reorganized  ICH desires to  accelerate  such 90-day
period (the "BML Initial Reconciliation Date"), Reorganized ICH shall either (1)
cause BML to  transfer  to the Trust (or to  Reorganized  ICH,  which shall then
transfer to the Trust) all of the Capital and Surplus Retention Assets (adjusted
to reflect any gains or losses incurred thereon) and retain the capital stock of
BML with no  further  obligation  by  Reorganized  ICH or the Trust  under  this
Section 7.5(c)(iii) OR (2) transfer to the Trust (or a third party designated by
the  Trust)  all of the  outstanding  capital  stock of BML  (together  with the
Capital  and Surplus  Retention  Assets) in return for a payment by the Trust to
Reorganized ICH of $5 million; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that in the event Reorganized
ICH elects to transfer to the Trust the stock of BML and any regulatory approval
required  to be  obtained  by the Trust (or any third  party  designated  by the
Trust)  with  respect  to the  transfer  of the BML  stock  shall  not have been
obtained as of the BML Initial Reconciliation Date, then (X) the Trust shall pay
to  Reorganized  ICH the $5  million  purchase  price  set  forth  above and (Y)
Reorganized  ICH shall deliver to the Bankruptcy  Court, or such escrow agent as
the  Trust may  reasonably  direct,  the  certificates  representing  all of the
outstanding capital stock of BML (the "BML Certificates")  together with a stock
power duly executed in blank

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-15
<PAGE>
(the "BML Stock Power"),  and the Bankruptcy  Court, or such escrow agent as the
Trust may reasonably  direct,  shall hold the BML Certificates and the BML Stock
Power until directed by the Trust to deliver the BML  Certificates  to the Trust
or to a third party designated by the Trust, at which time the Bankruptcy Court,
or such escrow agent as the Trust may reasonably  direct,  shall deliver the BML
Certificates and the BML Stock Power to the Trust or its designee. The date such
transactions  described  herein (other than the delivery of the BML Certificates
and the BML Stock  Power out of the  Bankruptcy  Court or an  escrow  agent,  if
applicable)  are  consummated  herein  shall be  referred  to as the "BML  Final
Reconciliation Date," and the period from the Effective Date until the BML Final
Reconciliation Date herein shall be referred to as the "BML Holding Period."

     (IV) ACTIONS PENDING  RECONCILIATION.  During the BML Holding  Period,  (A)
Reorganized ICH shall use all  commercially  reasonable  efforts to preserve and
protect the value of the BML  corporate  shell (which  holds the BML  Licenses),
including cooperating with the Trust in connection with any regulatory inquiries
or approvals but excluding any  obligation to contribute  assets to BML, and the
Trust shall reimburse Reorganized ICH for all reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in  performing  its  obligations  under this clause (A);  (B) the Trust
shall maintain in BML additional  assets  necessary to maintain  minimum capital
and surplus plus any other amounts as may be required by the Illinois Department
of  Insurance,  and all such  additional  assets  shall  constitute  Capital and
Surplus Retention  Assets;  (C) Reorganized ICH shall not conduct any operations
of BML or otherwise  cause BML to  distribute  or dispose of any assets;  (D) no
change  shall be made in the  officers or  directors  of BML;  and (E) the Trust
shall provide  written  instructions  to direct the management and investment of
the Capital  and  Surplus  Retention  Assets and  Reorganized  ICH shall have no
liability  for any  investment  loss  incurred  with  respect to the Capital and
Surplus Retention Assets except to the extent arising as a result of Reorganized
ICH violating the provisions of this clause (E).

     (D) SALE PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE  DATE.  BML may be sold prior to the  Effective
Date only with the consent of the Equity Committee.  If the capital stock of BML
is sold prior to the  Effective  Date,  (A) the  actions  referred to in Section
7.5(a) and (b) shall occur prior to any such sale; (B) the proceeds of such sale
in excess of the fair market value of the capital and surplus of BML as assigned
for purposes of determining the sales price shall constitute Retained Assets and
shall become the property of  Reorganized  ICH and all other  proceeds  shall be
delivered to the Trust; and (C) the foregoing provisions of Section 7.5(c) shall
not apply and the  actions  referred  to in Section  7.5(a) and (b) shall  occur
prior to any such sale.

     (E) CONFIRMATION  ORDER  PROVISIONS.  The Confirmation  Order shall contain
such additional or clarifying  provisions as may be reasonably  requested by the
Creditors Committee to implement the transaction considered by this Section 7.5.

     (F)  ADDITIONAL  PROVISIONS.  The  retention of the capital stock of BML by
Reorganized  ICH, the delivery of the BML  Certificates to the Bankruptcy  Court
and the  treatment  of BML  otherwise  provided for in this Section 7.5 that may
occur  prior to the  transfer  of the BML  Certificates  to the  Trust or to any
third-party  designated by the Trust shall not constitute a change in control of
BML for the purpose of any applicable law governing or otherwise restricting the
ownership  or change of  control  of BML as a property  and  casualty  insurance
company.  The foregoing shall not apply to any transfer of the BML  Certificates
to the Trust or to any third party designated by the Trust.

     7.6 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDENTURES

     (A) TERMINATION OF INDENTURES On the Effective Date, the Indentures  shall,
except as provided in this Joint Plan, be deemed cancelled,  terminated,  and of
no further  force or effect  and this  Joint  Plan  shall  operate to cancel all
obligations of the Debtors,  the Trust or Reorganized  ICH under the Indentures;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  Indentures  shall continue in effect for the sole
purpose of allowing the  Indenture  Trustee to  facilitate  and assist in making
distributions  to be made to Record  Holders of Notes as of the  Effective  Date
under this Joint Plan and to maintain  records as required under the Indentures.
Any  actions  taken  by the  Indenture  Trustee  that  are not for the  purposes
authorized  herein  shall be null and void,  and the  Debtors,  the  Trust,  and
Reorganized  ICH shall not have any obligation to the Indenture  Trustee for any
fees, costs or expenses incurred in connection with such  unauthorized  actions.
Upon the completion of  distributions  required to be made under this Joint Plan
to Record  Holders of Notes as of the Effective  Date, the Debtors may terminate
the Indentures and the Indenture Trustee's authority to act thereunder by giving
ten (10) days written notice of termination to the Indenture Trustee identifying
the Indenture to be so terminated. Termination of the Indenture shall be without
prejudice to the rights of the Indenture  Trustee  effected by such  termination
(i) to seek or enforce the allowance and payment of its reasonable and necessary
costs  and fees  under the  Indenture,  or (ii) to  intervene  or appear in this
Chapter  11  Case  as a  party  in  interest  and  to be  heard  concerning  any
post-confirmation  matter affecting the interests of the Record Holders of Notes
represented  by such Indenture  Trustee.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  such
cancellation  of the  Indentures  shall not  impair the rights of holders of the
Notes to receive  distributions  on account of such Notes pursuant to this Joint
Plan,  nor shall it impair the rights of the  Indenture  Trustee to enforce  its
liens, if any, under the Indentures.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-16
<PAGE>
     (B) PAYMENT OF INDENTURE  TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES The Indenture Trustee
may apply to the Bankruptcy Court,  pursuant to Section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code, for  reimbursement  from the Debtors'  estates of the Indenture  Trustee's
reasonable  fees and  expenses  incurred  in  performing  its  duties  under the
Indenture (including those called for by the Joint Plan), including those of its
attorneys,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that all fees and  expenses,  regardless of the
source of payment and  regardless  of whether  paid  pursuant  to the  Indenture
Trustee's  charging lien or the  Indenture,  are subject to a  determination  of
reasonableness  by the Bankruptcy  Court  pursuant to Section  1129(a)(4) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

     7.7  TERMINATION  OF THE COMMITTEES On the Initial  Distribution  Date, the
Creditors  Committee and the Equity  Committee  shall cease to exist and have no
further  status as parties in interest  except for purposes of  prosecuting  any
applications  for  Fee  Claims  and  of  participating  in  any  appeal  of  the
Confirmation  Order,  in  which  events  such  committees  shall  cease to exist
immediately  after the resolution of such matters.  Following the termination of
the Committees,  any professional  that was employed by the Creditors  Committee
may be  employed  by the Trust and any  professional  that was  employed  by the
Equity Committee may be employed by Reorganized ICH.

     7.8 CLOSING OF EFFECTIVE  DATE  TRANSACTIONS  The  proponents of this Joint
Plan shall File, on or before ten (10)  Business Days prior to the  Confirmation
Hearing,  the agenda and order in which the  transactions  contemplated  in this
Joint Plan shall be closed.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY
                         CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     8.1 EXECUTORY  CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES Unless the Debtors  expressly
assume,  as provided by Section  365(a) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  an  executory
contract  or an  unexpired  lease  on or  before  the  Confirmation  Date,  each
executory contract and unexpired lease shall be deemed rejected.

     8.2 CLAIMS FOR REJECTED EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES Any Claims
made on account of  executory  contracts  or  unexpired  leases  that are deemed
rejected  pursuant  to  Section  8.1  must be Filed  within  30 days  after  the
Confirmation  Date or such Claim shall be forever barred and discharged.  To the
extent  all or a part of the  damages  asserted  in such a  rejection  claim are
Allowed by Final Order, such Claim shall be treated as an ICH Class 5 Claim.

                                   ARTICLE IX
           PROVISIONS REGARDING TENDER OF SECURITIES, DISTRIBUTIONS,
                  DISTRIBUTION AGENT, AND OBJECTIONS TO CLAIMS

     9.1 PROVISIONS RELATING TO SECURITIES

     (A) INITIAL DISTRIBUTION OF AVAILABLE CASH As provided in Section 4.1(b) of
this Joint Plan, on the Initial  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee shall make her
initial distribution of Available Cash to holders of Allowed ICH Class 5 Claims.

     (B)  DISTRIBUTION  RECORD  DATE The  Effective  Date  shall be the date for
determining  the  Entities  holding  Securities  who  are  entitled  to  receive
distributions  pursuant  to Article IV of this  Joint  Plan.  As of the close of
business  on  the  Effective  Date,  the  transfer  ledgers  in  respect  of the
Securities  shall be closed,  and no transfer of Securities  occurring after the
Effective Date shall be recognized.  Reorganized ICH, the Trustee,  the Transfer
Agent, the Distribution Agent, the Indenture Trustee and their respective agents
shall be entitled  instead to recognize  and deal for all  purposes  herein with
only those holders of record stated on the respective  transfer  ledgers for the
Securities as of the close of business on the Effective Date.

     (C)  CANCELLATION  OF  SECURITIES On the Effective  Date,  all  outstanding
Securities  (and the  rights of the  Claimants  and  Interest  Holders  therein)
together with any options,  rights or warrants to purchase  Securities  from the
Debtors, shall be terminated,  cancelled, and extinguished.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  cancellation of the Securities shall not impair the rights of Record
Holders of the Securities as of the Effective Date to receive  distributions  on
account of such Securities pursuant to this Joint Plan.

     (D) TENDER OF SECURITIES

          (i) Letters of Transmittal  shall be required to be completed and duly
     executed in accordance with the instructions  accompanying  such Letters of
     Transmittal.

          (ii) As a condition to the receipt by any holder of  Securities of any
     distribution under the Joint Plan to be made on account of such Securities,
     such holder of the Securities  must deliver to the  Distribution  Agent the
     Securities giving rise to such holder's Allowed Claim or Interest, together
     with the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-17


<PAGE>
     executed by such holder of the  Securities,  and any documents  required by
     the  Letter of  Transmittal,  on or before the  second  anniversary  of the
     Effective   Date.   The  method  of  delivery  of  the  Securities  to  the
     Distribution  Agent  is at the  election  and  risk  of the  holder  of the
     Securities,  but if such  delivery is by mail, it is  recommended  that the
     holder use properly insured, registered mail, return receipt requested. The
     Letter of Transmittal and the Securities  shall be sent to the Distribution
     Agent and shall not be sent to the  Trustee  or to  Reorganized  ICH.  Upon
     receipt of Securities,  the Distribution Agent shall mark the Securities as
     "cancelled"  or "paid." In the event of any lost or  destroyed  Securities,
     the holder  thereof must deliver an affidavit of loss or destruction to the
     Distribution  Agent (and,  if  required,  the  Transfer  Agent or Indenture
     Trustee, as applicable),  as well as an agreement to indemnify  Reorganized
     ICH, the Distribution Agent, and the Trust (and, if required,  the Transfer
     Agent  or  Indenture  Trustee,  as  applicable),   in  form  and  substance
     reasonably acceptable to Reorganized ICH, the Distribution Agent, the Trust
     and, if required,  the Transfer Agent or Indenture Trustee,  as applicable,
     including,  if  requested,  an  appropriate  bond,  in order to receive any
     distribution under the Joint Plan on account of such Securities.

          (iii) All questions as to the validity,  form, or  eligibility  of the
     tendered  Securities  shall  be  resolved  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court.  The
     Distribution  Agent shall be under no duty to give  notification of defects
     in such  tenders,  and shall  not incur  liabilities  for  failure  to give
     notification of such defects.  Any Securities  received by the Distribution
     Agent that are not  properly  tendered  and as to which the  irregularities
     have not been cured or waived,  shall be returned by the Distribution Agent
     to the appropriate tendering holder as soon as practicable.

     (E) UNSURRENDERED  OUTSTANDING SECURITIES Two (2) years after the Effective
Date, any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest  arising on account of
outstanding  Securities who has not surrendered such holder's  Securities as set
forth in  Section  9.1(d)  of this  Joint  Plan  shall  forfeit,  to the  extent
permitted by law, such  holder's  right to receive any  distribution  under this
Joint Plan with respect to such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, provided that
this Section 9.1(e) shall not apply to Securities-Related Claims.

     (F) TREASURY  SECURITIES All Securities held in treasury by ICH immediately
before  the  Effective  Date  shall  be  cancelled  and  extinguished  as of the
Effective  Date  without  any  action  on the  part  of ICH  and no  payment  or
distribution shall be made with respect thereto.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF DISTRIBUTIONS  Distributions  and deliveries  called for by
this Joint Plan, other than distributions with respect to non-Classified Claims,
shall be made (i) to the holders of Allowed Claims in ICH Classes 1, 2, 3, 4 and
5 (except as provided in clause (ii) below), ICH Classes 6 and 7 (to the extent,
if any, related to Securities-Related  Claims within those Classes), SWL Holding
Classes  1 and 2, and Care  Classes 1 and 2, at the  addresses  set forth on the
proofs of claim Filed by such  holders (or at the last known  addresses  of such
holders if no proof of claim is Filed or if the Debtors have been  notified of a
change of address),  (ii) to Record Holders of Notes on account of their Class 5
Claims, at the addresses contained in the records of the Indenture Trustee as of
the Effective Date and (iii) to the Record Holders of Preferred Stock and Common
Stock,  at the addresses  contained in the records of the  appropriate  Transfer
Agent as of the Effective Date. No distribution shall be mailed to any holder of
an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest if any mailing to such holder's last known
address has been returned as undeliverable,  unless and until the Debtors or the
Distribution Agent are notified of such holder's  then-current address, at which
time all returned  distributions  then due shall be made to such holder  without
interest. All claims for undeliverable  distributions shall be made on or before
the later of (a) two years after the  Effective  Date or (b) 120  calendar  days
after an order of the Bankruptcy  Court allowing such holder's Claim or Interest
becomes a Final  Order,  after which  period the Claim or Interest of any holder
with respect to such property or with respect to any undeliverable  distribution
shall be deemed  abandoned,  discharged,  and  forever  barred as of the  second
anniversary  of the  Effective  Date.  Notwithstanding  the above,  if any Trust
Interest is transferred after the Effective Date,  distributions to be made with
respect to any such Trust  Interest  shall be made to the record  holder of such
Trust Interest on the applicable Distribution Date.

     9.3 DISTRIBUTION  AGENT The Distribution  Agent shall make distributions of
Reorganized  ICH  Common  Stock and cash as  required  in this  Joint Plan to be
distributed  to  holders  of  Allowed  ICH Class 6 and 7  Interests  except  for
distributions,  if any,  made  pursuant  to Section  11.1(b) of this Joint Plan,
which  distributions  shall be made by the Trust or such  agent as the Trust may
employ,  as provided in Section 11.1(b).  The Trustee or such agent as the Trust
may employ in its sole discretion shall make all other  distributions of cash as
are required to be made under this Joint Plan; provided that distributions to be
made to Record  Holders of the Notes as of the Effective Date may be made by the
Trust,  such  other  agent as the Trust may employ in its sole  discretion,  the
Distribution Agent, or the Indenture Trustee.

     9.4 NO DISTRIBUTIONS  PENDING ALLOWANCE No payments or distributions  shall
be made with  respect to all or any  portion of a Contested  Claim or  Contested
Interest  unless and until such Claim or  Interest  becomes an Allowed  Claim or
Allowed Interest as determined by Final Order.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-18
<PAGE>
     9.5 RESERVE FOR CERTAIN  DISTRIBUTIONS On and after the Effective Date, the
Trust shall withhold from the property to be distributed  under this Joint Plan,
and  shall  reserve,  an amount  sufficient  to be  distributed  on  account  of
Contested Claims as of the Initial Distribution Date. As to any Contested Claim,
upon a request for  estimation by the party in interest,  the  Bankruptcy  Court
shall   determine  what  amount  is  sufficient  to  withhold  as  the  reserved
distribution  amount.  In the event that no party in interest  elects to request
such an estimation from the Bankruptcy  Court with respect to a Contested Claim,
the Debtors  or,  after the  Effective  Date,  the Trust  shall  withhold as the
reserved  distribution  amount (the "Reserved  Distribution  Amount") the amount
which, in the discretion of the Trustee, such Claimant would have received under
this Joint Plan, if any, if the proof of claim Filed by or on behalf of Claimant
were Allowed.  Reorganized ICH shall reserve sufficient  authorized but unissued
shares of Reorganized ICH Common Stock to allow for  distributions to holders of
Allowed  Securities-Related  Claims,  if any,  related  to the  Common  Stock or
Preferred Stock.

     Payments and distributions to each holder of a Contested Claim or Contested
Interest to the extent that it  ultimately  becomes an Allowed  Claim or Allowed
Interest,  shall be made in  accordance  with the  provisions of this Joint Plan
governing the  respective  Class of Claims or Interests of which such  Contested
Claim or Contested Interest belongs.  As soon as practicable after the date that
the order or judgment of the  Bankruptcy  Court  allowing such Claim or Interest
becomes a Final  Order,  any Reserved  Distribution  Amount that would have been
distributed  to the holder of such Claim or Interest  had such Claim or Interest
been an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest on the Effective  Date, to the extent
of the Allowed  Amount of such Claim or Interest,  shall be  distributed  to the
holder of such Claim or Interest.

     9.6  DISTRIBUTIONS  AFTER  DISALLOWANCE  In the  event  that  any  Reserved
Distribution  Amount  remains  after all  objections  to  Contested  Claims of a
particular  Class have been resolved,  such remaining  property  attributable to
such Contested  Claims of that  particular  Class shall be returned to the Trust
for distribution pursuant to this Joint Plan.

     9.7  UNCLAIMED  PROPERTY Any assets and property to be  distributed  by the
Trust under this Joint Plan which remain  unclaimed or otherwise not deliverable
to the person entitled thereto on the later of (a) two years after the Effective
Date or (b) 120 calendar days after an Order  allowing  such  person's  Claim or
Interest becomes a Final Order, shall become vested in, and shall be transferred
and  delivered  to, the Trust for  distribution  pursuant to this Joint Plan. In
such event,  such  person's  Claim or  Interest  shall no longer be deemed to be
Allowed and such person shall be deemed to have no further  Claim or Interest in
respect  of  such   distribution  and  shall  not  participate  in  any  further
distributions under this Joint Plan.

     9.8  TREATMENT OF CONTINGENT  OR  UNLIQUIDATED  CLAIMS Until such time as a
contingent  Claim  becomes  fixed and Allowed,  such Claim shall be treated as a
Contested Claim for purposes  related to voting,  allowance,  and  distributions
under this Joint  Plan.  The  Bankruptcy  Court upon  request by the Debtors or,
after the Effective  Date, by the Trust or  Reorganized  ICH, shall in a summary
proceeding on each such contingent  Claim or  unliquidated  Claim, by estimation
determine the allowability of each such contingent or unliquidated Claim.

     9.9 FORM OF PAYMENTS Payment to be made by the Trust pursuant to this Joint
Plan shall be made by check drawn on a domestic  bank or by wire transfer from a
domestic bank.

                                    ARTICLE X
                          PROVISIONS FOR THE DISCHARGE,
                      SETTLEMENT, AND ADJUSTMENT OF CLAIMS

     10.1 LEGAL BINDING EFFECT; DISCHARGE OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS The provisions
of this Joint Plan shall (i) bind all Claimants and Interest holders, whether or
not they accept this Joint Plan,  and (ii)  discharge  the Debtors,  jointly and
severally,  from all debts that arose  before the  Petition  Date,  and from any
liability,  including,  without limitation, any liability of a kind specified in
Sections  502(g),  502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy  Code,  that arose, or has
been asserted against, the Debtors, jointly or severally, at any time before the
entry of the  Confirmation  Order  or that  arises  from  any pre-  Confirmation
conduct of the Debtors, jointly or severally,  whether or not the Claim is known
or knowable by the Claimant or Interest holder.  In addition,  the distributions
provided  for under this Joint Plan  shall be in  exchange  for and in  complete
satisfaction,  discharge, and release of all Claims against and Interests in the
Debtors  or any of its assets or  properties,  including  any Claim or  Interest
accruing  after the  Petition  Date and  prior to the  Effective  Date.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Confirmation discharges all Unsecured
Claims,  all  Securities-Related  Claims,  all Claims, if any, relating to ICH's
1986 retirement of its Class B preferred  stock,  and all Claims relating to the
escheat of Securities or funds  attributable  to Securities of ICH. On and after
the Effective  Date, all holders of Claims or Interests  shall be precluded from
asserting any Claim or Interest  against the Trust or  Reorganized  ICH or their
assets or properties based on any transaction or other activity of any kind that
occurred  prior to the  Confirmation  Date except as expressly  provided in this
Joint Plan.

     10.2 RETENTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE DEBTORS' CAUSES OF ACTION

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-19
<PAGE>
     (A) RETENTION OF CAUSES OF ACTION

          (i) All  claims  recoverable  against  third  parties on account of an
     indebtedness,  and all other  claims  held by or in favor of the Debtors or
     their Estates pursuant to any federal or state statute,  common law, or any
     theory  of  action  whatsoever  including  without  limitation  claims  for
     preferences  and  fraudulent  transfers,  to the  extent  not  specifically
     compromised  and  released  pursuant  to this  Joint  Plan or an  agreement
     referred to and incorporated  herein, are hereby preserved and retained for
     enforcement by Reorganized ICH (the "Retained Causes of Action");

          (ii) Subject to the provisions of section 10.2(c)  hereof,  and except
     as  provided  in  sections  10.2(a)(i)  and (iii),  Reorganized  ICH is the
     successor and  designated  representative  of the Debtors and their Estates
     appointed for the purpose of retention and  enforcement of all claims owned
     or held by the Debtors or their Estates against third parties;

          (iii) Subject to the provisions of section 10.2(c) hereof,  and except
     as provided in sections  10.2(a)(i)  and (ii),  the Trust is the  appointed
     successor and  designated  representative  of the Debtors and their Estates
     appointed  for  the  purpose  of  retention  and   enforcement   of  claims
     specifically  relating to or arising from Trust  Assets,  but  specifically
     excluding all claims  related to any asset which has been fully and finally
     converted  into  cash  which  has been  transferred  to the Trust as of the
     Effective Date;

          (iv)  Reorganized ICH or the Trust,  as applicable,  shall be the only
     party  authorized to pursue actions to recover such claims,  and shall have
     the sole right to waive or assert any attorney-client or other privilege of
     the  Debtors;  and no other  party  shall have the right or  obligation  to
     pursue  any such  actions  or to  waive,  raise,  or  assert  any  claim or
     privilege related thereto.

     (B) JUDGMENT  REDUCTION AND HOLD  HARMLESS To the extent a claim,  cause of
action, right or remedy, whether legal or equitable,  including, but not limited
to, any claim, cause of action, right or remedy of apportionment, reimbursement,
contribution,  indemnification  or offset,  is asserted or commenced against the
Trust that results directly from  Reorganized  ICH's pursuit of a Retained Cause
of Action or any other  right or remedy  against  an  Entity,  (a  "Contribution
Claim"), the following conditions shall apply:

          (i) with respect to any judgment, settlement, payment or compromise in
     favor of Reorganized ICH (an "Underlying Judgment") against an Entity which
     gives rise to a Contribution  Claim by that Entity,  Reorganized  ICH shall
     reduce the amount of its  Underlying  Judgment  against  that Entity by the
     full amount of that Entity's  Contribution Claim, and Reorganized ICH shall
     indemnify and hold the Trust harmless from any and all Contribution  Claims
     arising from the Underlying Judgment;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that Reorganized
     ICH shall have the right to contest the claim of  entitlement of any Entity
     to a  Contribution  Claim in which case: a)  Reorganized  ICH shall have no
     obligations  to reduce the  amount of the  Underlying  Judgment  unless and
     until the  entitlement  of that Entity to the  Contribution  Claim has been
     determined,  either judicially or otherwise with the consent of Reorganized
     ICH; and b) Reorganized ICH's obligation to hold harmless and indemnify the
     Trust against such Contribution Claim shall be unaffected;

          (ii)  with  respect  to  any  present  or  former  officer,  director,
     employee, agent or representative of the Debtors or the Estate who is named
     as a defendant by  Reorganized  ICH in its pursuit of any Retained Cause of
     Action,  and who is  entitled  to a right of payment  from the Trust for an
     ongoing defense prior to any final judgment in that action, Reorganized ICH
     shall,  at its  option,  either (a) assume the  obligation  to pay for such
     ongoing  costs of  defense  or (b)  discontinue  the  action  against  that
     defendant,  in which case Reorganized ICH shall have no further  obligation
     with respect to defense costs for that defendant;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that
     Reorganized ICH shall have the right to contest the claimed  entitlement of
     any Entity to receive ongoing costs of defense from the Trust, and PROVIDED
     FURTHER  that  Reorganized  ICH shall have no  obligation  to fund any such
     defense  costs or to  discontinue  such an  action  unless  and  until  the
     Indemnification Fund, as set forth in Section 2.1(e) of this Joint Plan, if
     available therefore, has first been applied to such obligations.

     (C)  RIGHT OF TRUST TO  ASSERT  OFFSET  CLAIMS  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision in this Joint Plan regarding the Retained Causes of Action,  the Trust
shall be entitled to assert as an offset,  objection, or defense with respect to
any  Claim  Filed or  asserted  against  the  Estate,  or  against  the Trust as
successor to the Estate,  any Retained  Cause of Action  conveyed to Reorganized
ICH  under  this  Joint  Plan,  PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,  that  the  obligations  of
Reorganized  ICH as set out in section 10.2(b) above shall not apply to any such
Retained  Cause of Action so  asserted  by the Trust.  This  provision  shall be
deemed to be an assignment of such Retained  Cause of Action to the Trust solely
for the limited purpose,  and only to the extent necessary,  to permit the Trust
to fully assert such offset, objection or defense. Any recovery obtained through
such  assertion  of a  Retained  Cause of Action in excess of the  amount of the
Claim asserted against the Estate or the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the
property of Reorganized ICH.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-20
<PAGE>
     10.3 RELEASES Except with respect to claims,  if any, pursuant to Chapter 5
of the Bankruptcy  Code, this Joint Plan resolves all disputes between and among
the  Debtors  and the  Released  Entities.  With  respect to all claims that the
Debtors ever had, now have, or may claim to have or hereafter have, or which the
Debtors  could have asserted or could  assert,  jointly or severally,  including
without  limitation claims held in its corporate  capacity and claims that third
parties may assert derivatively on behalf of the Debtors absent bankruptcy,  but
excluding  claims, if any, arising in or under Chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code,
Confirmation  of this Joint Plan  releases  each  Released  Entity from all such
claims, counterclaims,  demands, controversies, costs, contracts, debts, sums of
money, accounts,  reckonings, bonds, bills, damages,  obligations,  liabilities,
objections,  actions  and causes of action of any nature,  type or  description,
whether in law or in equity, in contract, tort, or otherwise,  known or unknown,
suspected or unsuspected,  including claims for negligence, gross negligence, or
otherwise.  On the Effective  Date, the Debtors shall be authorized to execute a
general release in favor of the Released  Entities  consistent with this Section
10.3.

     10.4 PROVISIONS  REGARDING THE RELEASED OFFICERS On the Effective Date, the
Debtors shall execute a release of the claims  described in Section 10.3 of this
Joint Plan against the Released Officers.

     10.5  FURTHER  RELEASES  AND  SETTLEMENTS  After the  Effective  Date,  the
compromise and settlement by Reorganized ICH of any Retained Cause of Action may
be effected without  necessity of Bankruptcy Court  proceedings under Bankruptcy
Rule 9019 or otherwise. To the extent the Trust is entitled to assert a Retained
Cause of Action  pursuant to Section  10.2(c) of this Joint Plan,  the Trust may
compromise  and settle any such  Retained  Cause of Action  with the  consent of
Reorganized ICH.

     10.6 PERMANENT  INJUNCTION  Confirmation of this Joint Plan shall result in
the  issuance  of a  permanent  injunction  against  the:  (i)  commencement  or
continuation  of any  judicial,  administrative,  or other action or  proceeding
against the Debtors,  the Trust, or Reorganized ICH on account of Claims against
or  Interests  in the  Debtors,  or on account of claims  released  pursuant  to
Sections  10.3 and 10.4 of the Joint Plan  against  the  Released  Entities  and
Released Officers; (ii) enforcement,  attachment,  collection or recovery by any
manner or means of any judgment,  award,  decree,  or order against the Debtors,
the Trust or Reorganized  ICH; or (iii)  creation,  perfection or enforcement of
any  encumbrance of any kind against the Debtors,  the Trust or Reorganized  ICH
arising from a Claim.

     10.7 SURVIVAL OF THE DEBTORS' CORPORATE  INDEMNITIES Any obligations of the
Debtors,  pursuant  to the  Order  Regarding  Indemnification  of  Officers  and
Directors  of Debtors  entered  February  14,  1996 shall not be  discharged  or
impaired by Confirmation or Consummation of this Joint Plan;  accordingly,  such
indemnification  obligations  shall  survive  unaffected  by the  reorganization
contemplated  by this Joint Plan and shall be performed and honored by the Trust
regardless of the Confirmation of this Joint Plan PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such
obligations  shall not be obligations of Reorganized ICH. All other  obligations
of the Debtors with respect to  indemnification  of officers and  directors,  or
agents,  representatives,  successors  or assigns  thereof,  shall be treated as
executory  contracts  rejected  under  Section 8.1 of this Joint  Plan,  and all
Claims  arising  from or related  thereto  shall be treated  and  classified  as
provided  by Section  8.2 of this Joint  Plan,  subject to any and all  defenses
thereto and  subordination  of such Claims under  applicable  provisions  of the
Bankruptcy Code.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     11.1 REQUEST FOR RELIEF UNDER SECTION 1129(B)

     (a) In the event any Impaired Class of Interests  shall fail to accept this
Joint Plan in  accordance  with  Section  1129(a) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the
Proponents request the Bankruptcy Court to confirm this Joint Plan in accordance
with the  provisions  of  Section  1129(b)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code so that and
provided that the treatment  afforded to ICH Classes 6 and 7,  collectively,  is
not adversely affected.  By accepting this Joint Plan, ICH Class 5 relinquishes,
to any extent  necessary,  its entitlement to receive  distributions in order to
assure that ICH Classes 6 and 7, collectively, receive the treatment provided in
Article IV of this Joint Plan.

     (b) In the event that ICH Class 6 does not vote to accept  this Joint Plan,
and this  Joint  Plan is  confirmed  pursuant  to the  cram-down  provisions  of
Bankruptcy  Code Section  1129(b),  the portion of Reorganized  ICH Common Stock
allocated to ICH Class 7 in this Joint Plan,  together  with cash  sufficient to
fund  payments to Holders of Allowed  ICH Class 7  Interests  who elect the cash
payment option, shall be distributed to the Trust on the Effective Date, and the
Trust  shall,  in  that  event,  distribute  as soon as  practicable  after  the
Effective Date,  through the  Distribution  Agent,  such  Reorganized ICH Common
Stock and cash to the  Holders of Allowed ICH Class 7  Interests  in  accordance
with the terms of this  Joint  Plan,  with any such  distribution  to Holders of
Allowed ICH Class 7 Interests  being made in exchange for the release by Holders
of such  Allowed  Class 7 Interests of any and all claims,  if any,  against the
Trust PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Trust shall have no

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-21
<PAGE>
obligations  to  distribute  cash or stock to such  holders of  Allowed  Class 7
Interests  other than that which is received from the Estate and/or  Reorganized
ICH expressly for that purpose.

     11.2 MODIFICATION

     (a) This Joint Plan shall not be modified  except upon the agreement of all
Proponents,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  except that the
consent  and  agreement  of the  Debtors and  Creditors  Committee  shall not be
required for any  reallocation  of the  distribution  of Reorganized  ICH Common
Stock as between ICH Classes 6 and 7.

     (b) Subject to Subsection  11.2(a) of this Joint Plan,  the  Proponents may
jointly propose  amendments to or  modifications of this Joint Plan as permitted
by Section  1127 of the  Bankruptcy  Code at any time prior to the  Confirmation
Date. After  substantial  consummation,  the Trust or Reorganized ICH may remedy
any defects or omissions or reconcile any  inconsistencies in this Joint Plan or
in the  Confirmation  Order in such manner as may be  necessary to carry out the
purposes and intent of this Joint Plan so long as the interests of Claimants and
Interest holders are not materially and adversely affected.

     11.3 HEADINGS are utilized in this Joint Plan for convenience and reference
only, and shall not constitute a part of this Joint Plan for any other purpose.

     11.4  SUBORDINATION  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Article IV of this
Joint  Plan;  (a)  Allowed  Claims,  if any,  of a  particular  class  that  are
subordinated  to other Allowed  Claims of such class  pursuant to Section 510 of
the  Bankruptcy  Code  shall  be paid  only  after  payment  in full of all such
non-subordinated  Claims of such class;  and (b) Allowed  Class 6 Interests,  if
any,  that are  subordinated  to other  Allowed  Class 6 Interests,  pursuant to
Section  510 of the  Bankruptcy  Code  shall  not be  entitled  to  receive  any
distributions   until   after   the   distribution   to   holders   of   Allowed
non-subordinated  Class 6 Interests equals the full amount of their  liquidation
preference of $25.00 per share of Preferred Stock.

     11.5  SECURITIES-RELATED  CLAIMS  BASED ON  COMMON  STOCK For  purposes  of
calculating  the  distribution  of  Reorganized  ICH Common  Stock to holders of
Allowed Securities-Related Claims based on Common Stock, if any, pursuant to the
provisions   of   Article   IV  of  this   Joint   Plan,   holders   of  Allowed
Securities-Related  Claims,  if any,  based on Common Stock shall be entitled to
receive their Pro Rata portion of shares of  Reorganized  ICH Common Stock in an
amount equal to: (i) the total amount of all Allowed  Securities-Related  Claims
within ICH Class 7, DIVIDED BY (ii) $254 million, MULTIPLIED BY (iii) 1,309,524,
MULTIPLIED BY (iv) a fraction,  the numerator of which is the Allowed  Amount of
such  holder's  Allowed  Securities-Related  Claim  within  ICH Class 7, and the
denominator  of which is the  total  amount  of all  Allowed  Securities-Related
Claims within ICH Class 7.

     11.6 DUE  AUTHORIZATION  Each and every  Claimant and  Interest  holder who
elects to participate  in the  distributions  provided for herein  warrants that
such Claimant or Interest  holder is authorized  to accept in  consideration  of
such Claim against or Interest in the Debtors the distributions  provided for in
this Joint Plan and that there are not outstanding commitments,  agreements,  or
understandings,  expressed  or  implied,  that may or can in any way  defeat  or
modify the  rights  conveyed  or  obligations  undertaken  by such  Claimant  or
Interest holder under this Joint Plan.

     11.7 DE MINIMIS DISTRIBUTIONS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES

     (a) The Trust shall disregard,  and shall not make distributions in respect
of, Allowed Claims whose Pro Rata share of a proposed distribution would be less
than $5.00. In such case, the Allowed Amount of such Claims for purposes of such
distribution shall be reduced to zero.

     (b)  Distributions  of  Reorganized  ICH Common Stock shall be made only in
whole share amounts,  and no fractional  shares of Reorganized  ICH Common Stock
shall  be  distributed  pursuant  to  this  Joint  Plan.  Fractional  shares  of
Reorganized  ICH  Common  Stock to which  any  Beneficial  or  Record  Holder of
Preferred  Stock or  Common  Stock  as of the  Effective  Date  may be  entitled
pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Section  4.1(c) or to which  any  holder of an
Allowed  Securities-Related Claim related to Common Stock or Preferred Stock may
be entitled  pursuant to this Joint Plan,  shall be rounded to the nearest whole
share.  Beneficial  holders  of fewer  than 14  shares  of  Preferred  Stock and
Beneficial  holders  of fewer  than 101  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall not be
entitled to any distribution of Reorganized ICH Common Stock on account of their
respective  Interests,  and in  each  such  case,  the  Allowed  Amount  of such
Interests for purposes of such distribution shall be reduced to zero.

     11.8 AUTHORIZATION OF CORPORATE ACTION All matters and actions provided for
under  this Joint Plan  involving  the  corporate  structure  of the  Debtors or
corporate  action to be taken by or required of the Debtors or  Reorganized  ICH
shall be deemed to have occurred and be effective as provided herein,  and shall
be deemed to be authorized and approved in all respects  without any requirement
for  further   action  by  the   stockholders   or  directors  of  the  Debtors.
Specifically,  all amendments to the certificate of incorporation and By-laws of
ICH pursuant to Section 7.4(a) of this Joint Plan and all

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-22
<PAGE>
other corporate  action on behalf of ICH, any other Debtor or Reorganized ICH as
may be  necessary  to put into  effect or carry out the terms and intent of this
Joint Plan and the orders and  decrees of the  Bankruptcy  Court  entered in the
Chapter 11 Case may be effected,  exercised and taken without  further action by
the directors or  stockholders  of ICH, any other Debtor or Reorganized  ICH, as
applicable,  with like effect as if effected,  exercised  and taken by unanimous
action of the directors and stockholders of ICH, any other Debtor or Reorganized
ICH, as  applicable,  as  contemplated  by Section 303 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

     11.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES AND AUTHORIZATIONS The Trust or Reorganized ICH, if
and to the extent necessary, shall seek such orders, judgments, injunctions, and
rulings that may be required to carry out further the  intentions  and purposes,
and to give full effect to the provisions,  of this Joint Plan.  Reorganized ICH
shall indemnify the Trust against any Claim asserted  against the Trust which is
the obligation of Reorganized ICH, and the Trust shall indemnify Reorganized ICH
against any Claim asserted against Reorganized ICH which is an obligation of the
Trust.

     11.10 RIGHT TO RESOLVE CLAIMS The Trust and Reorganized ICH shall each have
the right to resolve in their sole and absolute  discretion each of the parties'
respective claims against third parties.

     11.11  RIGHTS  REGARDING  BOOKS AND  RECORDS In the event  Reorganized  ICH
wishes to dispose of any of the  Debtors'  books and records  that are  Retained
Assets, it shall first give reasonable  notice to the Trust,  which may elect to
take such  books and  records at its own  expense;  and if the Trust does not so
elect  within a  reasonable  period  of time,  Reorganized  ICH shall be free to
dispose of any such  documents.  Subject to the foregoing,  the Trust shall have
reasonable  access to and use of the books and  records of the  Debtors  for the
purpose of administering  the Trust Assets and otherwise  discharging its duties
under this Joint Plan.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                            RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     12.1 The Bankruptcy  Court shall retain exclusive  jurisdiction  over these
Chapter 11 Cases after Confirmation, notwithstanding Consummation or substantial
consummation, for the following purposes:

          (a) to consider and effect any  modification  of this Joint Plan under
     Section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code;

          (b) to hear and determine all  controversies,  suits and disputes that
     arise in connection  with the  interpretation  or enforcement of this Joint
     Plan;

          (c) to  hear  and  determine  all  requests  for  compensation  and/or
     reimbursement  of expenses for the period  commencing  on the Petition Date
     through the Confirmation Date;

          (d) to hear and determine all objections to Claims and Interests,  and
     to determine the appropriate  classification of any Claim or Interest,  and
     other controversies, suits and disputes that may be pending at or initiated
     after the Confirmation Date, except as provided in the Confirmation Order;

          (e) to hear and determine  all claims that the Debtors,  as debtors in
     possession QUA trustee,  or Reorganized ICH as the successor and designated
     representative  of the  Debtors  and the  Estates  could  assert  under the
     Bankruptcy Code;

          (f) to consider  and act on such other  matters  consistent  with this
     Joint Plan as may be provided in the Confirmation Order;

          (g) to make such orders as are necessary and  appropriate to carry out
     and  implement the  provisions of this Joint Plan;  including to effect the
     further assurances provided in Section 11.9;

          (h) to approve the  reasonableness of any payments made or to be made,
     within the meaning of Section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

          (i) to exercise the  jurisdiction  granted  pursuant to Section 505(a)
     and (b) of the  Bankruptcy  Code to determine  any and all federal,  state,
     Commonwealth, local and foreign tax liabilities of, and any and all refunds
     of such taxes paid by the Debtors; and

          (j) to hear and determine any issues or matters in connection with any
     property not timely claimed as provided in this Joint Plan.

Nothing  contained  in this  Article XII shall be  construed  so as to limit the
rights of Reorganized ICH or the Trust to commence or prosecute any claim in any
court of competent jurisdiction.

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-23


<PAGE>
                                         Respectfully Submitted,

                                         WINSTEAD SECHREST & MINICK P.C.
                                         5400 Renaissance Tower
                                         1201 Elm Street
                                         Dallas, Texas 75270
                                         Tel. (214) 745-5400

                                         By:/s/JOSIAH M. DANIEL, III
                                         ---------------------------
                                            Daniel C. Stewart      SBT #19206500
                                            Josiah M. Daniel, III  SBT #05358500

                                         ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTORS

                                         GIBSON DUNN & CRUTCHER

                                         1717 Main St., Suite 5400
                                         Dallas, Texas 75201
                                         Tel. (214) 698-3100

                                         By:/s/I. RICHARD LEVY
                                         ---------------------
                                            Michael A. Rosenthal   SBT #17281490
                                            I. Richard Levy        SBT #12265020

                                         ATTORNEYS FOR THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF
                                         UNSECURED CREDITORS OF I.C.H.
                                         CORPORATION

                                         PRYOR, CASHMAN, SHERMAN & FLYNN
                                         410 Park Avenue
                                         New York, New York 10022
                                         Tel. (212) 421-4100

                                         By:/s/JOHN A. BICKS
                                         -------------------
                                            Peter D. Wolfson
                                            John A. Bicks

                                         ATTORNEYS FOR THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE
                                         OF EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS OF I.C.H.
                                         CORPORATION

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-24


<PAGE>
            EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
                  LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT

     This Lone Star Asset Liquidating Trust Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  dated
as of  ____________,  1996, is established by I.C.H.  Corporation (the "Debtor")
pursuant to the Debtors' First Amended Joint Amended Plan of Reorganization (the
"Joint Plan") in the Chapter 11 case styled IN RE I.C.H. CORPORATION ET AL, Case
No. 395-36351-RCM-11 (the "Case"), in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern  District of Texas,  Dallas Division (the "Court"),  and is accepted by
the  Managing  Trustee  (as  defined in Section  1.2 of the  Agreement)  for the
benefit of the Trust Beneficiaries (as defined in Section 1.2 of the Agreement).

     WHEREAS,  on October 10,  1995,  the Debtor  filed its  voluntary  petition
pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code with the Court; WHEREAS, the Court
confirmed the Joint Plan by entering the Order Confirming Joint Plan on December
__, 1996;

     WHEREAS, the Joint Plan provides for the creation of a trust to be composed
of all assets of the Debtors and of their Estates  (except the Retained  Assets)
to be  administered  and  liquidated  for the  benefit of the holders of Allowed
Claims in ICH Class 5 as  provided  in the Joint  Plan and is further to provide
for  distributions  of certain property or cash to other classes under the Joint
Plan;

     WHEREAS,  the  Trust is  intended  to be  treated  as a  liquidating  trust
pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section  301.7701-4(d),  and as a grantor trust
subject to the  provisions of  Subchapter  J, Subpart E of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Tax Code"),  owned by the Trust  Beneficiaries as
grantors.

     WHEREAS,   the  Joint  Plan  provides  for  the  orderly   disposition  and
liquidation  of the Trust  Assets  during a period not to exceed three (3) years
from the formation of this Trust (unless  extended as provided in Section 2.7 of
the  Agreement),  and  further  provides  that the  Trustee  shall  (a)  deliver
Available Cash (as defined in Section 1.2 of the  Agreement) in compliance  with
the terms of the Joint Plan;

     WHEREAS,  this  Trust  shall  be  managed  by  the  Managing  Trustee,  and
supervised by the Supervisory  Trustees appointed in the Joint Plan and approved
by the Court, all pursuant to the terms of the Joint Plan;

     WHEREAS,  the Joint Plan provides for and requires the  appointment  of the
Managing  Trustee for the purposes  outlined  herein and the Trustees  have been
appointed and approved and have agreed to serve in such capacity under the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,  the parties hereto do
hereby covenant and agree as follows:

I. DEFINITIONS

     1.1 GENERAL.  All capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined
herein shall have the meanings  assigned  thereto in the Joint Plan,  or, if not
defined in the Joint  Plan and  defined  in the  Bankruptcy  Code shall have the
meanings  assigned  thereto in the  Bankruptcy  Code unless the context  clearly
requires otherwise.

     1.2  CERTAIN  DEFINITIONS.  For all  purposes of the  Agreement,  except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
defined in this  Section  1.2 shall have the  meaning  assigned  to them in this
Section 1.2, and shall include the plural as well as the  singular.  "AGREEMENT"
shall  mean  this  Lone  Star  Asset  Liquidating  Trust  Agreement  dated as of
___________, 1996.

     "AVAILABLE CASH" has the meaning set forth in the Joint Plan.

     "CASE"  shall  have  the  meaning  given to such  term in the  introductory
     paragraph of the Agreement.

     "CONTESTED  CLAIMS  RESERVE"  shall have the meaning  given to such term in
     Section 3.8.1 hereof.

     "COURT"  shall  have the  meaning  given to such  term in the  introductory
     paragraph of the Agreement.

     "DEBTORS"  shall have the  meaning  given to such term in the  introductory
     paragraph of the Agreement.

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-1


<PAGE>
     "DISTRIBUTION DATE" means the Initial Distribution Date, and thereafter the
     first  business  day after a day set forth in the  Agreement  upon  which a
     distribution of Trust Assets,  Reserves or Available Cash is to be made, or
     if no other date is set forth in the  Agreement,  the first business day of
     the calendar quarter immediately following the date upon which an action is
     to occur or be taken,  commencing  with the  first  full  calendar  quarter
     following the Initial Distribution Date.

     "INITIAL DISTRIBUTION DATE" has the meaning set forth in the Joint Plan.

     "MANAGING TRUSTEE" means Susan A. Brown, or any successor thereto appointed
     pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Agreement.   "OPERATING  RESERVE"  means
     ------------------------------------.

     "PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS"  means  those  investments  in which the Trust may
     place Available and other cash and reserves listed on the attached  Exhibit
     "E".

     "JOINT PLAN" shall have the meaning given to such term in the  introductory
     paragraph of the Agreement.  "SUPERVISORY TRUSTEES" means ________________,
     ________________  and ________________ and any successors thereto appointed
     pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

     "TAX CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "TERMINATION DATE" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.7
     hereof.

     "TRUST" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

     "TRUST  ASSETS"  shall have the  meaning  given to such term in Section 2.1
     hereof.

     "TRUST  BENEFICIARIES" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
     2.1 hereof.  "TRUST  BENEFICIARY" shall have the meaning given to such term
     in Section __ of the Agreement.

     "TRUSTEES"  means the Managing  Trustee and the Supervisory  Trustees,  and
     their  respective  successors  appointed  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the
     Agreement.

II. CREATION OF THE TRUST

     2.1 PURPOSE OF TRUST.  The Debtor and the Managing  Trustee,  in compliance
with the  Joint  Plan,  hereby  constitute  and  create  this  Lone  Star  Asset
Liquidating  Trust (the "Trust") for the primary purpose of effecting an orderly
disposition,  liquidation and distribution of the assets  transferred to it (the
"Trust Assets") and  distributing  the Available Cash of the Trust Assets to the
holders  of  Allowed  Claims in ICH Class 5 in  accordance  with the Joint  Plan
(collectively,  the "Trust  Beneficiaries")  and to make the other distributions
and payments  called for in the Joint Plan to be made by the Trust,  and with no
objective  to  continue  or engage in the  conduct of a trade or  business.  The
activities  of this Trust shall all be  reasonably  necessary to and  consistent
with no  objective  to  continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business
with the accomplishment of that purpose,  but shall not include the conduct of a
trade or business.

     2.2 APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE OF MANAGING TRUSTEE.  In accordance with the
provisions of the Joint Plan, the undersigned,  Susan A. Brown, is hereby named,
constituted,  and  appointed as Managing  Trustee,  to act and serve as Managing
Trustee of the Trust and to hold,  manage,  liquidate,  and distribute the Trust
Assets and Available  Cash subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the
Joint  Plan.  The  Managing  Trustee  is  willing,  and does  hereby  accept the
appointment,  to act and serve as Managing  Trustee of the Trust and to hold and
administer  the Trust Assets and  Available  Cash  pursuant to the terms of this
Trust and the Joint Plan.

     2.3 APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE OF SUPERVISORY  TRUSTEES. In accordance with
the   provisions  of  the  Joint  Plan,   the   undersigned,   ________________,
________________  and  ________________  are  hereby  named,  constituted,   and
appointed as Supervisory  Trustees,  to act and serve as Supervisory Trustees of
the Trust and to supervise the management,  liquidation and  distribution of the
Trust Assets and Available  Cash subject to the  conditions set forth herein and
in the Joint Plan. The  Supervisory  Trustees are willing,  and do hereby accept
the appointment,  to act and serve as a Supervisory  Trustee of the Trust and to
supervise the  administration  of the Trust Assets pursuant to the terms of this
Trust and the Joint Plan.

     2.4 NAME OF TRUST. The Trust  established  hereby shall bear the name "Lone
Star Asset  Liquidating  Trust." In connection with the exercise of their powers
as Trustees hereunder,  a Trustee may use this name or such variation thereon as
such Trustee sees fit, or may use her or his own name, as Trustee.

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-2
<PAGE>
     2.5 TRANSFER OF TRUST ASSETS TO TRUST. In accordance with the provisions of
the Joint Plan, all right, title, and interests of the Debtors and their Estates
in and to all of the  funds,  assets and  properties  of the  Debtors  and their
Estates of any kind and character except the Retained Assets,  as the same exist
as of the date  hereof,  are hereby  vested in the Trust and  preserved  for the
benefit of the Trust  Beneficiaries.  From and after the Effective  Date, all of
such funds,  assets and properties,  together with the Available Cash,  shall be
administered  by  the  Managing  Trustee,  subject  to  the  supervision  of the
Supervisory  Trustees,  on  behalf  of the  Trust  Beneficiaries.  Prior  to the
creation of the Trust,  the Debtors  shall have executed and delivered or caused
to be executed and delivered to, or upon the order of, the Trustee,  any and all
documents and other  instruments  as may be necessary or useful to convey and to
confirm  title to the  Trust  Assets  to the  Trust  including  those  listed or
described on EXHIBIT A hereto.  After the Effective Date, the Managing  Trustee,
acting on behalf of the Debtors,  shall execute all other documents necessary or
useful to convey  and to confirm  title to the Trust  Assets to the Trust or, to
the extent  requiring the action of Reorganized  ICH,  shall obtain  Reorganized
ICH's execution on such documents pursuant to Section 11.9 of the Joint Plan.

     2.6 CAUSES OF ACTION. As provided in the Joint Plan in Sections 10.2(a) and
10.2(c),  all claims and causes of action against third parties on account of an
indebtedness  or  liability  to the Debtors or to their  Estates,  and all other
claims  owed to and all other  causes of action in favor of the  Debtors and the
Estate,  which  are not  Retained  Assets  and to the  extent  not  specifically
compromised or released  pursuant to the Joint Plan or an agreement  referred to
and incorporated in the Joint Plan, are hereby vested in the Trust and preserved
for  enforcement by the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust  Beneficiaries.  To
the extent  permitted by law, all rights under Section 363 (h) of the Bankruptcy
Code are also preserved for the benefit of the Debtors' estate,  and the Trustee
shall have the right to exercise same subject to Court approval.

     2.7 TERMINATION OF THE TRUST. The Trust shall terminate upon the earlier to
occur (the "Termination Date") of: (A) the fulfillment of the Trust's purpose by
the liquidation of all of the Trust Assets and the distribution of the Available
Cash  thereof  or (B) three (3) years  after  the  Effective  Date.  In order to
terminate  the Trust  prior to three (3) years  after the  Effective  Date,  the
Managing  Trustee,  after  receiving the approval of the  Supervisory  Trustees,
shall  deliver  a notice to all Trust  Beneficiaries  setting  forth the date on
which the Trust will terminate,  and if no Trust  Beneficiary files an objection
with the  Bankruptcy  Court within  forty-five  (45) days after the date of such
notice  the  Trust  shall  terminate  on the  date  set  forth  in  the  notice.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  the  event  the  Managing  Trustee,  after
receiving the approval of the Supervisory Trustees, shall have been unable after
continuing  reasonable  efforts to sell or otherwise dispose of and realize upon
the  Trust  Assets in the  initial  three (3) year term of the Trust or if other
circumstances require such extension,  the Managing Trustee shall have the right
to apply to the Bankruptcy  Court to extend the term of the Trust for additional
periods of time,  provided  that each such  extension  must be  approved  by the
Bankruptcy  Court within six (6) months of the  beginning of the extended  term.
Upon such  application  the Trust shall  continue until the date approved by the
Bankruptcy  Court,  provided that in no event shall the  Termination  Date occur
later than the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

III.  RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF MANAGING TRUSTEE

     3.1 DECLARATION  ACKNOWLEDGED IN BENEFICIAL INTEREST.  The Managing Trustee
hereby   acknowledges   that,  on  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  the  Trust
Beneficiaries and their successors and assigns as permitted in Section 6 hereof,
as their  interests  may appear,  will have a  beneficial  interest in all Trust
Assets.  The Trustees  will retain only such powers as are necessary to collect,
liquidate,  or  otherwise  convert  the  Trust  Assets  into cash and to pay all
expenses, taxes, and other payments referred to in this Trust.

     3.2  MANAGEMENT  OF TRUST.  Subject to the terms hereof and the Joint Plan,
including,  without  limitation,  Section 5.5 hereof, the Managing Trustee shall
take  charge of the  Trust  Assets  and shall  endeavor  to  collect,  conserve,
protect,  and liquidate,  or otherwise convert into cash, all claims,  causes of
action, and assets which constitute the Trust Assets and all such other property
incidental  thereto as may  hereafter  be acquired  from time to time under this
Trust. To this end and subject to the  supervision of the  Supervisory  Trustees
and the provisions of Section 5.5, the Managing Trustee shall manage the affairs
of the Trust,  negotiate and  consummate  sales of the Trust Assets,  enter into
agreements binding the Trust, and execute,  acknowledge, and deliver any and all
instruments which are necessary,  required, or deemed by the Managing Trustee to
be advisable in connection with the performance of the Managing Trustee's duties
hereunder.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and without prior or
further authorization of the Bankruptcy Court, but subject to Section 5.5 hereof
and the  supervision  of the  Supervisory  Trustees,  the  Managing  Trustee may
control  and  exercise   authority  over  the  Trust  Assets,  the  acquisition,
management,  and  disposition  thereof;  and the  management  and conduct of the
business of the Trust to the same  extent as if the  Managing  Trustee  were the
sole legal and beneficial owner thereof in her own right. No person dealing with
the Trust shall be  obligated  to inquire  into the  authority  of the  Managing
Trustee in

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-3
<PAGE>
connection with the acquisition,  management, or disposition of Trust Assets. In
connection  with  the  management  and use of the  Trust  Assets,  the  Managing
Trustee, without limitation of her power and authority, may do the following:

          (i) accept the assets  transferred  and provided to the Trust pursuant
     to this Agreement and the Joint Plan;

          (ii)  distribute   Available  Cash  to  the  Trust   Beneficiaries  in
     accordance with the terms of this Trust and the Joint Plan;

          (iii) endorse the payment of notes or other  obligations of any person
     or make contracts with respect thereto;

          (iv)  engage  in all acts that  would  constitute  ordinary  course of
     business in performing  the  obligations of a trustee under a trust of this
     type;

          (v)  cause  Trust  Certificates  to be  issued  to be  issued to Trust
     Beneficiaries in the number and manner provided in the Joint Plan.

     3.3 MAY INCUR DEBT. The Trust may borrow such sums of money at any time and
from time to time for such periods of time upon such terms and  conditions  from
such  persons  or  corporations  for  such  purposes  as the  Trustees  may deem
advisable,  and secure such loans with any of the Trust Assets, provided that no
recourse shall be had to the Trustees or any Trust Beneficiary on any such debt.

     3.4 RECOVERY ON CAUSES OF ACTION.  The Managing Trustee shall  investigate,
sue upon,  mediate,  arbitrate,  and/or to compromise  and settle all claims and
causes of action that are Trust Assets.

     3.5  DISTRIBUTION  OF  AVAILABLE  CASH.  Pursuant to the terms of the Joint
Plan,  on the dates  provided for in the Joint Plan the Managing  Trustee  shall
distribute  from the Trust Assets the amounts  required in Articles II and IV of
the Joint Plan. The Managing  Trustee shall distribute at least annually the net
income of the Trust and all Available  Cash from the sale of Trust Assets during
such year to the Trust  Beneficiaries  and to other Claimants in accordance with
the treatment of Claims provided in the Joint Plan. In determining whether there
are any Available Cash available for distribution,  the Managing Trustee may, in
her discretion,  give due  consideration to the possibility that there may exist
unasserted Claims against the Trust or asserted Claims which are not yet allowed
by the  Bankruptcy  Court or  otherwise  not yet due and  payable.  The Managing
Trustee  shall  make  vigorous  and  continuing  efforts to dispose of the Trust
Assets, to make prompt and timely distributions, and to avoid undue prolongation
of the duration of the Trust. The Trust shall not receive or retain cash or cash
equivalents  in excess of a  reasonable  amount to meet  claims  and  contingent
liabilities or to maintain the value of the Trust Assets.

     3.6 ASSETS DISTRIBUTABLE TO UNLOCATED BENEFICIARIES. The Trustee shall hold
any  unclaimed  liquidating   distributions  or  other  payments  to  any  Trust
Beneficiaries  who cannot be located.  The Trustee shall make disposition of any
such distributions or payments  distributable to any such Trust Beneficiaries in
accordance with applicable law and Section of the Joint Plan.

     3.7  INVESTMENTS.  The  Managing  Trustee  shall invest the Trust Assets in
Permitted Investments.

     3.8 RESERVES.

     3.8.1 DISPUTED CLAIMS RESERVES.  On or as soon as practicable following the
Effective Date, the Managing Trustee shall establish a reserve for distributions
on  account  of  Contested  Claims  as of the  Initial  Distribution  Date  (the
"Contested Claims Reserve").  Upon any distribution to holders of Allowed Claims
in Classes in which Contested  Claims still exists,  the Managing  Trustee shall
withhold from such  distributions  and set aside in the Contested Claims Reserve
an amount of cash as provided in Section 9.5 of the Joint Plan, which amount may
be based on the amount of a claim,  estimation  by the  Bankruptcy  Court or any
other order (or as provided  for by  subsequent  order of the  Bankruptcy  Court
concerning  Contested Claims). At such time thereafter that any Contested Claim,
or portion  thereof;  becomes an  Allowed  Claim,  the  Managing  Trustee  shall
distribute to the holders such Allowed Claim from the Contested  Claims Reserve,
cash in an amount  equal to the amount such holder would have  received  through
such date had such  holder's  claim been Allowed as of the Effective  Date.  The
Contested  Claims  Reserve  shall be terminated  when all  Contested  Claims are
resolved;  provided however, as a Contested Claim may be resolved, to the extent
that the amount reserved for the Contested Claim exceeds the amount due, if any,
under a  distribution  as such Contested  Claim becomes an Allowed  Claim,  such
funds shall be  transferred  to the Trust and become  Available  Cash. Any funds
remaining in the Contested  Claims  Reserve upon its  termination  and after any
distributions  pursuant to this section shall no longer be restricted  and shall
be Available Cash.

     3.8.2  OPERATING  RESERVE.  On or as  soon  as  practicable  following  the
Effective Date, the Managing  Trustee shall establish an operating  reserve with
cash included in the initial amount not to exceed $2,000,000 as approved by the

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-4
<PAGE>
Supervisory Trustees reasonably  determined to be necessary to fund the expenses
of the Trust,  including costs of the Distribution  Agent for distributions made
pursuant to the Joint Plan. The amount of the operating reserve may be increased
or  decreased  by the  Managing  Trustee  with the  consent  of the  Supervisory
Trustees if the Managing  Trustee  determines that a greater or lesser amount is
prudent and reasonably  sufficient to satisfy the obligations  and  liabilities,
including tax liabilities (whether absolute,  contingent,  asserted, unasserted,
payable, not yet payable or otherwise) of, or assumed by, the Trust.

     3.9 LIABILITY OF MANAGING TRUSTEE.

     3.9.1 STANDARD OF CARE.  Except in the case of willful  misconduct or gross
negligence,  the Managing  Trustee shall not be liable for any loss or damage by
reason of any action taken or omitted by her pursuant to the discretion,  power,
and authority conferred on her by this Trust.

     3.9.2 NO LIABILITY FOR ACTS OF PREDECESSORS.  No successor Managing Trustee
shall be in any way  responsible  for the acts or omissions  of the Debtors,  or
officers,  directors,  agents,  predecessors  or successors  thereof;  or of any
Trustee  in  office  prior to the date on which  such  person  becomes  Managing
Trustee,   unless  a  successor   Managing   Trustee   expressly   assumes  such
responsibility.

     3.9.3 NO IMPLIED  OBLIGATIONS.  The  Managing  Trustee  shall not be liable
except for the  performance of such duties and  obligations as are  specifically
set forth herein,  and no implied  covenants or  obligations  shall be read into
this Trust.

     3.9.4 NO LIABILITY FOR GOOD FAITH ERROR OF JUDGMENT.  The Managing  Trustee
shall not be liable  for any error of  judgment  made in good  faith,  unless it
shall be proved that she was grossly  negligent in  ascertaining  the  pertinent
facts.

     3.9.5  RELIANCE  BY  TRUSTEE  ON  DOCUMENTS  OR ADVICE OF  COUNSEL OR OTHER
PERSONS.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Managing Trustee may rely and
shall be  protected  in  acting  upon any  resolution,  certificate,  statement,
instrument,  opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, or other paper or
document  believed by the Managing Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed
or  presented  by the proper  party or parties.  The  Managing  Trustee may also
engage and  consult  with legal  counsel  and shall not be liable for any action
taken or suffered by the  Managing  Trustee in reliance  upon the advice of such
counsel.

     3.10  SELECTION  OF  AGENTS.  The  Managing  Trustee  may select and employ
brokers,  banks,  custodians,   investment  advisors,  attorneys,   accountants,
auditors,  and other agents on behalf of the Trust. Except as otherwise required
to fulfill the terms hereof,  such agents may be so employed  without  regard to
prior  employment of such agents by any Trust  Beneficiary  or by the Creditors'
Committee.  The Trust  may  employ as a  consultant  of the Trust any  person or
persons having particular knowledge of the Debtors' affairs (including,  without
limitation,  any officer or director or former officer or director of any Debtor
or any entity owned by a Debtor),  and may place reliance upon the advice of any
such person.  The Trust may pay the salaries,  fees, and expenses of such agents
or consultants out of the Trust Assets.  No Trustee shall be liable for any loss
to the Trust or any  person  interested  therein  by reason  of any  mistake  or
default of any such agent or consultant as shall be selected and retained by the
Trustees in good faith and without gross negligence.

     3.11 RECORDS AND REPORTING.

     3.11.1  RECORDS.  The Managing  Trustee shall  maintain good and sufficient
books and records of account  relating to the Trust Assets,  the Available Cash,
the management thereof, all transactions undertaken by the Managing Trustee, all
expenses  incurred  by or on  behalf  of the  Trust,  all  distributions  either
contemplated or effectuated under the Joint Plan or this Agreement. The Managing
Trustee shall also maintain such books and records as shall from time to time be
directed by the Supervisory Trustees.

     3.11.2 PERIODIC  REPORTS.  The Managing Trustee shall prepare the following
reports under the supervision of the Supervisory  Trustees and shall  distribute
such reports to each Supervisory  Trustee and any Trust Beneficiary who requests
a copy:

          (A) on a monthly  basis,  within  two (2) weeks  after the end of each
     month, a report of the receipts and disbursements of the Trust and the Cash
     position of the Trust; and

          (B) on a  quarterly  basis  commencing  with the first  full  calendar
     quarter ending after the Effective Date,  within forty-five (45) days after
     the end of such calendar  quarter,  a report of the activities of the Trust
     detailing for the preceding  quarterly  period the  activities of the Trust
     including:

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-5
<PAGE>
          (i) an  operating  statement  (prepared  on a cash basis)  showing all
     revenues  received by the Trust and all expenses of operations of the Trust
     (including all expenses  associated  with the sale of any Trust Assets paid
     by the Trust);

          (ii) an unaudited written report and accounting showing (a) the assets
     and liabilities of the Trust at the end of such period,  (b) any changes in
     the Trust  Assets,  (c) the amount of any reserves or escrows of the Trust,
     (d) any material  action taken by the Managing  Trustee or the  Supervisory
     Trustees in the  performance  of their duties under the Joint Plan and this
     Agreement; and

          (iii) an  overall  status  report of the Trust for the next  quarterly
     period.

     Quarterly  reports  for the  fourth  quarter of each  calendar  year may be
included within the annual reports  described  below, if such annual reports are
prepared.

          (C) to the extent  required by the  Bankruptcy  Court or by applicable
     law (or to gain an exemption from applicable law), within 90 days after the
     end of each  calendar  year,  beginning  with the first year end  occurring
     after the Effective Date, the Trust will prepare reports for the prior year
     as described in clause (i) and (ii) above,  except that such reports  shall
     be for a full  year (or  portion  thereof  in which  the  Trust has been in
     existence) and shall be audited.

     The Managing Trustee shall prepare and furnish to the Trust such additional
reports and accounts as the Supervisory Trustees may from time to time request.

     All  quarterly  and, if prepared,  annual  reports  shall be filed with the
Bankruptcy  Court on the date of distribution to the Supervisory  Trustees after
the approval of the  Supervisory  Trustees.  In addition,  all quarterly and, if
prepared,  annual  reports  may  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  to the extent the  Managing  Trustee  deems such action to be in the
best  interest of the Trust or to the extent  required by  applicable  law or in
order to gain an exemption from compliance with applicable law.

     3.11.3 TAX  INFORMATION.  The Managing  Trustee  shall furnish to the Trust
Beneficiaries  such information and returns with respect to any federal or state
tax as shall be required by law.

     3.11.4 ADDITIONAL  REPORTS AND FILINGS.  The Managing Trustee shall,  under
the supervision of the Supervisory  Trustees,  (i) prepare,  file and distribute
such  additional  reports  as may be  necessary  to cause  the  Trustee  and the
Trustees to be in compliance  with applicable law and (ii) prepare and file with
the Court such  reports as are  required by the Joint  Plan.  Copies of any such
reports shall be distributed to the Supervisory Trustees.

     3.11.5 The  Managing  Trustee  shall  provide to a Trust  Beneficiary  such
additional  information  concerning  the Trust  and the  Trust  Assets as may be
reasonably  requested in writing and for a proper purpose by a Trust Beneficiary
and is in the  possession  of  the  Managing  Trustee,  at  the  expense  of the
requesting Trust Beneficiary.

     3.12 MANAGING TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION,  INDEMNIFICATION,  AND REIMBURSEMENT.
As compensation for services  rendered in the  administration of this Trust, the
Managing  Trustee  shall be  compensated  in an amount and upon terms  which are
mutually  acceptable  to the  proposed  Managing  Trustee  and  the  Supervisory
Trustees.  The Managing  Trustee shall further be reimbursed  for all reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in the performance of her duties hereunder.  In
addition, the Managing Trustee and the Supervisory Trustees shall be indemnified
by and receive  reimbursement from the Trust Assets against and from any and all
loss,  liability,  expense, or damage which any of them may incur or sustain, in
good faith and without gross negligence,  in the exercise and performance of any
of their powers and duties under this Trust. The amounts  necessary for all such
compensation,   indemnification  and  reimbursement  and  for  all  expenses  of
administration,  including  counsel fees, shall be withdrawn by the Trustees out
of the Trust Assets.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Trust
to  indemnify as set forth in this  section  shall  either be limited  until the
termination  of the Trust,  or shall be  fulfilled  by the purchase an insurance
policy  which,  in the  judgment of the Trustees is  sufficient  in the size and
coverage to perform the Trust obligations undertaken in this section.

     3.13 DISPOSITION OF ASSETS TO DEBTOR AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES.  Subject
to Section 5.5, the Managing Trustee is specifically authorized and empowered to
negotiate  at  arms'  length  and  enter  into   agreements  with  the  Debtor's
affiliates, the Trust Beneficiaries and other interested parties for the sale of
any portion of the Trust Assets.

     3.14 INDEPENDENT  MANAGING TRUSTEE. The Managing Trustee may not be a Trust
Beneficiary  except that Susan A. Brown,  a former  director  and officer of the
Debtors  and an  administrative  creditor  of the  Trust  under  a  contract  of
employment with the Debtors may serve notwithstanding.

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-6
<PAGE>
     3.15 RESIGNATION.  The Managing Trustee may resign as such by executing and
delivering  an  instrument  in writing to the  Supervisory  Trustees;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that the Managing  Trustee shall continue to serve as Managing Trustee
after  resignation  until the time when appointment of a successor Trustee shall
become effective in accordance with Section 3.17 hereof.

     3.16 REMOVAL. The Managing Trustee may be removed from office (a) for fraud
or  willful  misconduct  in  connection  with the  affairs of the Trust upon the
motion of the Supervisory  Trustees,  and upon a finding by the Bankruptcy Court
of fraud or willful  misconduct by such Managing  Trustee after a hearing before
the Bankruptcy  Court upon not less than 30 days' Notice,  (b) for such physical
or mental  disability  as  substantially  prevents  the  Managing  Trustee  from
performing  her  duties as  Managing  Trustee  hereunder  upon the motion of the
Supervisory Trustees and upon a finding by the Bankruptcy Court of such physical
or mental  disability  after a hearing before the  Bankruptcy  Court on not less
than 30 days' Notice or (c) for cause, which shall include a breach of fiduciary
duty or an  unresolved  conflict of  interest,  (other than as  specified in the
foregoing clauses (a) and (b)) upon the motion of the Supervisory Trustees,  and
upon finding by the Bankruptcy  Court that cause for such removal has been shown
after a hearing before the Bankruptcy Court on not less than 30 days' Notice.

     3.17 APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR  MANAGING TRUSTEE.  In the event of the death
or  incompetency,   resignation,  or  removal  of  the  Managing  Trustees,  the
Supervisory   Trustees  shall  appoint  a  successor   Managing  Trustee.   Such
appointment shall specify the date on which such appointment shall be effective.
Every successor Managing Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge,
and deliver to the Supervisory  Trustees and to the retiring Managing Trustee an
instrument  accepting such  appointment,  and thereupon such successor  Managing
Trustee, without any further act, deed, or conveyance,  shall become vested with
all the rights, powers, trusts, and duties of the retiring Managing Trustee.

IV. SUPERVISORY TRUSTEES

     4.1 RESIGNATION.  A Supervisory  Trustee may resign as such by executing an
and  delivering an  instrument in writing to the Managing  Trustee and remaining
Supervisory Trustees.

     4.2  REMOVAL.  A  Supervisory  Trustee  may be  removed in the event of the
physical  or  mental   disability  as  prevents  a   Supervisory   Trustee  from
substantially  performing his duties hereunder upon the unanimous consent of the
other  Supervisory  Trustees.  A  majority  of the  Trust  Beneficiaries  voting
pursuant to this Agreement may at any time remove any  Supervisory  Trustee with
or without cause.

     4.3  APPOINTMENT  OF  SUCCESSOR   SUPERVISORY  TRUSTEE.   Upon  the  death,
resignation  or removal of a  Supervisory  Trustee,  the  remaining  Supervisory
Trustees shall appoint a Trust  Beneficiary (or employee or member thereof) as a
successor  Supervisory  Trustee.  In the event  that the  remaining  Supervisory
Trustees are unable to reach  agreement,  such successor shall be appointed by a
vote of the Trust  Beneficiaries.  Such  appointment  shall  specify the date on
which such  appointment  shall be  effective.  In no event  shall any insider or
affiliate of the Debtor serve as a Supervisory Trustee.

     4.4  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.  A Supervisory  Trustee shall serve in such
capacity with compensation, if any, as may be set in the Confirmation Order. The
Trust  shall  reimburse  the  reasonable  expenses of the  Supervisory  Trustees
(including,  but not limited to,  attorneys  fees)  incurred in connection  with
their service as Supervisory Trustees.

     4.5 STANDARD OF CARE, EXCULPATION.  No Supervisory Trustee, and no officer,
employee,  agent or representative of such member, shall be personally liable to
any other Trustee, any other Trust Beneficiary, or the Trust, or any one of them
except for such of its own acts as shall constitute  willful misconduct or gross
negligence.  Except as aforesaid, a Supervisory Trustee shall be defended,  held
harmless and indemnified from time to time from the Trust Assets against any and
all losses,  claims, costs,  expenses and liabilities  (including legal fees and
expenses)  and any costs of defending any action to which they may be subject by
reason of their  execution  in good faith of their duties under this Trust or by
reason of their  reliance upon the matters  addressed in Section 4.7 hereof.  If
the  Supervisory  Trustees so desires,  the Managing  Trustee shall  endeavor to
obtain for the benefit of the  Supervisory  Trustees at the expense of the Trust
insurance against claims of liability, damage awards, and settlement.

     4.6 RELIANCE BY SUPERVISORY  TRUSTEES.  The Supervisory  Trustees may rely,
and  shall be  fully  protected  personally  in  acting  upon,  any  resolution,
statement,  certificate,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order,  or other  instrument  or document  which such  members have no reason to
believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented other than
by the proper  party or parties or, in the case of facsimile  transmissions,  to
have been sent other than by the proper  party or parties,  in each case without
obligation  to satisfy  itself that the same was given in good faith and without
responsibility for errors in delivery,  transmission, or receipt. In the absence
of Its willful misconduct or gross

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-7
<PAGE>
negligence,  the Supervisory Trustees may rely as to the truth of statements and
correctness  of the  facts and  opinions  expressed  therein  and shall be fully
protected  personally in acting thereon.  The  Supervisory  Trustees may consult
with and rely on the advice of legal counsel and such other  experts,  advisors,
consultants or other  professionals as shall have been retained pursuant to this
Agreement  and  shall be fully  protected  in  respect  of any  action  taken or
suffered by it in accordance with the written opinion of legal counsel.

V. PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRUSTEES GENERALLY

     5.1 NO PERSONAL OBLIGATION FOR TRUST LIABILITIES.  Persons dealing with the
Trustees, or seeking to assert claims against the Debtor, shall look only to the
Trust Assets to satisfy any liability incurred by the Trustees to such person in
carrying out the terms of this Trust,  and the Trustees  shall have no personal,
individual obligation to satisfy any such liability.

     5.2 BOND  REQUIREMENT;  EXERCISE  OF  POWERS.  The  Trustees  shall  not be
required to furnish a bond to secure the proper  performance of their respective
duties  hereunder.  Except as other  expressly  provided in the  Agreement,  the
Trustees  shall not be  required  to procure  authorization  by any court in the
exercise of any power conferred upon the Trustees by this Trust.

     5.3 TRUST CONTINUANCE.  The death or incompetency,  resignation, or removal
of a Trustee shall not operate to terminate the Trust created by this  Agreement
or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
or invalidate any action  previously  taken by the Trustee.  In the event of the
resignation  or removal of the Trustee,  such Trustee shall promptly (a) execute
and deliver such documents,  instruments, and other writings as may be requested
by the remaining  Trustees or reasonably  requested by the successor  Trustee to
effect the  termination of the retiring  Trustee's  capacity under the Trust and
the  conveyance  of the Trust  Assets then held by the  retiring  Trustee to her
successor  Trustee;  (b) deliver to the  Supervisory  Trustees or the  successor
Trustee all documents,  instruments,  records, and other writings related to the
Trust as may be in the  possession  of the retiring  Trustee;  and (c) otherwise
assist  and  cooperate  in  effecting  the  assumption  of its  obligations  and
functions by such successor Trustee.

     5.4 EFFECT OF TRUST ON THIRD PARTIES. There is no obligation on the part of
any purchaser or purchasers from the Trustee or any agent of the Trustees, or on
the part of any other  persons  dealing  with the  Trustees  or any agent of the
Trustees, to see to the application of the purchase money or other consideration
passing to the  Trustees or any agent of the  Trustees,  or to inquire  into the
validity,  expediency,  or propriety of any such  transaction by the Trustees or
any agent of the Trustees.

     5.5  ACTIONS  REQUIRING  THE CONSENT OF  MANAGING  TRUSTEE AND  SUPERVISORY
TRUSTEES.  The following  actions may be taken by the Managing Trustee on behalf
of the Trust only with the consent of at least two Supervisory  Trustees (or, if
only one  Supervisory  Trustee  is  appointed  hereunder  at any time,  with the
consent of such Supervisory Trustee):

     5.5.1  TERMINATION OF TRUST.  The delivery of a notice seeking to terminate
the Trust prior to three years after the Effective  Date or  application  to the
Bankruptcy Court to extend the Trust term as provided in Section 2.7;

     5.5.2  AGREEMENTS,  DOCUMENTS,  INSTRUMENTS.  The execution by the Managing
Trustee of any agreement,  document or instrument  binding the Trust,  including
without  limitation any agreements with any affiliate or former affiliate of any
Debtor or any or former  employee  thereof but excluding  contracts or documents
related to sales of assets, or any Trust Beneficiary,  provided however that the
Managing Trustee may enter into a contract  obligating the Trust to expend funds
in an amount less than of $50,000 without further approval;

     5.5.3 BORROWING. The borrowing of any sums of money;

     5.5.4 INVESTMENT.  The investment of Trust Assets and Available Cash in any
manner other than in Permitted Investments.

     5.5.5 RESERVES.  The establishment,  maintenance,  increase or decrease, or
disbursement  of reserves,  including  without  limitation the Contested  Claims
Reserve and the Operating Reserve.;

     5.5.6 AGENTS AND CONSULTANTS. The selection, retention and/or employment of
financial or investment advisors, attorneys,  auditors, or the employment of any
consultants;

     5.5.7  DISTRIBUTIONS  FROM TRUST.  The distribution of any amounts from the
Trust,  provided that the Managing Trustee without further approval may make the
distributions as set forth in the Joint Plan and on Schedule 5.5.7 hereof;

     5.5.8  ACTION  AND  PROCEEDINGS.   The  commencement  or  bringing  of  any
proceeding permitted hereunder,  the defense of any action or proceeding against
the Trust  and the  expenditure  by the Trust of  amounts  in  respect  thereof;
including legal fees;

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-8
<PAGE>
     5.5.9  TRANSFERS  OF TRUST  CERTIFICATES.  Any  change to the form of Trust
Certificate or placement of a legend on a Trust  Certificate as  contemplated by
Section  6.1,   appointment  of  a  Registrar  other  than  the  Trust,  or  the
establishment of any additional requirements for transfer of Trust Certificates;
and

     5.5.10  COMPLIANCE  WITH  APPLICABLE  LAW.  The filing of any  registration
statement  or  report  relating  to the  Trust,  the  Trust  Assets or the Trust
Certificates with any governmental agency.

     5.5.11 SALES OR TRANSFERS OF ASSETS.  The sale,  assignment  or transfer of
any Trust Asset,  except as otherwise set forth herein,  in an amount  exceeding
$500,000.

     5.6 METHOD OF OBTAINING APPROVAL OF SUPERVISORY  TRUSTEES.  With respect to
any action  requiring  the approval of the  Supervisory  Trustees,  approval (i)
shall be had by written  confirmation  upon the written  request of the Managing
Trustee (ii) shall be implied if the Managing  Trustee receives no response from
a  Supervisory  Trustee  after four (4) business  days from the date the written
request for approval by the Supervisory  Trustee is delivered to the Supervisory
Trustee as set forth for delivery of notices in this Agreement.

VI. RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF BENEFICIARIES

     6.1  NATURE OF  CERTIFICATES.  Beneficial  interests  in the Trust  ("Trust
Interests")  shall be allocated in accordance  with Section  7.3(e) of the Plan.
The Trust Interests may be represented by certificates substantially in the form
attached hereto as EXHIBIT B, with such changes as the Managing Trustee may from
time to time find  necessary or desirable to conform to the  provisions  of this
Trust  Agreement,  the Joint Plan and any applicable  laws or  regulations.  The
Managing Trustee may cause to be placed on any Trust Certificate such legends as
she  deems  are  required  or  appropriate  under  tax  laws or  regulations  in
connection  with tax  withholding  pursuant to Section 6.9.3 or  otherwise.  Any
person to whom a Trust  Certificate is issued or  transferred,  by virtue of the
acceptance thereof,  shall assent to and be bound by the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement  and the Joint Plan.  The  principal  amount of Trust  Interests
represented  by any single  certificate  shall be designated on the face of such
certificate.  All  certificates  shall be  executed  by the manual or  facsimile
signatures of the Managing Trustee.  In case any Managing Trustee who has signed
or whose  facsimile  signatures  have been placed upon a certificate  shall have
ceased to be Managing  Trustee before such certificate is issued by the Trust it
may be issued  with the same  effect  as if any such  Managing  Trustee  had not
ceased to be  Managing  Trustee.  All Trust  Certificates  shall be  legended as
provided in the forms for such certificates attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

     6.2 SECURITIES REGISTRATION. [RESERVED]

     6.3 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

     6.3.1  APPOINTMENT OF REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER  AGENT.  The Managing  Trustee
shall appoint a Registrar and Transfer Agent for the purpose of registering  and
transferring  Trust  Interests as herein  provided.  The  Registrar and Transfer
Agent may be a duly qualified  institution or the Trust itself. For its services
hereunder,  the Registrar and Transfer Agent,  unless it is the Trust,  shall be
entitled to receive reasonable compensation from the Trust.

     6.3.2  REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF TRUST  INTERESTS.  The Managing Trustee
shall cause to be kept at the office of the Registrar and Transfer  Agent, or at
such other place or places as shall be designated by her from time to time,  the
Trust Register. Prior to the distribution, if any, of Trust Certificates,  Trust
Interests may not be transferred and no purported transfer of any Trust Interest
will be registered on the Trust Register.  After any such  distribution of Trust
Certificates,  any Trust Interest may be transferred by the registered holder of
any Trust Certificate or in or by the duly authorized attorney of the registered
holder of any Trust  Certificate,  upon presentation of the Trust Certificate to
the Registrar and Transfer Agent for cancellation,  accompanied by delivery of a
duly  executed  written  instrument  of  transfer  in the form  approved  by the
Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent and such other  documents  as may be  reasonably
required  by the  Managing  Trustee  as well  as  evidence  satisfactory  to the
Managing Trustee that such transfer is in accordance with all applicable federal
and state  securities  laws.  Any such transfer shall be registered in the Trust
Register.  Such Person shall pay reasonable  transfer charges established by the
Registrar and Transfer  Agent for the purpose of  reimbursing  the Trust and the
Registrar and Transfer Agent for the expenses  incident  thereto,  including any
tax or other governmental charge.

     Notwithstanding the above, no Trust Interest may be transferred unless such
transfer is made (i) pursuant to a registration  statement  effective  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  ("Securities  Act"),  or  pursuant  to an
available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
(ii) in accordance with all applicable  state  securities  laws. See "Securities
Law Considerations--Limited Restrictions on Transferability."

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      B-a-9
<PAGE>
     6.3.3 ACCESS TO REGISTER BY TRUST  BENEFICIARIES.  Trust  Beneficiaries and
their duly  authorized  representatives  shall have the right,  upon  reasonable
prior  written  notice to the  Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent and the  Managing
Trustee,  and  in  accordance  with  reasonable  regulations  prescribed  by the
Registrar and Transfer  Agent and the Managing  Trustee,  to inspect and, at the
expense of the Trust  Beneficiary,  make copies of the Trust  Register,  in each
case for a purpose  reasonably  related to such Trust  Beneficiary's  beneficial
interest in the Trust.

     6.4 ABSOLUTE OWNERS.  The Trustees may deem and treat the Trust Beneficiary
of record as the  absolute  owner of such  Trust  Interests  for the  purpose of
receiving  distributions  and payment  thereon or on account thereof and for all
other purposes whatsoever.

     6.5 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES UPON TRANSFER.  Whenever any Trust Certificate
shall be presented  for transfer or exchange as permitted by the  provisions  of
Section 6.1 and 6.3, the Managing Trustee shall cause the Registrar and Transfer
Agent to issue,  authenticate  and deliver in exchange  therefor,  the new Trust
Certificate(s)  in respect to the Trust Interests  which the transferee,  and if
any Trust Interest is retained, the transferor, will be entitled to receive.

     6.6  MUTILATED,  LOST,  STOLEN  OR  DESTROYED  CERTIFICATES.   If  a  Trust
Beneficiary claims that his Trust Certificate has been mutilated, defaced, lost,
stolen or destroyed,  the Trust shall issue and the Registrar and Transfer Agent
shall  authenticate a replacement  Trust  Certificate if the Managing  Trustee's
requirements  are met.  Such  Trust  Beneficiary  shall pay  reasonable  charges
established  by the Trustee and the Registrar and Transfer Agent for the purpose
of  reimbursing  the Trust and the Registrar and Transfer Agent for the expenses
incident thereto,  including any tax or other governmental  charges. In the case
of  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed  certificates,   such  Trust  Beneficiary  will
indemnify, and if required by the Managing Trustee or the Registrar and Transfer
Agent,  provide  a bond or other  security  sufficient  in the  judgment  of the
Managing Trustee to protect the Trust, the Trustees,  the Registrar and Transfer
Agent or any authenticating  agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if
a Trust Certificate is replaced. The Trustees shall incur no liability to anyone
by reason of anything done or omitted to be done by them in good faith under the
provisions of this Section 6.6. All Trust  Certificates  shall be held and owned
upon the express condition that the provisions of this Section 6.6 are exclusive
in respect of the replacement or payment of mutilated, defaced, lost, stolen, or
destroyed  certificates and shall, to the extent permitted by law,  preclude any
and all other rights or remedies  respecting such  replacement or the payment in
respect thereto.  Any duplicate  certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.6
shall  constitute  original  interests in the Trust and shall be entitled in the
manner provided herein to equal and proportionate  benefits with all other Trust
Interests  issued  hereunder  in any moneys or  property at any time held by the
Trustees  for the  benefit  of the Trust  Beneficiaries.  The  Trustees  and the
Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent  shall  not treat the  original  certificate  as
outstanding.

     6.7 RECORD DATE. The date of record for  determining (a) entitlement to any
payments to holders of Trust  Certificates,  (b)  entitlement of any holder of a
Trust Certificate to notice or (c) entitlement to vote shall be 15 Business Days
prior to a  distribution  date in the case of (a) above and, in all other cases,
may be fixed by the Managing Trustee but shall not be more than 30 days nor less
than 10 days before the date upon which any vote is to be taken or the date upon
which notice is to be given,  as applicable,  subject,  in any such case, to any
terms of the Plan that provide otherwise.

     6.8 INTEREST  BENEFICIAL  ONLY.  The  ownership  of a  beneficial  interest
hereunder  shall not  entitle  any  beneficiary  to any title in or to the Trust
Assets as such, or to any right to call for a partition or division of the same,
or to require an accounting except as specifically required by the terms hereof.

     6.9 EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.  The parties hereto intend that the rights
of the Trust  Beneficiaries  arising under this Trust shall not be  "securities"
under  applicable laws, but none of the parties hereto represent or warrant that
such rights  shall not be  securities  or shall be entitled  to  exemption  from
registration  under  applicable  securities  laws.  If  such  rights  constitute
securities,  the  parties  hereto  intend for the  exemption  from  registration
provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to apply to their issuance under
the Joint Plan.

     6.10  VOTES BY  BENEFICIARIES.  In the  event any vote of or  consent  from
holders of Trust  Certificates  is required  to be taken  under this Trust,  the
Managing  Trustee  shall  solicit the same by first  class mail from  registered
holders of Trust  Certificates.  The outcome of such vote shall be determined in
favor of the majority of holders of Trust Certificates  actually voting,  [based
upon the face amount of their Trust Certificates].

     6.11 EFFECT OF DEATH, INCAPACITY, OR BANKRUPTCY OF BENEFICIARY.  The death,
incapacity,  bankruptcy or dissolution of a holder of a Trust Certificate during
the terms of this Trust shall not operate to terminate  the Trust,  nor shall it
entitle the  representatives  or creditors of a holder of a Trust Certificate to
an  accounting,  or to take  any  action  in the  courts  or  elsewhere  for the
distribution  of the  Trust  Assets  or for a  partition  thereof;  nor shall it
otherwise   affect  the  rights  and  obligations  of  any  holder  of  a  Trust
Certificate.

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                     B-a-10
<PAGE>
     6.12 CONFLICTING CLAIMS. In the event the Managing Trustee becomes aware of
any disagreement or conflicting  claims with respect to the Trust Assets,  or if
the  Trustee in good faith is in doubt as to any  action  which  should be taken
under this Trust after consultation with the Supervisory Trustees,  who, after a
vote are deadlocked,  the Managing  Trustee shall have the absolute right at her
election to do any or all of the following:

          (i) To the extent of such  disagreement or conflict,  or to the extent
     deemed by her necessary or  appropriate  in light of such  disagreement  or
     conflict,  withhold or stop all further  performance under this Trust (save
     and except the safekeeping of the Trust Assets) until the Managing  Trustee
     is satisfied that such  disagreement or conflicting  claims have been fully
     and finally resolved; or

          (ii) File a suit in  interpleader  or in the nature of interpleader in
     the Bankruptcy  Court and obtain an order requiring all persons and parties
     involved to  litigate  in the  Bankruptcy  Court  their  respective  claims
     arising out of or in connection with this Trust; or

          (iii) File any other  appropriate  motion for relief in the Bankruptcy
     Court.

VII.  MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1 APPLICABLE LAW. The Trust created herein shall be construed, regulated,
and  administered  under the laws of the State of Texas and the United States of
America;  provided that the Trust and any  interpretation  or enforcement of the
provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to the  jurisdiction  of the
Bankruptcy Court as contemplated by Section 8.1 hereof.

     7.2 RELATIONSHIP  CREATED.  The only relationship  created by this Trust is
the   trustee-beneficiary   relationship  between  the  Trustee  and  the  Trust
Beneficiaries.  No other relationship or liability is created. Nothing contained
herein  shall be  construed  so as to  constitute  the  Trustees  and the  Trust
Beneficiaries  or their  successors  in interest as  creating  any  association,
partnership, or joint venture of any kind.

     7.3  INTERPRETATION.  The enumeration and headings  contained in this Trust
are  for  convenience  of  reference  only  and  are not  intended  to have  any
substantive  significance in interpreting the same. Unless the context otherwise
requires,  whenever used in this Trust the singular shall include the plural and
the plural shall include the singular.

     7.4 PARTIAL  INVALIDITY.  If any provision of this  Agreement is held to be
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during
the term of this  Agreement,  such provision  shall be fully  severable and this
Agreement  shall be  construed  and  enforced as if such  illegal,  invalid,  or
unenforceable  provision had never comprised a part of this  Agreement;  and the
remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and
shall not be affected by the illegal,  invalid, or unenforceable provision or by
its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid
or unenforceable  provision,  there shall be added automatically as part of this
Agreement  a  provision  as  similar  in its terms to such  illegal,  invalid or
unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

     7.5 ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement  (including the recitals hereof) and
the Joint Plan  constitute  the entire  agreement by and among the parties,  and
there are no representations,  warranties,  covenants,  or obligations except as
set forth  herein  and in the Joint  Plan.  This  Agreement  and the Joint  Plan
supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings negotiations,
and discussions,  written or oral, if any, of the parties hereto relating to any
transaction  contemplated  hereunder.  Except as otherwise specifically provided
herein or in the Joint Plan,  nothing in this  Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to confer upon or to give any person other than the parties hereto and
the  Trust  Beneficiaries  any  rights  or  remedies  under or by reason of this
Agreement.

     7.6  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts,  each
of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original  document,  but all
of which counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

     7.7 NOTICES.  All  notices,  requests,  consents  and other  communications
hereunder  shall be in writing and  delivered  in person or by first class mail,
postage and fees prepaid and shall be addressed (i) if to the Managing  Trustee,
to Susan A. Brown,  Trustee,  [address] , or such other address as such Managing
Trustee will have furnished to the Trust  Beneficiaries in writing in accordance
with Sections 3.3 and 5.7, (ii) if to any Trust Beneficiary,  to such address as
such  Trust  Beneficiary  will have  furnished  to the  Trustee,  in  writing in
accordance with this Section 5.7, (iii) if to the Supervisory  Trustees,  to , ,
and , or such other respective  addresses as the Supervisory  Trustees will have
furnished to the Trustee in writing in accordance with this Section 5.7, or (iv)
if to the Debtor,  to , or such other address as the Debtor will have  furnished
to the Trustee in writing in

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                     B-a-11
<PAGE>
accordance  with this Section 5.7.  All such notices or  communications  will be
deemed given when  actually  delivered  or, if mailed,  three (3) business  days
after deposit in the U.S. Mail.

     7.8  EFFECTIVE  DATE.  This Trust,  and the transfer of Trust Assets to the
Trustee, shall become effective on the Effective Date of the Joint Plan.

     7.9 TAX PROVISIONS.

          7.9.1 INCOME TAX STATUS.  For all purposes of the Tax Code, the Debtor
     shall  be  deemed  to  have  transferred  the  Trust  Assets  to the  Trust
     Beneficiaries and thereupon the Trust Beneficiaries shall be deemed to have
     transferred  the Trust Assets to the Trust.  The Trustee shall ensure that,
     for all federal income tax purposes,  consistent valuations are used by the
     Trustee and the creditors for the  transferred  Trust Assets.  The Trust is
     intended  to  be  treated  as a  liquidating  trust  pursuant  to  Treasury
     Regulations  Section  301.7701-4(d),  and as a grantor trust subject to the
     provisions of  Subchapter J, Subpart E of the Tax Code,  owned by the Trust
     Beneficiaries as grantors. Any items of income, deduction,  credit, or loss
     of the Trust shall be allocated for federal  income tax purposes  among the
     Trust  Beneficiaries  Pro-Rata on the basis of their beneficial  interests.
     The  Trustee is  authorized  to take any action  that may be  necessary  or
     appropriate   to  minimize  any   potential  tax  liability  of  the  Trust
     Beneficiaries arising out of the operations of the Trust.

          7.9.2 TAX RETURNS AND REPORTS.  In accordance with Treasury Regulation
     Section  1.671-4(a),  the Trustee shall cause to be prepared and filed,  at
     the cost and expense of the Trust,  an annual  information tax return (Form
     1041) with the IRS,  with a schedule  attached  showing the item of income,
     deduction,   and  credit  attributable  to  the  Trust  and  detailing  the
     allocation of such items of income,  deduction,  and credit among the Trust
     Beneficiaries  as  required  pursuant  to the Form  1041  instructions  for
     grantor  trusts.  Copies of such Form 1041 and attached  schedules  will be
     mailed promptly to each Trust Beneficiary.  In addition,  the Trustee shall
     cause to be  prepared  and filed in a timely  manner,  such other  state or
     local  tax  returns  as are  required  by  applicable  law by virtue of the
     existence  and  operation of the Trust and shall pay any taxes shown as due
     thereon.  Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar  year, the
     Trustee shall cause to be prepared and mailed to a Trust  Beneficiary  such
     other  information as may be requested by such Trust Beneficiary in writing
     to enable  such Trust  Beneficiary  to complete  and file his,  her, or its
     federal, state and local income and other tax returns.

          7.9.3   WITHHOLDING.   The  Trustee  may  withhold   from  the  amount
     distributable  from the Trust at any time to any Trust Beneficiary such sum
     or sums as may be  sufficient  to pay any tax or taxes or other  charge  or
     charges which have been or may be imposed on such Trust Beneficiary or upon
     the Trust with  respect to the amount  distributable  or to be  distributed
     under the income tax laws of the United States or of any state or political
     subdivision or entity by reason of any  distribution  provided for any law,
     regulation, rule, ruling, directive, or other governmental requirement.

          7.9.4 TAX  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBERS.  The Trustee may require any Trust
     Beneficiary   to  furnish  to  the   Trustee   its   Employer  or  Taxpayer
     Identification  Number as assigned by the Internal  Revenue Service and the
     Trustee  may  condition  any  distribution  to any Trust  Beneficiary  upon
     receipt of such identification number.

          7.9.5 TAX YEAR. The taxable year of the Trust shall,  unless otherwise
     required by the Internal Revenue Code, be the calendar year.

     7.10 AMENDMENT OF TRUST. This Trust may be amended,  modified,  terminated,
revoked,  or altered only upon (i) the approval of the Supervisory  Trustees and
(ii) Order of the Bankruptcy Court.

VIII.  RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     8.1 As  provided  in the Joint  Plan,  the  Bankruptcy  Court has  retained
jurisdiction  over the Trust,  the  Trustee,  and the Trust  Assets,  including,
without limitation,  the determination of all controversies and disputes arising
under or in  connection  with this Trust.  This  provision  shall not operate to
exclude other courts of competent jurisdiction from exercising jurisdiction over
the Trust, the Trust Assets, and the Trustee, to the extent not in conflict with
the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have caused this  instrument  to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                         I.C.H. CORPORATION, a Delaware
                                   corporation

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                     B-a-12


<PAGE>

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Susan A Brown, Co-Chief Executive
                                             Officer

                                         and

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Rodney D. Moore, Co-Chief Executive
                                             Officer

                                         MANAGING TRUSTEE


                                         ---------------------------------------

                                         Susan A. Brown, Trustee

                                         SUPERVISORY TRUSTEES


                                         ---------------------------------------

LONE STAR ASSET LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A TO FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                     B-a-13

                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                       FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
                                 DALLAS DIVISION

IN RE:                                       ss.
                                       ss.
I.C.H. CORPORATION,                          ss.        CASE NO. 395-36351
a Delaware corporation, f/k/a                ss.            (Chapter 11)
Southwestern Life Corporation, f/k/a         ss.
I.C.H. Corporation,                          ss.
Fed. Tax No. 43-6069928,                     ss.
                                       ss.
SWL HOLDING CORPORATION,                     ss.        CASE No. 395-36352
a Delaware corporation, f/k/a                ss.            (Chapter 11)
Life Interests Corporation,                  ss.
Fed. Tax No. 51-0343581,                     ss.
                                       ss.
CARE FINANCIAL CORPORATION,                  ss.        CASE NO. 395-36354
a Delaware corporation, f/k/a                ss.            (Chapter 11)
Health Interests Corporation,                ss.
Fed. Tax No. 51-0343580, and                 ss.
                                             ss.        JOINTLY ADMINISTERED
         DEBTORS.                            ss.     CASE NO. 395-36351-RCM-11
                                       ss.

                    ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
                       OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11

     On January 31, 1997, the Court conducted the hearing on  confirmation  (the
"Confirmation  Hearing") of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization under
Chapter  11 dated  November  15,  1996,  as  modified  by the First  Nonmaterial
Modification  of First  Amended  Joint Plan of  Reorganization  Under Chapter 11
filed on January  20,  1997,  and as further  modified  by that  certain  letter
agreement  filed with and accepted by the Court at the  Confirmation  Hearing as
the  Second  Nonmaterial  Modification  of  the  First  Amended  Joint  Plan  of
Reorganization  Under  Chapter 11 (as so  modified,  the "Joint  Plan") filed by
I.C.H.  Corporation ("ICH"), SWL Holding Corporation ("SWL"), and Care Financial
Corporation ("Care" and, together with ICH and SWL, the "Debtors"), the Official

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 1

<PAGE>


Committee of Unsecured  Creditors (the "Creditors  Committee") and, the Official
Committee of Equity Security Holders (the "Equity  Committee" and, together with
the  Debtors  and the  Creditors  Committees,  the  "Plan  Proponents").  At the
conclusion of the Confirmation Hearing, having reviewed and considered the Joint
Plan,  the  testimony  proffered  and adduced and the  exhibits  submitted  into
evidence,  the arguments of counsel presented at the Confirmation  Hearing,  and
all of the  objections to  confirmation  of the Joint Plan,  and the Court being
familiar with the Joint Plan and other relevant  factors  affecting the Debtors'
Chapter 11 cases (the "Chapter 11 Cases"),  and having taken judicial  notice of
the entire  record of the Chapter 11 Cases since the  Petition  Date,  the Court
made  certain  Findings  of Fact  and  Conclusions  of Law  (the  "Findings  and
Conclusions")  which  are  separately  entered  herewith.  On the  basis  of the
Findings and Conclusions,  which are incorporated herein by reference,  and good
cause having been shown, it is:

     ORDERED, ADJUDGED AND DECREED that:

     1. This Order1  shall be  effective  according to its terms upon its entry.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Effective Date shall occur on the later of
(i) the  eleventh  (11) day  following  the date on which  this  Order  has been
entered on the docket  maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy  Court, (ii) if
this Order is stayed  pending  appeal,  the day after such stay is  dissolved by
final  order,  or (iii) the first  date upon  which  this  Order is  subject  to
execution or enforcement under Bankruptcy Rule 7062.

- --------
          1 All  capitalized  terms used but not defined  herein  shall have the
     respective  meanings  ascribed  to such  terms in the Joint Plan or, if not
     defined in the Joint Plan, as defined in Title 11 of the United States Code
     (the "Bankruptcy Code").

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 2

<PAGE>



     2. The Joint Plan complies with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code and all applicable Bankruptcy Rules relating to confirmation and, thus, the
Joint Plan is hereby confirmed.

     3. The record of the Confirmation Hearing is closed.

     4. All motions to challenge,  designate or in any way  disqualify any votes
cast to accept or reject the Joint Plan,  are hereby  denied.  The Shaw  Group's
oral  motion to change its  rejecting  votes  with  respect to the Joint Plan is
hereby granted, and such rejecting votes are hereby amended to be acceptances of
the Joint Plan.

     5. All objections to confirmation of the Joint Plan, whether formally filed
in writing or not,  including  but not limited to: (i) the Objection of the Shaw
Group to Confirmation of the Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 dated
November  15,  1996,  and/or  reservation  of  rights  included  therein;   (ii)
Supplemental  Objection of the Shaw Group; (iii) the Objection of the Shaw Group
to First  Nonmaterial  Modification  of Joint Plan of  Reorganization;  (iv) the
Objection of Victor L. Sayyah to  Confirmation  of First  Amended  Joint Plan of
Reorganization,  and (v) the oral  objections of the Plaintiffs in Adversary No.
395-3985,  and any other objections to confirmation that have not been withdrawn
prior to entry of this Order or are not cured by the relief granted herein,  are
overruled in their entirety, and all withdrawn objections are deemed withdrawn.

     6. Nothing in this Order shall be  construed as modifying or  contradicting
settlements  previously  approved  by Order  of this  Court,  including  but not
limited to the Order  Approving  Agreement for  Compromise and Settlement of Tax
Claims and Certain Tax Related  Liabilities of the Debtors  entered on September
13,  1997,  the Order  Granting  Motion for Approval of  Compromise  Between ICH
Corporation and Tenneco, Inc. entered

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 3

<PAGE>



on January 17, 1997,  and the Order  Granting  Motion for Approval of Compromise
between ICH Corporation and Conseco, Inc. entered on January 31, 1997.

     7. In accordance  with Article 7 of the Joint Plan and pursuant to Sections
105(a) and  1123(a)(5)(B)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the  transfer of the Trust
Assets to the Trust is authorized and approved,  and the Debtors are authorized,
empowered  and ordered to convey to the Trust all of their rights,  titles,  and
interests in and to the Trust Assets in accordance with the terms and conditions
of the Joint Plan and the Trust Agreement and Joint Plan-related documents filed
with the Court.  The Trust  Assets  include,  without  limitation,  the Debtors'
right,  title,  and interest in and to the obligation of Sayyah to ICH evidenced
by the  documents  referred  to,  attached  to, or related to the Proof of Claim
filed by Sayyah on February 7, 1996 (the "Sayyah Obligation"),  and that certain
partnership  interest  owned  by the  Estate  of ICH  which  is the  subject  of
Adversary No. 397-3038 in this Court (the "Conseco Partnership Interest").

     8. In  accordance  with Article 7 of the Joint Plan and pursuant to Section
1141(c) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the Trust Assets  [including  the Capital and
Surplus  Retention  Assets that may  subsequently  be  transferred  to the Trust
pursuant to Article 7.5(c)] shall be conveyed to the Trust (1) free and clear of
all liens,  claims,  interests,  encumbrances,  and charges of the Claimants and
holders  of  Interests  of the  Debtors  to the  full  extent  permitted  by the
Bankruptcy Code, including:  (A) those of the kind specified in Sections 502(g),
(h), and (i) of the Bankruptcy  Code, and (B)  preferential  rights or rights of
first  refusal of any kind or nature  whatsoever,  whether  direct or  indirect,
absolute or contingent,  matured or unmatured,  liquidated or unliquidated,  of,
by, or against the Trust  Assets;  and (2) with  respect to  contracts or leases
assigned or transferred, notwithstanding a provision in any contract or lease or
any applicable law that prohibits, restricts or conditions the

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 4

<PAGE>


assignment  or transfer of that contract or lease,  including  all  preferential
rights or rights of first refusal of any kind or nature whatsoever,  pursuant to
Section  365(f)  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code;   provided  that  such  prohibition,
restriction  or condition of assignment  or transfer  shall be negated only with
respect to transfers and  assignments  effected  pursuant to the Joint Plan, and
that  such  prohibitions,   restrictions  and  conditions  of  assignment  shall
otherwise remain in full force and effect and a part of the contract or lease so
assigned  or  transferred.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this
paragraph,  the  transferability of the CFSB Interest is governed by Article 6.2
of the Joint Plan and Paragraph 26 below.

     9. The  transfers  of the Trust  Assets to the Trust are and will be legal,
valid and effective  assignments  and transfers of the Trust Assets  pursuant to
the Joint Plan.

     10. In accordance with Article 7 of the Joint Plan and pursuant to Sections
105(b) and  1123(a)(5)(A)(B)  and (D) of the  Bankruptcy  Code, any retention of
Retained  Assets by  Reorganized  ICH and the  transfer  of  Retained  Assets to
Reorganized  ICH is  authorized  and approved,  and the Debtors are  authorized,
empowered  and  ordered to  transfer  to  Reorganized  ICH all of their  rights,
titles, and interests in and to the Retained Assets in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the Joint Plan.

     11. In  accordance  with and  subject to Article 7 of the Joint  Plan,  and
pursuant to Section 1141(a)(5)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the Effective Date,
the Retained  Assets shall be transferred and vested in Reorganized ICH (1) free
and  clear  of all  liens,  claims,  interests,  encumbrances,  and  charges  of
Claimants and holders of Interests of the Debtors in accordance  with and to the
full extent permitted by Section 1141(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, including:  (A)
those of the kind specified in Sections  502(g),  (h), and (i) of the Bankruptcy
Code;  and (B)  preferential  rights or rights of first  refusal  of any kind or
nature whatsoever,  whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,  matured
or

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 5

<PAGE>


unmatured,  liquidated or unliquidated,  of, by, or against the Retained Assets;
and  (2)  with  respect  to  contracts  or  leases   assigned  or   transferred,
notwithstanding  a provision in any contract or lease or any applicable law that
prohibits,  restricts or conditions  the assignment or transfer of that contract
or lease,  including all  preferential  rights or rights of first refusal of any
kind or nature  whatsoever,  pursuant to Section 365(f) of the Bankruptcy  Code;
provided  that such  prohibition,  restriction  or  condition of  assignment  or
transfer  shall be  negated  only with  respect  to  transfers  and  assignments
effected  pursuant to the Joint Plan, and that such  prohibitions,  restrictions
and conditions of assignment shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and
a part of the contract or lease so assigned or transferred.

     12. The Debtors, the Trust and Reorganized ICH are authorized and empowered
to take such  actions  and do all things and to incur all  reasonable  costs and
expenses as may be necessary and required to implement and  effectuate the Joint
Plan,  the  transfer  to the Trust of the Trust  Assets and the  transfer to and
retention by Reorganized ICH of the Retained Assets, and this Order.

     13.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Ozark National Life Insurance Company
shall retain its lien upon certain real property of Perry Park until its Secured
Claim has been paid in full,  which shall be on the Initial  Distribution  Date,
whereupon Ozark shall execute and deliver to Reorganized ICH a complete  release
of its lien on such property.

     14. The provisions of the Article 7.5 of the Joint Plan relating to BML are
authorized  and approved,  and the Debtors,  the Trust and  Reorganized  ICH are
authorized to take such action as may be necessary to perform  their  respective
duties under the Joint Plan, including but not limited to:

          a. The Debtors are  authorized  to take any action and to execute such
     documents as may be necessary or  appropriate  to effectuate the assumption
     by

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 6

<PAGE>



     ICH of the rights and obligations of BML under the Modern/Western Agreement
     and the Philadelphia  American Agreement (as such Agreements are defined in
     the Joint Plan); and

          b. ICH is authorized to take any action and to execute such  documents
     as may be necessary or  appropriate  to  effectuate  the  assignment to the
     Trust of all of ICH's  rights  and  obligations  under  the  Modern/Western
     Agreement and the Philadelphia  American  Agreement (as such Agreements are
     defined in the Joint Plan);  and the Trust is authorized to take any action
     and to  execute  such  documents  as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to
     effectuate the assumption by the Trust of the obligations of ICH and/or BML
     under the Modern/Western Agreement and the Philadelphia American Agreement.

          c. The assumption by the Trust of non-reinsured liabilities of BML, as
     provided for by the Joint Plan,  is approved and the Trust is authorized to
     take any action and to execute  such  documents  that may be  necessary  or
     appropriate to effectuate the assumption by the Trust of the  non-reinsured
     liabilities of BML.  Reorganized ICH shall not be responsible or liable for
     any  liabilities  of  the  Debtors  including,   without  limitation,   the
     non-reinsured liabilities, as provided for by the Joint Plan.

     15. Subject to the provisions of the Joint Plan,  after the Effective Date,
Reorganized  ICH may operate its  business  and buy,  sell,  use,  acquire,  and
dispose of its property, free of any restrictions imposed by the Bankruptcy Code
or any requirement of obtaining further approvals of the Court.

     16. The Plan Proponents, the Trust, the Trustees, Reorganized ICH, the Shaw
Group,  and any other Entity having duties or  responsibilities  under the Joint
Plan or this

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 7

<PAGE>


Order, and their  respective  directors,  officers,  general  partners,  agents,
representatives,  and attorneys, are authorized,  empowered and ordered to carry
out all of the provisions of the Joint Plan, to issue, execute,  deliver,  file,
and record,  as  appropriate,  any  instrument,  or perform any act necessary to
implement, effectuate, or consummate the Joint Plan or this Order, and to issue,
execute,  deliver,  file,  and record,  as  appropriate,  such other  contracts,
instruments, releases, indentures, mortgages, deeds, bills of sale, assignments,
leases,  or other  agreements or  documents,  and to perform such other acts and
execute and deliver such other documents as are required by, consistent with and
necessary or appropriate to implement,  effectuate, or consummate the Joint Plan
and this Order and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby, all without
the  requirement  of further  application  to, or Order of, the Court or further
action by their respective  directors,  stockholders or beneficiaries,  and with
like  effect  as if such  actions  had been  taken by  unanimous  action  of the
respective  directors,  stockholders  or  beneficiaries  of such  entities.  The
Co-CEOs, any other officer of the Debtors;  the Secretary,  assistant secretary,
and any other officer of Reorganized  ICH; and the Managing Trustee of the Trust
(as defined in the Trust  Agreement)  are authorized to certify or attest to any
of the foregoing actions taken by the Debtors, Reorganized ICH and/or the Trust,
respectively.  The  Managing  Trustee  is hereby  irrevocably  appointed  as the
Debtors'  attorney-in-fact  (which  appointment  as  attorney-in-fact  shall  be
coupled with an  interest),  with full  authority in the place and stead of each
Debtor and in the name of each Debtor or otherwise,  from time to time after the
Effective Date, in the Managing  Trustee's  discretion to take any action and to
execute any  instrument  that the  Managing  Trustee may deem to be necessary or
advisable to convey,  transfer,  vest,  perfect,  and confirm title of the Trust
Assets in the Trust as to, and/or to put the Trust in possession of, any and all
Trust Assets, including, without limitation, to issue,

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 8

<PAGE>


execute,  deliver,  file,  and record  such  contracts,  instruments,  releases,
indentures,  mortgages,  deeds,  bills of sale,  assignments,  leases,  or other
agreements  or  documents,  and to file any claims,  to take any action,  and to
institute  any  proceedings  that the  Managing  Trustee may deem  necessary  or
desirable in furtherance thereof.

     17. The  Debtors,  the Trust and  Reorganized  ICH are further  authorized,
empowered  and ordered to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State or other
applicable   officials  of  any  applicable   governmental  units  any  and  all
certificates,  agreements,  or plans of  merger,  dissolution,  liquidation,  or
amendment  necessary or appropriate to effectuate the transactions  contemplated
by the Joint Plan and this  Order,  and  amended and  restated  certificates  or
articles of incorporation and by-laws or certifications or articles of amendment
and all such other  actions,  filings,  or recordings  as may be required  under
appropriate  provisions of the applicable  laws of all  applicable  Governmental
Units. The execution of any such document or the taking of any such action shall
be, and hereby is, deemed conclusive evidence of the authority of such Entity to
so act. This Order shall constitute all approvals and consents, if any, required
by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and all other applicable
business corporation, trust, and other laws of the applicable governmental units
with respect to the implementation and consummation of the Joint Plan.

     18. The Plan  Proponents,  Reorganized  ICH,  and the Trust  shall have the
right, to the full extent  permitted by Section 1142 of the Bankruptcy  Code, to
apply to this  Court  for an order,  notwithstanding  any  otherwise  applicable
nonbankruptcy  law,  directing any appropriate entity to execute and deliver any
instrument or perform any act necessary to implement the Joint Plan, as required
thereunder or under the provisions of this Order.

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                        Page 9

<PAGE>



     19.  Pursuant  to  Sections  1141(a) and (d) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the
provisions of the Joint Plan shall (i) bind all Claimants and Interests Holders,
whether or not they  voted to accept  the Joint  Plan,  and (ii)  discharge  the
Debtors,  jointly and severally,  from all claims that arose before the Petition
Date, and from any liability,  including, without limitation, any liability of a
kind specified in Sections 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy  Code, that arose,
or has been asserted  against,  the Debtors,  jointly or severally,  at any time
before  the  entry  of  the   Confirmation   Order  or  that   arises  from  any
pre-Confirmation  conduct of the Debtors,  jointly or severally,  whether or not
the Claim is known or knowable.  In  addition,  the  distributions  provided for
under this Joint Plan shall be in  exchange  for and in  complete  satisfaction,
discharge, and release of all Claims against and Interests in the Debtors or any
of their assets or  properties,  including any Claim or Interest  accruing after
the  Petition  Date and  prior  to the  Effective  Date.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  Confirmation  discharges all Unsecured Claims, all
Claims,  if any,  relating  to ICH's 1986  retirement  of its Class B  preferred
stock,  and all Claims or  Interests  relating to the escheat of  Securities  or
funds  attributable  to Securities of ICH. On and after the Effective  Date, all
holders of Claims or Interests  shall be precluded  from  asserting any Claim or
Interest  against the Trust or  Reorganized  ICH or their  assets or  properties
based on any  transaction  or other  activity of any kind that occurred prior to
the Confirmation Date except as provided in the Joint Plan.

     20.  Confirmation  of the Joint  Plan  shall  result in the  issuance  of a
permanent  injunction  against  the: (i)  commencement  or  continuation  of any
judicial, administrative, or other action or proceeding against the Debtors, the
Trust,  or  Reorganized  ICH on account of Claims  against or  Interests  in the
Debtors,  or on account of claims released pursuant to Articles 10.3 and 10.4 of
the Joint Plan against the Released Entities or Released

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 10

<PAGE>


Officers; (ii) enforcement,  attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or
means of any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Debtors, the Trust or
Reorganized  ICH on account of or arising from  pre-Confirmation  conduct of the
Debtors; or (iii) creation,  perfection or enforcement of any encumbrance of any
kind against the Debtors,  the Trust,  or Reorganized  ICH, or their  respective
assets, arising from a Claim against or Interest in the Debtors.

     21. The compromise, settlement or release by the Debtors of claims, if any,
against the Released Entities,  the Released Officers or the Shaw Group does not
operate  as  a  release  of  the  claims,   if  any,   held   individually   and
non-derivatively  by third parties against such Entities or any other non-Debtor
third party; and the rights of any non-Debtor third party to pursue his, her, or
its individual,  non-derivative claims, if any, against non-Debtor third parties
shall not be precluded or impaired by this Order.

     22. As  provided  in  Article  10.2(a)  of the Joint  Plan and  subject  to
Paragraph 14 of this Order and Article 7.5 of the Joint Plan, Reorganized ICH is
the successor  and  designated  representative  of the Debtors and their Estates
appointed for the purpose of retention and enforcement of the Retained Causes of
Action.  As  provided  in Article  10.2(a) of the Joint  Plan,  the Trust is the
appointed  successor  and  designated  representative  of the  Debtors and their
Estates  appointed  for the  purpose  of  retention  and  enforcement  of claims
specifically relating to or arising from Trust Assets, including but not limited
to all claims  related to  collection of the Sayyah  Obligation  and the Conseco
Partnership Interest, but specifically excluding all claims related to any asset
which has been fully and finally  converted into cash which has been transferred
to the Trust as the Effective Date.

     23. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  but only to the extent set forth in the
Joint Plan,  the Trust shall be entitled to assert as an offset,  objection,  or
defense with respect

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 11

<PAGE>


to any Claim filed or  asserted  against  the  Estates,  or against the Trust as
successor to the Estates,  any Retained Cause of Action  retained by Reorganized
ICH under this Joint Plan, provided however, that the obligations of Reorganized
ICH set forth in  Article  10.2(b) of the Joint Plan shall not apply to any such
Retained  Cause of Action so  asserted  by the Trust.  This  provision  shall be
deemed to be an assignment of such Retained  Cause of Action to the Trust solely
for the limited purpose,  and only to the extent necessary,  to permit the Trust
to fully  assert such  offset,  objection  or defense.  As provided in the Joint
Plan, any recovery obtained through such assertion of a Retained Cause of Action
by the Trust in excess of the amount of the claim  asserted  against the Estates
or the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the property of Reorganized ICH.

     24.  Consistent  with the Joint  Plan,  Reorganized  ICH or the  Trust,  as
applicable,  shall be the only parties  authorized to pursue the Retained Causes
of Action  and any other  claims or causes of action of the  Debtors,  and shall
have the sole right to waive or assert any attorney-client or other privilege of
the Debtors; and no other party shall have the right or obligation to pursue any
such  actions  or to waive,  raise,  or assert  any claim or  privilege  related
thereto. Notwithstanding any applicable statutes of limitation,  Reorganized ICH
and the Trust,  as  applicable,  shall have the right to prosecute  any claim or
cause of action, including the Retained Causes of Action within the time periods
provided for the  prosecution  of such  actions by the Debtors,  as set forth in
Section 546(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

     25. The  "Judgment  Reduction  and Hold  Harmless"  provision  set forth at
Article 10.2(b) of the Joint Plan is authorized and approved.

     26. At the Confirmation  Hearing, the Plan Proponents tendered to the Court
a letter agreement among the Debtors,  the Equity Committee,  and the Shaw Group
which

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 12

<PAGE>


constitutes   the  Second   Nonmaterial   Modification  of  the  Joint  Plan  of
Reorganization which was agreed and consented to by the Creditors Committee, and
which provides as follows:

          (a) The  provisions of Article 10.4 of the Joint Plan  respecting  the
     Released  Officers shall remain in full force and effect with respect to W.
     Hubert  Mathis,  Steven  R.  Cartwright,   Robert  J.  Bruce,  and  H.  Don
     Rutherford,  and the Shaw Group agrees to the releases of those officers as
     part of the Confirmation of the Joint Plan.

          (b) With  respect to John T. Hull,  Robert C.  Greving,  and Daniel B.
     Gail, the releases contemplated by Article 10.4 of the Joint Plan shall not
     be executed and  delivered on the basis of this Order,  but rather shall be
     the subject of a separate,  prompt hearing for compromise of  controversies
     under and in  accordance  with the  procedures  and standards of Bankruptcy
     Rule 9019 and law applicable in the Fifth Circuit.

          (c) The  compromise  hearing  shall be held on an  expedited  basis on
     February 20, 1997, at 9:00 A.M.  Pending such compromise  hearing,  each of
     Messrs.  Hull,  Greving and Gail shall make themselves  available for up to
     four hours  each of  deposition  examination  to be  conducted  by the Shaw
     Group.  Robert T. Shaw shall make himself  available to the Plan Proponents
     for up to four hours of deposition examination in advance of the compromise
     hearing. The four (4) hours in each deposition shall be allocated to direct
     examination only.  Cross-examination  (if any) and objections or statements
     by counsel shall not reduce the four hours. If, for any reason,  the Court,
     at such compromise  hearing,  does not approve the contemplated  release of
     any of  Messrs.  Hull,  Greving  or Gail,  the  maximum  financial  risk or
     exposure

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 13

<PAGE>


     any  of  them  shall  ever  have  (regardless  of  any  greater   liability
     established)  for claims that otherwise (in accordance with Article 10.4 of
     the Plan) would have been released under the Plan, shall be $100,000.

          (d)  Any  and  all  additional  proposed  releases  which  the  Equity
     Committee  or the  Reorganized  Debtor  proposes to deliver with respect to
     pre-petition acts shall be subject to determination by the Bankruptcy Court
     and the Rule 9019  procedures  and  standards  in the event the Shaw  Group
     objects to any such proposed releases.

          (e) The Shaw  Group,  including  Robert  T. Shaw  individually,  shall
     promptly reimburse each of Messrs.  Hull, Greving and Gail up to $5,000 for
     legal expense  actually  incurred by each of them  beginning  this date and
     continuing through the compromise hearing in connection with the compromise
     hearing and their preparation therefor.

          (f) The Shaw Group shall  deposit into  escrow,  48 hours prior to the
     Effective  Date,  the documents and funds required under Article 6.2 of the
     Plan. The Plan Proponents  shall similarly  deposit the release of the Shaw
     Group into escrow 48 hours prior to the Effective  Date. The release of the
     Shaw Group shall be executed by the Plan  Proponents in the following form:
     a general  release as that term is used and commonly  understood  at law in
     favor of the Shaw Group and thereby  release  all claims that the  Debtors,
     the Equity  Committee,  the  Creditors  Committee,  or any of them or their
     affiliates  ever had, now have, or may claim to have or hereafter  have, or
     which the Debtors, the Equity Committee,  the Creditors Committee or any of
     them or their  affiliates  could have asserted or could assert on their own
     behalf,  or  derivatively  on behalf of the Debtors  prior to or related to
     this bankruptcy,  including without  limitation all claims,  counterclaims,
     demands,  controversies,  costs, contracts, debts, sums of money, accounts,
     reckonings,

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 14

<PAGE>


     bonds, bills, damages, obligations,  liabilities,  objections,  actions and
     causes of action, expenses,  attorneys' fees of any character, nature, type
     or  description,  whether  in law  or in  equity,  in  contract,  tort,  or
     otherwise, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, including claims for
     negligence, gross negligence, fraud, intentional,  misconduct or otherwise.
     The releases to be executed shall bind the Debtors,  the Equity  Committee,
     the Creditors  Committee,  and each of them, and each of their  affiliates,
     and their respective  successors,  assigns, or representatives,  including,
     but not limited to, the revested/reorganized Debtors, and each of them, and
     any  representative  of any  bankruptcy or other estate for such Debtors or
     such revested/reorganized Debtors. This release shall not apply to the Shaw
     Group's  obligations  under the Joint Plan or for acts occurring  after the
     Effective Date of the Joint Plan.

          (g) Releases given to the Trust, the Trustee, the Creditors Committee,
     the Equity  Committee,  and their  respective  present and former officers,
     directors,  members,  employees,  agents and attorneys  pursuant to Article
     10.3 of the Joint Plan  (exclusive of the Shaw Group) shall be time limited
     to the  post-petition  activities of such Released  Entities related to the
     Case.

          (h) All  objections  to  confirmation  of the  Joint  Plan,  or  other
     pleadings  in any manner  opposed  to, or seeking the  continuance  of, the
     Court's  consideration of Confirmation are withdrawn by the Shaw Group with
     prejudice, and the Shaw Group fully supports the entry by the Court of this
     Order and shall abide by and timely comply with the terms and provisions of
     the Joint Plan, including Article 6.2 of the Joint Plan.

     27.  Except as modified by Paragraph 26 above,  the Joint Plan resolves all
disputes between the Debtors and the Released  Entities,  as provided in Article
10.3 of the Joint Plan,  with  respect to all claims that the Debtors  ever had,
now have, or may claim to

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 15

<PAGE>


have or  hereafter  have,  or which the  Debtors  could have  asserted  or could
assert, jointly or severally,  including without limitation claims held in their
corporate  capacity  and claims that third  parties may assert  derivatively  on
behalf of the Debtors absent bankruptcy. Confirmation of the Joint Plan releases
each   Released   Entity   from  all  such   claims,   counterclaims,   demands,
controversies,  costs,  contracts,  debts, sums of money, accounts,  reckonings,
bonds, bills, damages, obligations,  liabilities, objections, actions and causes
of action of any nature, type or description,  arising prior to the Confirmation
Date,  whether in law or in equity,  in contract,  tort, or otherwise,  known or
unknown,  suspected  or  unsuspected,  including  claims for  negligence,  gross
negligence, or otherwise. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be authorized
to execute general  releases in favor of the Released  Entities  consistent with
the Joint Plan.

     28. Except as modified by Paragraph 26 above,  on the Effective  date,  the
Debtors  shall execute  releases of the Released  Officers  consistent  with the
Joint Plan.

     29. Any claim or cause of action may be settled by  Reorganized  ICH or the
Trust,  as  applicable,  pursuant to Article 11.10 of the Joint Plan without the
necessity of Court  approval  under  Bankruptcy  Rule 9019 or otherwise.  To the
extent the Trust is  entitled to assert a Retained  Cause of Action  pursuant to
the Joint Plan,  the Trust may  compromise,  settle or release any such Retained
Cause of Action  with the  consent of  Reorganized  ICH.  Nothing  herein  shall
prohibit  Reorganized ICH or the Trust from seeking Bankruptcy Court approval of
the compromise, settlement or release of any claim.

     30. As of the Effective Date, in accordance with Section  1141(d)(1) of the
Bankruptcy Code: (i) all the outstanding shares of common stock, $1.00 par value
per  share  of ICH  (the  "Common  Stock"),  all  outstanding  shares  of  $1.75
Convertible  Exchangeable  Preferred Stock, Series 1986-A,  $25.00 stated value,
issued by ICH (the

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 16

<PAGE>


"Preferred  Stock"),  and all rights of the Interest holders  therein,  (ii) all
outstanding 11 1/4% Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 1996 and outstanding 11 1/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 issued by ICH (the "Notes" and, together with
the Common Stock and the  Preferred  Stock,  the  "Securities")  and,  (iii) the
indentures,   debentures  or  statements  of  resolution  and  other  agreements
heretofore  binding  upon  the  Debtors  or their  assets  with  respect  to the
Securities shall be deemed to be terminated, cancelled,  extinguished, void, and
of no further  force or effect in  accordance  with the Joint Plan  without  any
action by the holders of such Securities,  and no consideration shall be paid or
delivered with respect  thereto except as otherwise  provided in the Joint Plan.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the  distribution  provisions of the Indentures
shall be followed  by the Trust in order to  facilitate  distribution  to record
holders of the Notes to the extent not  inconsistent  with the provisions of the
Joint Plan, the Trust Agreement, and this Order.

     31. Subject to Paragraph 33 below, the Effective Date shall be the date for
determining  the  Entities  holding  Securities  who  are  entitled  to  receive
distributions  pursuant  to the Joint  Plan.  As of the close of business on the
Effective  Date,  the  transfer  ledgers in respect of the  Securities  shall be
closed,  and no transfer of the  Securities  occurring  after the Effective Date
shall be  recognized.  Reorganized  ICH,  the Trust,  the  Transfer  Agent,  the
Distribution  Agent, the Indenture  Trustee and their respective agents shall be
entitled  instead to  recognize  and deal for  purposes  herein  with only those
holders of record stated on the respective  transfer  ledgers for the Securities
as of the close of business on the Effective Date.

     32. Subject to Paragraph 33 below,  distributions and deliveries called for
by the Joint  Plan,  other than  distributions  with  respect to  non-classified
Claims,  shall be proper if made (i) to the  holders  of  Allowed  Claims in ICH
Classes 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (except as

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 17

<PAGE>


provided in clause (ii) below),  ICH Classes 6 and 7 (to the extent,  if any, of
Securities-  Related Claims within those Classes),  SWL Holding Classes 1 and 2,
and Care  Classes 1 and 2, at the  addresses  set  forth on the  proofs of claim
Filed by such  holders  (or at the last known  addresses  or such  holders if no
proof of claim is Filed or if the  Debtors  have  been  notified  of a change of
address),  (ii) to  Record  Holders  of  Notes  as of the  record  date  for any
particular  distribution,  on  account  of  their  ICH  Class 5  Claims,  at the
addresses  contained in the records of the Indenture Trustee as of the Effective
Date and (iii) to the Record Holders of Preferred  Stock and Common Stock, as of
the record date for any particular  distribution,  at the addresses contained in
the records of the  appropriate  Transfer  Agent as of the Effective  Date.  The
record date for purposes of determining the Entities  holding the Securities and
other Claims that are entitled to receive initial  distributions under the Joint
Plan shall be the Effective Date.

     33. No  distribution  shall be mailed to any holder of an Allowed  Claim or
Allowed  Interest if any mailing to such  holder's  last known  address has been
returned  as  undeliverable,  unless and until the  Debtors or the  Distribution
Agent (as such term is defined in the Joint Plan) are notified of such  holder's
then-current  address, at which time all distributions then due shall be made to
such holder without interest.  All claims for undeliverable  distributions shall
be made on or before the later of (a) two years after the Effective  Date or (b)
120 calendar days after an order of the Bankruptcy  Court allowing such holder's
Claim or  Interest  becomes  a Final  Order,  after  which  period  the Claim or
Interest of any holder with respect to such undeliverable  distribution shall be
deemed abandoned, discharged, and forever barred as of the second anniversary of
the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the above, if any beneficial interest in the
Trust  ("Trust   Interest")  is  transferred   after  the  initial  issuance  of
certificates by the Trust representing Trust Interests,

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 18

<PAGE>


distributions  to be made with respect to any such Trust  Interest shall be made
to the record  holder of such  Trust  Interest  on the  applicable  record  date
determined  in accordance  with the Trust  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary, no Trust Interest shall be transferable prior to receipt
of appropriate  advice from the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC")
which  satisfies  the Trustees of the Trust as to the  transferability  of Trust
Interests on terms that are  reasonable  and  economical  as  determined  by the
Trustees.

     34. Any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed  Interest  arising on account
of outstanding  Securities who has not surrendered  such holder's  Securities as
set forth in  Article  9.1(d) of the Joint Plan  within two (2) years  after the
Effective  Date shall  forfeit,  to the extent  permitted by law,  such holder's
right to receive  any  distribution  under the Joint  Plan with  respect to such
Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest,  provided that this provision shall not apply
to Securities-Related Claims.

     35.  The  Trust  shall be  governed  by the  terms,  conditions,  and rules
substantially  as set forth in the form of trust  agreement filed with the Court
on January 24, 1997 (the "Trust Agreement"),  and the Trust Agreement,  together
with changes thereto as may be consistent with this Order and the Joint Plan, is
approved.  Susan A. Brown is approved as the Managing Trustee and John A. Tobin,
Jeffrey Schultz, and Gregory Lathrop are approved as Supervising Trustees of the
Trust.  The Trust is authorized  to enter into such  employment  agreement  with
Susan A. Brown as the Managing  Trustees may approve,  which agreement may be on
substantially the same terms as her existing Employment Agreement.

     36.  The  Restated   Certificate  of  Incorporation   and  the  By-Laws  of
Reorganized  ICH are  approved.  Reorganized  ICH is  authorized  to  appoint an
initial Board of Directors

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 19

<PAGE>


consisting of between four (4) and nine (9) members.  The following  persons are
hereby  approved as the initial  board of directors to commence on the Effective
Date:

                           James R. Arabia
                           Michael D. Dunn
                           Kenneth T. Giddens
                           Carl D. Robinson

James R.  Arabia is  approved  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of
Reorganized ICH upon the terms and conditions provided for in the Joint Plan and
set forth in the Disclosure Statement.

     37. All Securities held in treasury by ICH immediately before the Effective
Date shall be cancelled and  extinguished  as of the Effective  Date without any
action  on the part of ICH and no  payment  or  distribution  shall be made with
respect thereto.

     38.  The  Distribution   Agent  is  authorized  to  make  distributions  of
Reorganized  ICH  Common  Stock and cash as  required  in the  Joint  Plan to be
distributed  to holders of Allowed  ICH Class 6 and 7  Interests.  The  Managing
Trustee or such agent as the Managing  Trustee may employ in her sole discretion
shall be authorized to make all other  distributions  of cash as are required to
be made under the Joint Plan;  provided that  distributions to be made to Record
Holders  of the  Notes  as of the  Effective  Date  may be made by the  Managing
Trustee,  such  other  agent as the  Managing  Trustee  may  employ  in her sole
discretion, the Distribution Agent, or the Indenture Trustee.

     39. No payment or  distributions  shall be required to be made with respect
to all or any  portion of a Contested  Claim or  Contested  Interest  unless and
until such Claim or  Interest  becomes an Allowed  Claim or Allowed  Interest as
determined by Final Order.

     40.  Following  the  Effective  Date,  the Trust  shall  withhold  from the
property to be distributed  under the Joint Plan,  and shall reserve,  an amount
sufficient to be distributed

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 20

<PAGE>


on account of Contested Claims as of the Initial Distribution Date (the Reserved
Distribution  Amount"). As to any Contested Claim, upon a request for estimation
by the party in interest,  the Bankruptcy  Court shall  determine what amount is
sufficient to withhold as the Reserved Distribution Amount. In the event that no
party in interest elects to request such an estimation from the Bankruptcy Court
with respect to a Contested Claim, the Debtors or, after the Effective Date, the
Managing Trustee shall withhold as the Reserved  Distribution  Amount the amount
which,  in the  discretion of the Managing  Trustee,  such  Claimant  would have
received  under the Joint  Plan,  if any,  if the proof of claim  Filed by or on
behalf of the Claimant were Allowed.  Reorganized  ICH shall reserve  sufficient
authorized  but  unissued  shares of  Reorganized  ICH Common Stock to allow for
distributions to holders of Allowed  Securities-Related  Claims, if any, related
to the Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

     41.  Payments  and  distributions  to each holder of a  Contested  Claim or
Contested Interest, to the extent that it ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or
Allowed  Interest,  shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Joint
Plan  governing  the  respective  Class of Claims  or  Interests  of which  such
Contested Claim or Contested Interest belongs.  As soon as practicable after the
date that the order or judgment of the  Bankruptcy  Court allowing such Claim or
Interest becomes a Final Order, any Reserved Distribution Amount that would have
been  distributed  to the  holder of such  Claim or  Interest  had such Claim or
Interest been an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest on the Effective Date, to the
extent of the Allowed Amount of such Claim or Interest,  shall be distributed to
the holder of such Claim or Interest.

     42. Any asset and property to be  distributed  by the Trust under the Joint
Plan which remains unclaimed or otherwise not deliverable to the person entitled
thereto on the

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 21

<PAGE>


later of (a) two years after the  Effective  Date or (b) 120 calendar days after
an Order allowing such person's Claim or Interest  becomes a Final Order,  shall
become  vested  in,  and shall be  transferred  and  delivered  to the Trust for
distribution  pursuant to the Joint Plan. In such event,  such person's Claim or
Interest shall no longer be deemed to be Allowed and such person shall be deemed
to have no further Claim or Interest in respect of such  distribution  and shall
not participate in any further distributions under the Joint Plan.

     43. Until such time as a contingent  Claim or  unliquidated  Claim  becomes
fixed and Allowed, such Claim shall be treated as a Contested Claim for purposes
relating to voting,  allowance,  and  distributions  under the Joint  Plan.  The
Bankruptcy  Court upon request by the Debtors or, after the  Effective  Date, by
the  Trust or  Reorganized  ICH,  shall in a  summary  proceeding  on each  such
contingent Claim or unliquidated Claim, by estimation determine the allowability
of each such contingent or unliquidated Claim.

     44.  Payment  to be made by the Trust  pursuant  to the Joint Plan shall be
made by check drawn on a domestic bank or by wire transfer from a domestic bank.

     45. The Trust is authorized to disregard,  and shall not make distributions
in respect of, Allowed Claims whose Pro Rata share of the proposed  distribution
would be less than $5.00.  In such case,  the Allowed  Amount of such Claims for
purposes of such distribution shall be reduced to zero.

     46.  Reorganized ICH is authorized to make distributions of Reorganized ICH
Common  Stock  in  whole  share  amounts  only,  and  no  fractional  shares  of
Reorganized  ICH Common Stock shall be  distributed  pursuant to the Joint Plan.
Fractional  shares of  Reorganized  ICH Common Stock to which any  Beneficial or
Record Holder of Preferred Stock or Common Stock as of the Effective Date may be
entitled shall be rounded to the

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 22

<PAGE>


nearest  whole  share.  Beneficial  holders of fewer than 14 shares of Preferred
Stock and Beneficial  holders of fewer than 101 shares of Common Stock shall not
be entitled to any  distribution  of Reorganized  ICH Common Stock on account of
their  respective  Interests,  and in each such case, the Allowed Amount of such
Interests for purposes of such distribution shall be reduced to zero.

     47.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Article IV of the Joint Plan;  (a)
Allowed  Claims,  if any, of a particular  class that are  subordinated to other
Allowed  Claims of such class  pursuant  to Section 510 of the  Bankruptcy  Code
shall be paid only after payment in full of all such non-subordinated  Claims of
such class; and (b) Allowed Class 6 Interests,  if any, that are subordinated to
other Allowed Class 6 Interests,  pursuant to Section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code
shall not be entitled to receive any distributions  until after the distribution
to holders of Allowed  non-subordinated Class 6 Interests equals the full amount
of their liquidation preference of $25.00 per share of Preferred Stock.

     48. For purposes of calculating the  distribution of Reorganized ICH Common
Stock to holders of Allowed  Securities-Related Claims based on Common Stock, if
any,  pursuant to the  provisions  of Article IV of the Joint  Plan,  holders of
Allowed  Securities-  Related  Claims,  if any,  based on Common  Stock shall be
entitled to receive their Pro Rata portion of shares of  Reorganized  ICH Common
Stock  in  an  amount   equal  to:   (i)  the  total   amount  of  all   Allowed
Securities-Related  Claims  within ICH Class 7,  divided  by (ii) $254  million,
multiplied by (iii) 1,309,524,  multiplied by (iv) a fraction,  the numerator of
which is the Allowed Amount of such holder's  Allowed  Securities-Related  Claim
within  ICH Class 7, and the  denominator  of which is the  total  amount of all
Allowed Securities-Related Claims within ICH Class 7.

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 23

<PAGE>


     49.  Pursuant to Section  1142(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and as a condition
precedent to a holder of an Allowed  Claim or Interest in ICH Class 5, ICH Class
6 or ICH Class 7  receiving  a  distribution  under the Joint Plan on account of
Securities, such holder of the Securities must deliver to the Distribution Agent
or to the Managing  Trustee or her agent, as applicable,  the Securities  giving
rise to such  holder's  Allowed  Claim or  Interests,  or such evidence or other
documents  regarding  ownership of such Securities as the Distribution  Agent or
the  Managing  Trustee may  require,  together  with the Letter of  Transmittal,
properly  completed  and  executed  by such  holder of the  Securities,  and any
documents  required by the Letter of Transmittal,  on or before the second (2nd)
anniversary of the Effective Date.

     50. Each  professional  person whose retention with respect to the Debtors'
cases has been approved by the Bankruptcy  Court and who holds,  or asserts,  an
Administrative Claim under Section  330(b)(2)-(5) of the Bankruptcy Code (a "Fee
Claim")  shall  be  required  to file  with  the  Bankruptcy  Court a final  fee
application  within  sixty days  after the  Effective  Date and to serve  notice
thereof  on  all  parties   entitled  to  such  notice  pursuant  to  the  Order
Establishing  Interim Procedures and Guidelines for Compensation of Professional
Persons.  The  failure to timely  file the fee  application  as  required  under
Article  2.1(b) of the Joint Plan shall  result in the Fee Claim  being  forever
barred and discharged.  A Fee Claim, with respect to which a fee application has
been properly Filed pursuant to the Joint Plan,  shall become an  Administrative
Claim only to the extent allowed by Final Order.  Not later than five days prior
to the Effective Date, each such professional  person shall serve an estimate of
such final Fee Claim on all  parties  entitled  to such  notice  pursuant to the
Order  Establishing  Interim  Procedures  and  Guidelines  for  Compensation  of
Professional  Persons.  The  estimated  amounts of such Fee Claims  shall on the
Effective

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 24

<PAGE>


Date be  reserved  by the Trust for  payment of such Fee Claims and shall not be
treated as Available Cash under the Trust. All Fee Claims shall be paid promptly
by the Trust after such  amounts  are  allowed by Final Order of the  Bankruptcy
Court.

     51.  All  amounts  due and  owing to Susan A.  Brown and  Rodney  D.  Moore
pursuant to their respective  Employment  Agreements entered into with ICH as of
January  1,  1996,  shall be paid in cash in full by the  Trust  on the  Initial
Distribution  Date.  Any  additional  amounts  that  become  payable  under such
Employment Agreements shall be paid in cash in full by the Trust as and when due
thereunder without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

     52. Any other person or Entity who claims to hold any other  Administrative
Claim shall be required to file with the Court an application  within sixty days
after the Effective Date and to serve notice thereof on all parties  entitled to
such notice.  The failure to file timely the  application  as required under the
Joint Plan shall result in the Claim being  forever  barred and  discharged.  An
Administrative  Claim with  respect to which an  application  has been  properly
Filed pursuant to the Joint Plan, shall become an Allowed  Administrative  Claim
to the extent such claim is allowed by Final Order.

     53. The Joint Plan provides for the  continuation of retiree  benefits,  as
the term is defined under Section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, as obligations of
the Trust.  The Trust is  authorized  to exercise the Debtors'  rights under the
applicable  retiree  benefit  documents,  including  the  modification  of  such
benefits in  accordance  with such plan  documents  and the payment of sums to a
third  party for the  provision  of such  benefits to  retirees  henceforth.  In
addition,  the Debtors are authorized to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to terminate all existing  employee  benefit  plans,  other than the
retiree benefit plan, on or before the Effective Date.

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 25

<PAGE>



     54.  Any  obligations  of the  Debtors,  pursuant  to the  Order  Regarding
Indemnification  of Officers and Directors of Debtors entered February 14, 1996,
shall not be discharged or impaired by Confirmation or Consummation of the Joint
Plan; accordingly,  such indemnification obligations shall survive unaffected by
the  reorganization  contemplated  by the Joint Plan and shall be performed  and
honored by the Trust regardless of the Confirmation of the Joint Plan,  provided
however,  that such obligations shall not be obligations of Reorganized ICH. The
balance of the $500,000  fund  provided for in such order (the  "Indemnification
Fund") shall be transferred to the Trust and utilized as provided in such Order.
All other  obligations  of the  Debtors  with  respect  to  indemnifications  of
officers  and  directors,  or  agents,  representatives,  successors  or assigns
thereof,  shall be treated as executory  contracts rejected under Article 8.1 of
the Joint Plan, and all Claims arising from or related  thereto shall be treated
and classified as provided by Article 8.2 of the Joint Plan,  subject to any and
all  defenses  thereto  and to  subordination  of such Claims  under  applicable
provisions of the  Bankruptcy  Code. The withdrawal of the Proofs of Claim of C.
Fred Rice shall not affect the survival of any claim by him for indemnity by ICH
as treated under Article 10.7 of the Joint Plan.

     55. The  Consolidated  Tax Allocation  Agreement  (the "Tax  Agreement") to
which the Debtors are parties shall be rejected on the Effective  Date,  and any
claims existing under such agreement  between and among the Debtors and BML, ICH
Funding  Corporation,  and REO Holding  Corporation  shall be deemed to be zero.
Each of the Debtors  are  authorized  to execute and deliver to Modern  American
Life Insurance  Company  ("Modern") and Western  Pioneer Life Insurance  Company
("Western") such instruments and documents as may be necessary or appropriate to
release  Modern and Western  from any further  liability  with  respect to taxes
(including under or pursuant to the

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 26

<PAGE>


Tax  Agreement to which  Debtors are,  and Modern and Western  formerly  were, a
party)  as  contemplated  by,  and in  satisfaction  of BML's  and the  Debtors'
obligations under,  Section 5.17 of the Modern/Western  Agreement and Section 10
of the Closing  Statement  and  Amendment to Purchase  Agreement  dated June 28,
1996,  between BML and Reassure  America  Life  Insurance  Company.  Each of the
Debtors are  authorized  to execute and deliver to  Philadelphia  American  Life
Insurance Company  ("Philadelphia  American ") such instruments and documents as
may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to release  Philadelphia  American  from any
further  liability with respect to taxes (including under or pursuant to the Tax
Agreement to which Debtors are, and Philadelphia American formerly was, a party)
as contemplated  by, and in  satisfaction of BML's and the Debtors'  obligations
under, Section 5.18 of the Philadelphia  American Agreement and Section 9 of the
Closing  Statement  and Agreement  dated June 28, 1996,  between BML and New Era
Enterprises, Inc.

     56.  Any other  executory  contract  or an  unexpired  lease not  expressly
assumed,  as provided in Section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy  Code on or before the
Confirmation  Date, is deemed  rejected.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  the
Independent  Contractor and Service  Agreement dated February 11, 1994,  between
ICH Corporation  and Robert T. Shaw and the  Independent  Contractor and Service
Agreement  dated February 11, 1994 between ICH Corporation and C. Fred Rice have
been previously  terminated,  and all claims pursuant to such agreements will be
withdrawn  with  prejudice and released  pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of the Joint
Plan. Any Claims made on account of executory contracts or unexpired leases that
are deemed rejected pursuant to the Joint Plan must be filed with the Bankruptcy
Court within 30 days after the Confirmation  Date or such Claim shall be forever
barred and discharged.

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 27

<PAGE>


     57.  The  Joint  Plan  and  its  classification   scheme  contains  certain
compromises of various potential claims, rights and causes of action,  including
the Settlement with the Shaw Group,  the release of the Released  Entities,  and
the release of the Released Officers. All such compromises embodied in the Joint
Plan and the  classification  scheme set forth in the Joint Plan are reasonable,
have been  consented  to and accepted by virtue of the  acceptance  of the Joint
Plan by the requisite  members of each impaired  Class of Claims and  Interests,
and are approved by the Court.

     58. On the Effective Date, the Shaw Group shall (i) pay $500,000 in cash to
Reorganized ICH and (ii) withdraw the claims that the Shaw Group and the members
thereof filed with prejudice to refiling such claims in the Case.

     59.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of the CFSB Interest to the contrary,
the CFSB  Interest  shall not be subject  to any  transferability  or  ownership
restrictions,  save and except those  conditions  set forth in Article 6.2(c) of
the Joint Plan.  The Shaw Group and the Trust shall  immediately  perform all of
their  respective  obligations set forth in Article 6.2(c) of the Joint Plan and
Paragraph 26 of this Order regarding the CFSB Interest.

     60. Notwithstanding a contrary  interpretation of the provisions of Article
III and  Article  IV of the Joint  Plan with  respect to the ICH Class 2 and ICH
Class 5 Claims, if any, of Sayyah, the following shall apply:

          (a) Objection.  Any objection  counterclaim  or action for affirmative
     recovery related to Sayyah's Claims shall be brought,  if at all, not later
     than  thirty  (30)  days  following  the  Effective  Date.  In the event no
     objection to Sayyah's  proof of claim is filed  within that time,  then the
     ICH Class 2 Secured

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 28

<PAGE>



     Claim of Sayyah shall be deemed  allowed and  satisfied by setoff as of the
     Petition  Date  and the  unsecured  ICH  Class 5 Claim  of  Sayyah  for the
     deficiency shall be deemed an Allowed Claim in ICH Class 5.

          (b) Treatment of ICH Class 2 Claim of Sayyah.  Upon an objection,  the
     Court will  determine  the amount and timing of the offset or recoupment to
     which Sayyah is entitled.  The Debtor,  the Creditors'  Committee and, upon
     its formation,  the Trust,  agree that the date of any offset or recoupment
     applied  shall be deemed to occur no later than the earlier of (i) February
     15, 1997, or (ii) the Effective Date.

          (c)  Treatment  of ICH Class 5 Claim of Sayyah.  The  remainder of the
     Claim of Sayyah not  treated as an ICH Class 2 Claim shall be treated as an
     Unsecured Claim in ICH Class 5 in the amount set forth in Sayyah's proof of
     claim and calculated as set forth above,  or in the amount,  if any, as may
     be determined by the Court upon timely objection.

          (d) Claims Reserve. The Trust shall reserve the amount of $3.3 million
     with respect to the ICH Class 5 Claim of Sayyah under the provisions of the
     Joint Plan.  This amount shall not be  determined as a limit to the amount,
     if any, of an allowed ICH Class 5 claim of Sayyah.

     61. On the Initial  Distribution  Date,  the  Creditors  Committee  and the
Equity  Committee  shall cease to exist and have no further status as parties in
interest except for

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 29

<PAGE>


purposes of prosecuting any  applications  for Fee Claims,  participating in any
appeal of the Confirmation  Order,  and  participating in the proceedings on the
Bankruptcy  Rule 9019 motion  referred to in Paragraph 26 above, in which events
such committees  shall cease to exist  immediately  after the resolution of such
matters.  Following the termination of the Committees, any professional that was
employed  by the  Creditors  Committee  may be  employed  by the  Trust  and any
professional  that was  employed  by the Equity  Committee  may be  employed  by
Reorganized  ICH.  The Trust may adopt and  succeed to any  unresolved  pleading
filed by the Creditors Committee during the Chapter 11 Case; Reorganized ICH may
adopt and  succeed to any  unresolved  pleading  filed by the  Equity  Committee
during  the  Chapter  11 Case;  and the Trust or  Reorganized  ICH may adopt and
succeed to any  unresolved  pleading  filed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11
Case.

     62. The Trust  Interests,  Trust  Certificates,  and Reorganized ICH Common
Stock (collectively, the "Plan Securities") offered, sold and/or issued pursuant
to the Joint Plan are deemed to have been offered,  sold and/or issued  pursuant
to  Section  1145  of the  Bankruptcy  Code.  Pursuant  to  Section  1145 of the
Bankruptcy  Code,  the  exemption of the offer and sale of  securities  from the
registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act"),  and any state or local law requiring  registration  for the
offer or sale of a  security,  applies  with  respect  to:  the Plan  Securities
distributed  pursuant  to the  Joint  Plan and any other  interests  that may be
deemed to be securities  offered,  sold, issued, or distributed  pursuant to the
Joint Plan and to the transactions contemplated thereunder. Without limiting the
generality  of the  foregoing:  (i) the offer,  sale and  issuance  of the Trust
Interests  or  Trust   Certificates   (to  the  extent  such  interests   and/or
certificates   constitute   securities   under  the  Securities  Act),  and  the
distribution by the Trust of the Trust Interests or Trust  Certificates  (to the
extent such interests and/or certificates constitute

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 30

<PAGE>



securities  under the Securities  Act), to Claimants  pursuant to the Joint Plan
are exempt  from the  requirements  of Section 5 of the  Securities  Act and all
securities  laws  of all  applicable  governmental  units  pursuant  to  Section
1145(a)(1)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code;  (ii)  the  offer,  sale and  issuance  by
Reorganized  ICH of the Reorganized  ICH Common Stock,  and the  distribution by
Reorganized ICH and of Reorganized ICH Common Stock,  pursuant to the Joint Plan
are exempt  from the  requirements  of Section 5 of the  Securities  Act and all
securities  laws  of all  applicable  governmental  units  pursuant  to  Section
1145(a)(1)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code;  and  (iii)  all of  the  Plan  Securities
distributed  pursuant  to the Joint  Plan and any other  securities  that may be
deemed to be  distributed  pursuant  to the Joint  Plan  shall be subject to the
provisions  of  Section  1145(b)(1)  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code  relating  to the
definition  of an  underwriter  in Section 2(11) of the  Securities  Act, and to
compliance with rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "SEC"),  if any,  applicable  at the time of any future  transfer  of such
securities.

     63. As established  in Paragraph 33 above,  the record date for purposes of
determining  the  Entities  holding  the  Securities  and other  Claims that are
entitled  to  receive  initial  distributions  under the Joint Plan shall be the
Effective Date.  Pursuant to Bankruptcy  Rules 1007(i) and 3020(d),  and Section
1142(b) of the Bankruptcy  Code,  (i) Bank of Louisville and Trust Company,  the
indenture  trustee for the Notes and the transfer agent for the Common Stock, or
KeyCorp Shareholders  Services,  Inc.  (collectively the "Transfer Agents"), are
hereby directed to disclose to the Debtors, the Trust,  Reorganized ICH, and the
Trust  Depository  Institutions  (the  "Depositories")  and such other  transfer
agents, street name holders and all other bank, broker and agent nominees listed
as record holders of the Securities  ("Other Record Holders") for which they act
as  trustee  or  transfer  agent and to the  extent  available,  within ten (10)
calendar days after the Effective Date, the name,

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 31

<PAGE>


address,  and taxpayer  identification  or social  security  number of each such
beneficial owner, and the amount and type of the Securities, identified by CUSIP
(if available) or other  identification  number,  owned by each such  beneficial
owner on whose  behalf  they  hold  record  title to the  Securities,  using the
Effective Date as the record date; (ii) the  Depositories are hereby directed to
disclose  to the  Debtors,  the  Trust  and  Reorganized  ICH the  lists of such
transfer  agents,  street  name  holders  and all other  bank,  broker and agent
nominees  in whose name the  Securities  are  registered  with the  Depositories
("Depository  Record Holders") and, to the extent available,  within twenty (20)
calendar  days  after the  Effective  Date,  the  name,  address,  and  taxpayer
identification  or social security number of each such beneficial owner; and the
amount and type of the  Securities,  identified by CUSIP (if available) or other
identification  number, owned by each such beneficial owner on whose behalf they
hold record title to  Securities,  using the Effective  Date as the record date;
(iii) the Other Record  Holders,  the  Depository  Record  Holders and all other
transfer  agents,  street name holders and other bank,  broker or agent  nominee
record holders of the Securities  that hold record title on behalf of beneficial
owners of the  Securities  are hereby  directed to provide to the  Debtors,  the
Trust and Reorganized  ICH, within thirty (30) calendar days after the Effective
Date, the name, address,  and taxpayer  identification or social security number
of each  such  beneficial  owner;  and the  amount  and type of the  Securities,
identified by CUSIP (if available) or other identification number, owned by each
such  beneficial  owner on whose  behalf they hold record  title to  Securities,
using the Effective  Date as the record date.  The  directions  contained  above
shall apply and be effective  notwithstanding  the  provisions of Rule 14b-1 and
Rule 14b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 32

<PAGE>


     64. The issuance,  transfer or exchange of the Plan Securities to be issued
under the Joint Plan, and the recognition, continuation, or creation of liens on
assets or property of the Debtors, Reorganized ICH or the Trust, or the transfer
of any asset or property, pursuant to the Joint Plan, or the making, delivery or
recordation  of any  instrument of transfer  under the Joint Plan,  shall not be
taxed under any law imposing a stamp tax,  transfer tax or other  similar tax or
fee. All filing and  recordation  officers or  authorities  responsible  for the
assessment  or  collection  of any such tax or fee may rely on the terms of this
Order for all such purposes.

     65.  In the  event  the  Chapter  11  Cases  (or  any  of  them)  shall  be
inadvertently  deemed  closed  or  fully  administered  before  the  substantial
consummation  of the Joint  Plan,  then such  Chapter 11 Case(s) may be reopened
pursuant  to  Section  350(b)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code  and  Rule  5010  of the
Bankruptcy Rules for cause.

     66. The Debtors  shall  promptly  serve  notice of the entry of this Order,
together with notice of the last day for filing  administrative  expense claims,
claims arising from the rejection of executory  contracts,  and applications for
allowances  of  compensation  and/or  reimbursement  of  expenses,  pursuant  to
Bankruptcy  Rules  2002(f)(7) and 3020(c) and the terms of the Joint Plan.  Such
notice shall be given by U.S. Mail and by publication in The Dallas Morning News
and The Wall Street Journal (national edition).

     67.  The  Debtors  shall  mail a copy of this  Order to all  parties on the
Master Service List.

     68. This Order shall be, and hereby is,  declared to be in recordable  form
and shall be accepted by any filing or  recording  officer or  authority  of any
applicable  Governmental Unit for filing and recording  purposes without further
or additional orders, certifications or other supporting documents. Further, the
Court authorizes the Debtors to

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 33

<PAGE>


file a memorandum of this Order in any appropriate filing or recording office as
evidence of the matters herein contained.

     69.  The Joint  Plan has been  proposed  in good faith and not by any means
forbidden  by law.  Section  1129(a)(3)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code has been fully
complied with.  There was proper  disclosure with respect to the Joint Plan, and
there was proper solicitation of the Joint Plan. Sections 1125(d) and 1125(e) of
the Bankruptcy Code have been fully complied with.

     70. The  distribution  of the  Disclosure  Statement  and  solicitation  of
acceptances  of the Joint Plan from the  Claimants  and holders of Interests are
exempt from federal proxy  regulations  pursuant to the express terms of Section
1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

     71. The reversal or  modification  of this Order on appeal shall not affect
the validity of the Joint Plan or any other agreement,  document,  instrument or
action  authorized  or  directed by this Order or under the Joint Plan as to the
Debtors, the Trust, any Trustee,  Reorganized ICH, or any other Entity acting in
good faith, whether or not that Entity knows of the appeal, unless this Order is
stayed pending appeal.

     72.  All  transactions  consistent  with the  provisions  of the Joint Plan
effected by the Debtors  during the period  commencing  on the Petition Date and
ending on the Confirmation Date are ratified by the Court.

     73.  Objections to Claims or Interests,  if any,  shall be filed and served
within 90 days after the Effective  Date.  Responses to the  objections  must be
filed within 30 days of service thereof.

     74. The Trust and Reorganized ICH shall obtain settings for hearings on all
applications  for  the  award  of  compensation  or  expenses  and  motions  for
administrative  expenses,  and,  consistent  with  the  notice  requirements  of
Bankruptcy Rule 3007, to

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 34

<PAGE>


determine objections to claims. Within 45 days after the foregoing hearings, the
Trust shall file a post-confirmation report.

     75. The Trust and  Reorganized  ICH,  after  substantial  consummation,  as
defined under 11 U.S.C. ss. 1101(2),  shall file an application for final decree
and obtain a setting on the  application  within 180 days of the Effective Date,
and if the  application  for final  decree is not filed  within  180 days of the
Effective Date, a status conference will be held.

     76. The Bankruptcy  Court shall retain  exclusive  jurisdiction  over these
Chapter 11 Cases after Confirmation, notwithstanding consummation or substantial
consummation, for the following purposes:

          (a) to consider and effect any  modification  of this Joint Plan under
     Section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code;

          (b) to hear and determine all  controversies,  suits and disputes that
     arise in connection  with the  interpretation  or enforcement of this Joint
     Plan and the Trust Agreement;

          (c) to  hear  and  determine  all  requests  for  compensation  and/or
     reimbursement  of expenses for the period  commencing  on the Petition Date
     through the Confirmation Date;

          (d) to hear and determine all objections to Claims and Interests,  and
     to determine the appropriate  classification of any Claim or Interests, and
     other controversies, suits and disputes that may be pending at or initiated
     after the Confirmation Date, except as provided herein;

          (e) to hear and determine  all claims that the Debtors,  as debtors in
     possession qua trustee, or Reorganized ICH or the Trust, as applicable,  as
     the

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 35

<PAGE>


     successors  and designated  representatives  of the Debtors and the Estates
     could assert under the Bankruptcy Code;

          (f) to consider  and act on such other  matters  consistent  with this
     Joint Plan as provided in this Order;

          (g) to make such orders as are necessary and  appropriate to carry out
     and  implement the  provisions  of the Joint Plan,  including to effect the
     further assurances provided in Article 11.9;

          (h) to approve the  reasonableness of any payments made or to be made,
     within the meaning of Section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

          (i) to exercise the  jurisdiction  granted  pursuant to Section 505(a)
     and (b) of the  Bankruptcy  Code to determine  any and all federal,  state,
     Commonwealth, local and foreign tax liabilities of, and any and all refunds
     of such taxes paid by the Debtors;

          (j) to hear and determine any issues or matters in connection with any
     property not timely claimed as provided in the Joint Plan;

          (k)  to  hear  and   determine   issues   related   to  the  Trust  or
     administration of the Trust Assets; and

          (l) to hear and  determine  post-confirmation  date motions to approve
     compromises and settlements pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019.

     77.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Reorganized  ICH and the Trust shall
retain the right to commence or prosecute any of their respective  claims in any
court of competent jurisdiction.

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 36

<PAGE>


     78.  In the  event  and to the  extent  that any  provision  of this  Order
conflicts  with any  provision of the Joint Plan with  respect to the  Effective
Date,  the Sayyah Claim,  or the Shaw Group  settlement,  the provisions of this
Order shall control.

         SIGNED this ____ day of February, 1997.



                                                     --------------------------
                                ROBERT C. McGUIRE
                             CHIEF BANKRUPTCY JUDGE


Submitted by:

Daniel C. Stewart, SBT #19206500
Josiah M. Daniel, III, SBT #05358500
WINSTEAD SECHREST & MINICK P.C.
5400 Renaissance Tower
1201 Elm Street
Dallas, Texas  75270-2199
Telephone:  (214) 745-5400
Telecopy:  (214) 745-5390
ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTORS


Michael A. Rosenthal, SBT #17284490
I. Richard Levy, SBT #12265020
GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER
1717 Main Street, Suite 5400
Dallas, Texas 75201
Telephone: (214) 698-3100
Telecopy:   (214) 698-3400
ATTORNEYS FOR THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF UNSECURED CREDITORS


Peter D. Wolfson
John A. Bicks
PRYOR, CASHMAN, SHERMAN & FLYNN
410 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Telephone (212) 421-4100
Telecopy:  (212) 326-0814
ATTORNEYS FOR THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11                                       Page 37






                      LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT




                          Dated as of February 19, 1997





                                 Established by


                               I.C.H. CORPORATION
                      (including CARE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          and SWL HOLDING CORPORATION)


                                       and


                                   Accepted by

                                 SUSAN A. BROWN

                                       as

                                Managing Trustee




<PAGE>






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

I. DEFINITIONS                                                                 2


        1.1 General                                                            2


        1.2 Certain Definitions                                                2


II. CREATION OF THE TRUST                                                      4


        2.1 Purpose of Trust                                                   4


        2.2 Appointment and Acceptance of Managing Trustee                     4


        2.3 Appointment and Acceptance of Supervisory Trustees                 4


        2.4 Name of Trust                                                      4


        2.5 Transfer of Trust Assets to Trust                                  4


        2.6 Causes of Action                                                   5


        2.7 Termination of The Trust                                           5


III.  RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF MANAGING TRUSTEE                            6


        3.1 Declaration Acknowledged in Beneficial Interest                    6


        3.2 Management of Trust                                                6


        3.3 May Incur Debt                                                     7


        3.4 Recovery on Causes of Action                                       7


        3.5 Distribution of Available Cash                                     7


        3.6 Assets Distributable to Unlocated Beneficiaries                    7


        3.7 Investments                                                        8


        3.8 Reserves                                                           8


                3.8.1 Disputed Claims Reserves                                 8



                                        i

<PAGE>




                3.8.2 Operating Reserve                                        8


        3.9 Selection of Agents                                                8


        3.10 Records and Reporting                                             9


                3.10.1 Records                                                 9


                3.10.2 Periodic Reports                                        9


                3.10.3 Tax Information                                        10


                3.10.4 Additional Reports and Filings                         10


        3.11 Disposition of Assets to Debtors and Other Interested Parties    10


IV. TRUSTEES                                                                  10


        4.1 The Managing Trustee                                              10


                4.4.1 Independent Managing Trustee                            10


                4.1.2 Managing Trustee's Compensation and Reimbursement       11


                4.1.3 Resignation                                             11


                4.1.4 Removal                                                 11


                4.1.5 Appointment of Successor Managing Trustee               11


        4.2 Supervisory Trustees                                              12


                4.2.1 Resignation                                             12


                4.2.2 Removal                                                 12


                4.2.3 Appointment of Successor Supervisory Trustee            12


                4.2.4 Supervisory Trustees' Compensation and Expenses         12


        4.3 Actions Requiring the Consent of Supervisory Trustees             12


                4.3.1 Termination, Extension of Trust; Amendment of Agreement 12


                4.3.2 Agreements, Documents, Instruments                      12


                4.3.3 Borrowing                                               13


                                       ii

<PAGE>







                4.3.4 Investment                                              13


                4.3.5 Reserves                                                13


                4.3.6 Distributions from Trust                                13


                4.3.7 Action and Proceedings                                  13


                4.3.8 Transfers of Trust Certificates                         13


                4.3.9 Governmental Filings                                    13


                4.3.10 Sales or Transfers of Assets                           13


        4.4 Method of Obtaining Approval of Supervisory Trustees              13


        4.5 Reliance by Trustees                                              14


        4.6 Trustee's Standard of Care; Exculpation                           14


        4.7 Indemnification                                                   15


        4.8 Insurance                                                         15


        4.9 No Liability for Acts of Predecessors                             15


        4.10 No Implied Obligations                                           15


        4.11 No Personal Obligation for Trust Liabilities                     15


        4.12 Bond Requirement; Exercise of Powers                             15


        4.13 Trust Continuance                                                15


        4.14 Effect of Trust on Third Parties                                 15


V. [RESERVED]                                                                 15


VI. RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF BENEFICIARIES                                15


        6.1 Nature of Certificates                                            15


        6.2 Transfer and Exchange                                             16


                6.2.1 Appointment of Registrar and Transfer Agent             16


                6.2.2 Registration and Transfer of Trust Interests            16


                                       iii

<PAGE>





                6.2.3 Access to Register by Trust Beneficiaries               17


        6.3 Absolute Owners                                                   17


        6.4 Issuance of Certificates Upon Transfer                            17


        6.5 Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates                 17


        6.6 Record Date                                                       17


        6.7 Interest Beneficial Only                                          18


        6.8 Exemption from Registration                                       18


        6.9 Votes by Beneficiaries                                            18


        6.10 Effect of Death, Incapacity, or Bankruptcy of Beneficiary        18


        6.11 Conflicting Claims                                               18


VII. MISCELLANEOUS                                                            19


        7.1 Applicable Law                                                    19


        7.2 Relationship Created                                              19


        7.3 Interpretation                                                    19


        7.4 Partial Invalidity                                                19


        7.5 Entire Agreement                                                  19


        7.6 Counterparts                                                      19


        7.7 Notices                                                           20


        7.8 Effective Date                                                    20


        7.9 Tax Provisions                                                    20


                7.9.1 Income Tax Status                                       20


                7.9.2 Tax Returns and Reports                                 21


                7.9.3 Withholding                                             21


                7.9.4 Tax Identification Numbers                              21


                                       iv

<PAGE>







                7.9.5 Tax Year                                                21


        7.10 Amendment of Trust                                               21


VIII. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION                                               21


        8.1                                                                   21


                                        v

<PAGE>


                      LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST AGREEMENT

     This Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  dated as of
February  19,  1997,  is  established  by  I.C.H.  Corporation  (including  Care
Financial  Corporation and SWL Holding  Corporation,  the "Debtors") pursuant to
the Debtors' First Amended Joint Amended Plan of Reorganization, as amended (the
"Joint Plan") in the Chapter 11 case styled In re I.C.H. Corporation et al, Case
No. 395-36351-RCM-11 (the "Case"), in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern  District of Texas,  Dallas Division (the "Court"),  and is accepted by
the  Managing  Trustee  (as defined in Section  1.2 of this  Agreement)  for the
benefit  of  the  Trust  Beneficiaries  (as  defined  in  Section  1.2  of  this
Agreement).

     WHEREAS,  on October 10,  1995,  the Debtor  filed its  voluntary  petition
pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code with the Court;

     WHEREAS,  the  Court  confirmed  the  Joint  Plan  by  entering  the  Order
Confirming Joint Plan on February 7, 1997;

     WHEREAS, the Joint Plan provides for the creation of a trust to be composed
of all assets of the Debtors and of their Estates  (except the Retained  Assets)
to be administered  and liquidated for the benefit of the holders of Allowed ICH
Class 5 Claims as  provided  in the Joint Plan and is  further  to  provide  for
distributions of certain property or cash to other classes under the Joint Plan;

     WHEREAS,  the  Trust is  intended  to be  treated  as a  liquidating  trust
pursuant to  Treasury  Regulations  ss.  301.7701-4(d),  and as a grantor  trust
subject to the  provisions of  Subchapter  J, Subpart E of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Tax Code"),  owned by the Trust  Beneficiaries as
grantors.

     WHEREAS,   the  Joint  Plan  provides  for  the  orderly   disposition  and
liquidation  of the Trust  Assets (as defined in Section 1.2 of this  Agreement)
during a period not to exceed  three (3) years from the  formation of this Trust
(unless  extended as provided  in Section  2.7 of this  Agreement),  and further
provides that the Managing  Trustee shall deliver  Available Cash (as defined in
Section 1.2 of this Agreement) in compliance with the terms of the Joint Plan;

     WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the terms of the Joint  Plan,  this  Trust  shall be
managed by the Managing  Trustee,  and  supervised by the  Supervisory  Trustees
appointed in this Agreement and the Joint Plan,  and approved by the Court,  all
as provided in this Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  the Joint Plan provides for and requires the  appointment  of the
Managing  Trustee for the purposes  outlined herein and the Managing Trustee has
been  appointed and approved and has agreed to serve in such capacity  under the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby

                                        1

<PAGE>


acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

                                 I. DEFINITIONS

     1.1 General.  All capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined
herein shall have the meanings  assigned  thereto in the Joint Plan,  or, if not
defined in the Joint  Plan and  defined  in the  Bankruptcy  Code shall have the
meanings  assigned  thereto in the  Bankruptcy  Code unless the context  clearly
requires otherwise.

     1.2 Certain  Definitions.  For all  purposes of this  Agreement,  except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
defined in this  Section  1.2 shall have the  meaning  assigned  to them in this
Section  1.2 , and shall  include  the plural as well as the  singular,  and the
masculine as well as the feminine and vice versa.

     "Agreement"  shall mean this Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement dated as
of February 19, 1997.

     "Available Cash" shall mean as of any date of calculation, the aggregate of
all cash or cash equivalents  available for immediate  distribution  held by the
Trust,  as  reflected  on the books and  records  of the  Trust,  less (i) until
released from reserve or paid,  cash required to be placed in reserve or paid on
the  Effective  Date as  provided  in Article II of the Joint  Plan,  (ii) until
distributed,  cash required to fund distributions with respect to Secured Claims
as provided in Section  4.1(a)(i) of the Joint Plan,  (iii) until  released from
reserve,  cash, if any,  required to fund the Contested Claim Reserve,  (iv) the
Operating  Reserve,  (v) any such  cash or cash  equivalents  deriving  from SWL
Holding Corporation or Care Financial  Corporation,  or their respective assets,
and necessary to make the payments,  if any, to the classes of Claimants in such
Estates and (vi) until the Final BML Reconciliation Date, cash, if any, required
to fund a $5,000,000  reserve  against the obligation of the Trust under Section
7.5(c) of the Joint Plan.

     "Case"  shall  have  the  meaning  given to such  term in the  introductory
paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Contested  Claims  Reserve"  shall have the meaning  given to such term in
Section 3.8.1 hereof.

     "Court"  shall  have the  meaning  given to such  term in the  introductory
paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Debtors"  shall have the  meaning  given to such term in the  introductory
paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Distribution  Date" means an Initial  Distribution  Date, and  thereafter,
subject  to  Section  3.5  hereof,  such  dates  as  the  Managing  Trustee  and
Supervisory Trustees from time to time designate as a Distribution Date.


                                        2

<PAGE>


     "Initial Distribution Date" has the meaning set forth in the Joint Plan.

     "Managing Trustee" means Susan A. Brown, or any successor thereto appointed
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     "Operating Reserve" shall mean the operating reserve  established  pursuant
to Section 3.8.2 hereof.

     "Permitted Investments" means:

          (i)  securities  issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by
               the   government   of  the   United   States  or  any  agency  or
               instrumentality  thereof  having  maturities of not more than one
               year from the date of acquisition;

          (ii) time deposits,  certificates of deposit and bankers'  acceptances
               of any domestic  commercial bank the short term debt  obligations
               of which have been rated A-1 by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or
               P-1 by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. and which mature in not
               more than one year;

          (iii)commercial paper rated A-1 or the equivalent  thereof by Standard
               & Poor's  Corporation or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's
               Investors  Service,  Inc., and in each case having  maturities of
               not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition; and

          (iv) money  market  funds or money  market  mutual  funds  (other than
               closed-end  funds) which  maintain a constant net asset value and
               have at the time of such investment a rating by Moody's Investors
               Service,   Inc.  or  Standard  &  Poor's   Corporation  at  least
               equivalent to "A."

     "Joint Plan" shall have the meaning given to such term in the  introductory
paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Supervisory  Trustees"  means John M. Tobin,  Jeffrey  Schultz and Gregory
Lathrop,  or any  successors  thereto  appointed  pursuant  to the terms of this
Agreement.

     "Tax Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Termination Date" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.7
hereof.

     "Trust"  shall  mean  the  Lone  Star  Liquidating  Trust  constituted  and
established pursuant to this Agreement.

     "Trust  Assets"  shall mean all (i) funds,  assets  and  properties  of the
Debtors and their  Estates of any kind and  character and (ii) claims and causes
of action against third parties on account of any  indebtedness  or liability to
the  Debtors or to their  Estates,  and all other  claims  owed to and all other
causes of action in favor of the  Debtors  and their  Estate  (to the extent not
specifically compromised or released pursuant to the Joint

                                        3

<PAGE>


Plan or an agreement  referred to and  incorporated  in the Joint Plan), in each
case as the same exist as of the date hereof but excluding  Retained Assets (and
claims and  causes of action  against  third  parties  related  to the  Retained
Assets).

     "Trust  Beneficiary" shall mean a holder of an Allowed ICH Class 5 Claim in
accordance with the Joint Plan.

     "Trustees"  shall mean the Managing  Trustee and the Supervisory  Trustees,
and  their  respective  successors  appointed  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this
Agreement.

                            II. CREATION OF THE TRUST

     2.1 Purpose of Trust.  The Debtor and the Managing  Trustee,  in compliance
with the Joint Plan,  hereby  constitute  and create this Lone Star  Liquidating
Trust for the  purpose of  effecting  an orderly  disposition,  liquidation  and
distribution of the Trust Assets,  distributing  the Available Cash to the Trust
Beneficiaries and making the other  distributions and payments called for in the
Joint Plan to be made by the Trust,  and with no objective to continue or engage
in the  conduct of a trade or  business.  The Trust  shall  engage only in those
activities  that shall be  reasonably  necessary to that purpose and  consistent
with its  objective  not to  continue  or  engage in the  conduct  of a trade or
business.

     2.2 Appointment and Acceptance of Managing Trustee.  In accordance with the
provisions of the Joint Plan, Susan A. Brown is hereby named,  constituted,  and
appointed as Managing Trustee, to act and serve as Managing Trustee of the Trust
and to hold, manage, liquidate the Trust Assets and to distribute Available Cash
subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Joint Plan and to make the
other  distributions and payments called for in the Joint Plan to be made by the
Trust. The Managing Trustee is willing,  and does hereby accept the appointment,
to act and serve as Managing  Trustee of the Trust, and to hold the Trust Assets
and administer the Trust pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     2.3 Appointment and Acceptance of Supervisory  Trustees. In accordance with
the  provisions of the Joint Plan,  John M. Tobin,  Jeffrey  Schultz and Gregory
Lathrop are hereby named, constituted, and appointed as Supervisory Trustees, to
act and  serve  as  Supervisory  Trustees  of the  Trust  and to  supervise  the
management and liquidation of the Trust Assets and distribution of the Available
Cash  subject to the  conditions  set forth  herein and in the Joint Plan.  Each
Supervisory Trustee is willing,  and does hereby accept the appointment,  to act
and  serve  as  a  Supervisory  Trustee  of  the  Trust  and  to  supervise  the
administration of the Trust pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     2.4 Name of Trust. The Trust  established  hereby shall bear the name "Lone
Star  Liquidating  Trust." In  connection  with the  exercise of their powers as
Trustees  hereunder,  a Trustee may use this name or such  variation  thereon as
such  Trustee sees fit, or may use her or his own name,  as Managing  Trustee or
Supervisory Trustee, as applicable.

     2.5 Transfer of Trust Assets to Trust. In accordance with the provisions of
the Joint Plan, all right, title, and interests of the Debtors and their Estates
in and to the Trust Assets are hereby vested in the Trust and

                                        4

<PAGE>


preserved  for the  benefit  of the  Trust  Beneficiaries.  From and  after  the
Effective  Date, all Trust Assets,  together with the Available  Cash,  shall be
administered by the Managing  Trustee,  subject to Section 4.3 hereof, on behalf
of the Trust  Beneficiaries  and the other intended  recipients of distributions
from the Trust as  provided  in the Joint  Plan.  Prior to the  creation  of the
Trust,  the  Debtors  shall  have  executed  or  caused  to  be  executed,   and
simultaneously  with the  creation  of the Trust  shall  deliver  or cause to be
delivered to, or upon the order of, the Managing Trustee,  any and all documents
and other  instruments  as may be  necessary  or useful to convey and to confirm
title to the Trust Assets to the Trust,  including  those listed or described on
Exhibit A hereto.  The Debtors (and any successor entity thereto) will, upon the
reasonable  request of the Managing  Trustee,  execute,  acknowledge and deliver
such further  instruments and do such further acts as may be necessary or proper
to transfer to the Managing  Trustee any portion of the Trust Assets intended to
be conveyed  hereby in the form and manner provided for in the Joint Plan and to
vest  in the  Managing  Trustee  the  powers,  instruments  or  funds  in  trust
hereunder.  Except to the extent  provided by Section  7.5(c)(iii)  of the Joint
Plan,  the Debtors,  for themselves  and any  predecessor  or successor  entity,
hereby disclaim and waive any and all right to any reversionary  interest in any
of the Trust Assets.

     2.6 Causes of Action.  As provided  in Sections  10.2(a) and 10.2(c) of the
Joint Plan,  all claims and causes of action which are Trust Assets,  are hereby
vested in the Trust and preserved for  enforcement  by the Managing  Trustee for
the benefit of the Trust  Beneficiaries.  To the extent  permitted  by law,  all
rights under Section  363(h) of the  Bankruptcy  Code are also preserved for the
benefit of the Debtors' estate, and the Managing Trustee shall have the right to
exercise same subject to Court approval.

     2.7 Termination of The Trust. The Trust shall terminate upon the earlier to
occur (the "Termination Date") of: (A) the fulfillment of the Trust's purpose by
the liquidation of all of the Trust Assets and the distribution of the Available
Cash or (B) three (3) years after the Effective  Date. In order to terminate the
Trust prior to three (3) years after the Effective  Date, the Managing  Trustee,
subject to Section 4.3 hereof, shall deliver a notice to all Trust Beneficiaries
setting  forth  the date on which  the  Trust  will  terminate,  and if no Trust
Beneficiary  files an objection with the Court within forty-five (45) days after
the date of such notice the Trust shall  terminate  on the date set forth in the
notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event the Managing Trustee shall
have been  unable  after  continuing  reasonable  efforts  to sell or  otherwise
dispose of and realize upon the Trust Assets in the initial  three (3) year term
of the Trust or if other  circumstances  require  such  extension,  the Managing
Trustee,  subject to Section  4.3  hereof,  shall have the right to apply to the
Court to extend the term of the Trust for additional  periods of time,  provided
that each such  extension must be approved by the Court within six (6) months of
the  beginning  of the  extended  term.  Upon such  application  the Trust shall
continue  until  the  date  approved  by  the  Court,  or if  the  extension  is
disapproved by the Court, the expiration of the six month period;  provided that
in no event shall the Termination Date occur later than the tenth anniversary of
the Effective Date.

                                        5

<PAGE>




               III. RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF MANAGING TRUSTEE

     3.1 Declaration  Acknowledged in Beneficial Interest.  The Managing Trustee
hereby   acknowledges   that,  on  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  the  Trust
Beneficiaries and their successors and assigns as permitted in Article 6 hereof,
as their  interests  may appear,  will have a  beneficial  interest in all Trust
Assets.  The Managing  Trustee will retain only such powers as are  necessary to
collect,  liquidate,  or  otherwise  convert  the Trust  Assets into cash and to
invest  cash  in  Permitted  Investments  pending  distribution  and to pay  all
expenses, taxes, and other payments referred to in this Trust.

     3.2  Management  of Trust.  Subject to the terms hereof and the Joint Plan,
including,  without  limitation,  Section 4.3 hereof, the Managing Trustee shall
take  charge of the  Trust  Assets  and shall  endeavor  to  collect,  conserve,
protect,  and liquidate,  or otherwise convert into cash, all claims,  causes of
action, and assets which constitute the Trust Assets and all such other property
incidental  thereto as may  hereafter  be acquired  from time to time under this
Trust.  To this end and subject to the  provisions  of Section 4.3, the Managing
Trustee shall manage the affairs of the Trust, negotiate and consummate sales of
the Trust  Assets,  enter  into  agreements  binding  the  Trust,  and  execute,
acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments which are necessary,  required,
or deemed  by the  Managing  Trustee  to be  advisable  in  connection  with the
performance of the Managing Trustee's duties hereunder and shall have full power
and authority to take any action  consistent  with the purpose and provisions of
the Joint Plan.  Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  and without
prior or further  authorization of the Court, but subject to Section 4.3 hereof,
the Managing  Trustee may control and exercise  authority over the Trust Assets,
the acquisition,  management,  and disposition  thereof,  and the management and
conduct  of the  business  of the Trust to the same  extent  as if the  Managing
Trustee were the sole legal and  beneficial  owner thereof in her own right.  No
person  dealing with the Trust shall be obligated to inquire into the  authority
of the Managing  Trustee in  connection  with the  acquisition,  management,  or
disposition  of Trust Assets.  In connection  with the management and use of the
Trust  Assets,  the  Managing  Trustee,  without  limitation  of her  power  and
authority, may do the following:

          (i)  accept the assets  transferred and provided to the Trust pursuant
               to this Agreement and the Joint Plan;

          (ii) distribute to  recipients  other than Trust  Beneficiaries  those
               amounts or assets  contemplated to be distributed by the Trust in
               the  Joint  Plan  and  distribute  Available  Cash  to the  Trust
               Beneficiaries  in accordance with the terms of this Trust and the
               Joint Plan;

          (iii)endorse the payment of notes or other  obligations  of any person
               or make contracts withrespect thereto;

          (iv) engage  in all acts  that  would  constitute  ordinary  course of
               business in performing the obligations of a trustee under a trust
               of this type;

                                        6

<PAGE>


          (v)  cause Trust  Certificates to be issued to Trust  Beneficiaries in
               the number and manner provided in the Joint Plan;

          (vi) invest Trust Assets in Permitted Investments;

          (vii)execute deeds, bills of sale and other instruments of transfer in
               connection  with the sale,  assignment  or  transfer of the Trust
               Assets; and

          (viii)  establish  such bank  accounts  as she may deem  necessary  or
               appropriate,  draw checks on such bank  accounts and perform such
               other  necessary  and  appropriate  duties  with  respect to such
               accounts,  or designate individuals as signatories to draw checks
               on such bank accounts and to perform such other duties as she may
               direct and authorize.

     3.3 May Incur Debt.  Subject to Section 4.3, the Trust may borrow such sums
of money at any time and from  time to time for such  periods  of time upon such
terms and conditions from such persons or corporations  for such purposes as the
Managing Trustee may deem advisable, and secure such loans with any of the Trust
Assets,  provided  that no  recourse  shall be had to the  Trustees or any Trust
Beneficiary on any such debt.

     3.4 Recovery on Causes of Action.  The Managing  Trustee shall  investigate
all claims and causes of action that are Trust  Assets and make  recommendations
to the Supervisory Trustees regarding the same, and, subject to Section 4.3, may
sue upon, mediate,  arbitrate,  and/or compromise and settle all such claims and
causes of action.

     3.5  Distribution  of  Available  Cash.  Pursuant to the terms of the Joint
Plan,  on the dates  provided for in the Joint Plan the Managing  Trustee  shall
distribute  from the Trust Assets the amounts  required in Articles II and IV of
the Joint Plan.  The Managing  Trustee shall  distribute  at least  annually all
Available Cash to holders of record of Trust Interests and to other Claimants in
accordance  with  the  treatment  of  Claims  provided  in the  Joint  Plan.  In
determining whether there is any Available Cash available for distribution,  the
Managing  Trustee  may,  in  her  discretion,  give  due  consideration  to  the
possibility that there may exist unasserted Claims against the Trust or asserted
Claims which are not yet Allowed Claims or otherwise not yet due and payable and
may establish  reserves  therefor in accordance with Section 3.8.1. The Managing
Trustee  shall  make  vigorous  and  continuing  efforts to dispose of the Trust
Assets, to make prompt and timely distributions, and to avoid undue prolongation
of the  duration  of the  Trust.  The  Trust  shall  not  retain  cash  or  cash
equivalents  in excess of a  reasonable  amount to meet  claims  and  contingent
liabilities or to maintain the value of the Trust Assets.

     3.6 Assets Distributable to Unlocated  Beneficiaries.  The Managing Trustee
shall,  or  shall  appoint  the  Distribution   Agent  to,  hold  any  unclaimed
distributions  or other  payments  to any Trust  Beneficiaries  or other  person
entitled  thereto who cannot be located.  The Managing  Trustee shall, and shall
instruct the Distribution  Agent to, make disposition of any such  distributions
or payments in accordance with the Joint Plan.

                                        7

<PAGE>



     3.7 Investments.  Pending  distribution,  the Managing Trustee shall invest
the Trust Assets in Permitted Investments.

     3.8 Reserves.

     3.8.1 Disputed Claims Reserves.  On or as soon as practicable following the
Effective Date, the Managing Trustee shall establish a reserve for distributions
on  account  of  Contested  Claims  as of the  Initial  Distribution  Date  (the
"Contested Claims Reserve").  Upon any distribution to holders of Allowed Claims
in Classes in which  Contested  Claims still exist,  the Managing  Trustee shall
withhold from such  distributions  and set aside in the Contested Claims Reserve
an amount as provided in Section 9.5 of the Joint Plan. At such time  thereafter
that any Contested  Claim,  or portion  thereof,  becomes an Allowed Claim,  the
Managing  Trustee shall distribute to the holders of such Allowed Claim from the
Contested Claims Reserve cash in an amount equal to the amount such holder would
have received through such date had such holder's claim been an Allowed Claim as
of the Effective Date. The Contested Claims Reserve shall be terminated when all
Contested Claims are resolved;  provided however,  that as a Contested Claim may
be  resolved,  to the extent that the amount  reserved for the  Contested  Claim
exceeds the amount due, if any,  under a distribution  as such  Contested  Claim
becomes an Allowed  Claim,  such funds shall become Trust Assets  available  for
distribution  to Trust  Beneficiaries.  Any property  remaining in the Contested
Claims Reserve upon its termination and after any distributions pursuant to this
section  shall no longer be restricted  and shall be Trust Assets  available for
liquidation and distribution to Trust Beneficiaries.

     3.8.2  Operating  Reserve.  On or as  soon  as  practicable  following  the
Effective Date, the Managing Trustee shall establish the Operating  Reserve with
cash in an amount reasonably  determined to be necessary to fund the expenses of
the Trust,  including costs of the  Distribution  Agent for  distributions  made
pursuant to the Joint Plan, in an amount approved by the  Supervisory  Trustees.
Thereafter, the amount of the Operating Reserve may be increased or decreased by
the  Managing  Trustee  with the  consent  of the  Supervisory  Trustees  if the
Managing  Trustee  determines  that a greater or lesser  amount is  prudent  and
reasonably sufficient to satisfy the obligations and liabilities,  including tax
liabilities (whether absolute, contingent,  asserted,  unasserted,  payable, not
yet  payable  or  otherwise)  of, or assumed  by,  the Trust.  The amount of the
Operating Reserve shall not exceed $2,000,000; subject to increase by any amount
as  determined  by the  Managing  Trustee,  with the consent of the  Supervisory
Trustee, to be prudent and reasonably  sufficient to satisfy the obligations and
liabilities of the Trust with respect to third party obligations  assumed by the
Trust,  including without limitation  obligations of the Trust under or pursuant
to the Modern/Western Agreement and the Philadelphia American Agreement.

     3.9  Selection  of  Agents.  The  Managing  Trustee  may  select and employ
brokers,  banks,  custodians,   investment  advisors,  attorneys,   accountants,
auditors,  and other agents on behalf of the Trust. Except as otherwise required
to fulfill the terms hereof, such agents may be employed without regard to prior

                                        8

<PAGE>


employment  of  such  agents  by any  Trust  Beneficiary  or by  the  Creditors'
Committee.  The  Managing  Trustee may retain as a  consultant  to the Trust any
person  or  persons  having   particular   knowledge  of  the  Debtors'  affairs
(including,  without  limitation,  any officer or director or former  officer or
director of any Debtor or any entity owned by a Debtor),  and may place reliance
upon the advice of any such person.  The Managing  Trustee may pay the salaries,
fees, and expenses of agents and consultants engaged by the Managing Trustee out
of the Trust Assets. No Trustee shall be liable for any loss to the Trust or any
person interested  therein by reason of any mistake or default of any such agent
or  consultant  as shall be selected  and  employed or retained  without  fraud,
willful misconduct or without gross negligence.

     3.10 Records and Reporting.

          3.10.1  Records.   The  Managing   Trustee  shall  maintain  good  and
     sufficient books and records of account  relating to the Trust Assets,  the
     Available Cash, the management thereof, all transactions  undertaken by the
     Managing  Trustee,  all expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Trust, all
     distributions  either  contemplated or effectuated  under the Joint Plan or
     this Agreement.

          3.10.2  Periodic  Reports.  The  Managing  Trustee  shall  prepare the
     following  reports and shall  distribute  such reports to each  Supervisory
     Trustee and any Trust Beneficiary who requests a copy:

               (A) on a monthly  basis,  within  two (2) weeks  after the end of
          each month, an unaudited  report of the receipts and  disbursements of
          the Trust and the Cash position of the Trust; and

               (B) on a  quarterly  basis  commencing  with the  first  calendar
          quarter ending after the Effective Date,  within  forty-five (45) days
          after the end of such calendar quarter,  a report of the activities of
          the Trust detailing for the preceding  quarterly period the activities
          of the Trust including:

                    (i) an  unaudited  operating  statement  (prepared on a cash
               basis)  showing  all  revenues  received  by the  Trust  and  all
               expenses  of  operations  of the Trust  (including  all  expenses
               associated with the sale of any Trust Assets paid by the Trust);

                    (ii) an unaudited written report and accounting  showing (a)
               the  assets  and  liabilities  of the  Trust  at the  end of such
               period,  (b) any changes in the Trust  Assets,  (c) the amount of
               any  reserves or escrows of the Trust,  (d) any  material  action
               taken by the Managing Trustee or the Supervisory  Trustees in the
               performance  of  their  duties  under  the  Joint  Plan  and this
               Agreement; and

                    (iii) an  overall  status  report  of the Trust for the next
               quarterly period.

                                        9

<PAGE>


               Monthly  reports for any month  ending a quarterly  period may be
               included  in the  quarterly  report  for such  period.  Quarterly
               reports  for the  fourth  quarter  of each  calendar  year may be
               included  within  the annual  reports  described  below,  if such
               annual reports are prepared.

               (C) to the extent  required by the Court or by applicable law (or
          to gain an exemption from  applicable  law),  within 90 days after the
          end of each calendar year, beginning with the first year end occurring
          after the Effective Date, the Trust will prepare reports for the prior
          year as  described  in clause  (i) and (ii)  above,  except  that such
          reports  shall be for a full  year (or  portion  thereof  in which the
          Trust has been in existence) and shall be audited.

               (D)  The  Managing  Trustee  shall  prepare  and  furnish  to the
          Supervisory  Trustees such  additional  reports and accountings as the
          Supervisory Trustees may from time to time reasonably request.

               All monthly,  quarterly and, if prepared, annual reports shall be
          filed with the Court.  In  addition,  all monthly,  quarterly  and, if
          prepared, annual reports may be filed with the Securities and Exchange
          Commission (the "Commission") to the extent the Managing Trustee deems
          such  action to be in the best  interest of the Trust or to the extent
          required  by  applicable  law or in  order to gain an  exemption  from
          compliance with applicable law.

          3.10.3 Tax  Information.  The Managing  Trustee  shall  furnish to the
     Trust  Beneficiaries  and other recipients of distributions  from the Trust
     such  information  and returns  with respect to any federal or state tax as
     shall be required by law.

          3.10.4 Additional Reports and Filings.  The Managing Trustee shall (i)
     prepare,  file and  distribute  such  additional  registration  statements,
     reports  and  submissions  as may be  necessary  to cause the Trust and the
     Trustees to be in compliance  with applicable law and (ii) prepare and file
     with the Court such  reports and  submissions  as are required by the Joint
     Plan. Copies of any such reports,  registration  statements and submissions
     shall be distributed to the Supervisory  Trustees and, in the discretion of
     the Managing Trustee, filed with the Commission.

     3.11 Disposition of Assets to Debtors and Other Interested Parties. Subject
to Section 4.3, the Managing Trustee is specifically authorized and empowered to
negotiate  at  arms'  length  and  enter  into   agreements  with  the  Debtors'
affiliates, the Trust Beneficiaries and other interested parties for the sale of
any portion of the Trust Assets.

                                   IV.TRUSTEES

     4.1 The Managing Trustee.

          4.4.1 Independent  Managing Trustee. The Managing Trustee may not be a
     Trust Beneficiary.

                                       10

<PAGE>


          4.1.2  Managing   Trustee's   Compensation   and   Reimbursement.   As
     compensation for services rendered in the administration of this Trust, the
     proposed  Managing Trustee shall be compensated in an amount and upon terms
     which are  mutually  acceptable  to the proposed  Managing  Trustee and the
     Supervisory  Trustees;  provided that the initial Managing Trustee shall be
     compensated  on terms  substantially  in conformity  with the  compensation
     provided for in the  employment  agreement  between  Susan A. Brown and the
     Debtors  dated  as of  January  1,  1996.  The  Managing  Trustee  shall be
     reimbursed  for all  reasonable  expenses  (including,  but not limited to,
     attorneys fees) incurred in the performance of her duties hereunder.

          4.1.3  Resignation.  The  Managing  Trustee  may  resign  as  such  by
     executing  and  delivering  an  instrument  in writing  to the  Supervisory
     Trustees upon no less than thirty (30) days advance notice.

          4.1.4 Removal. The Managing Trustee may be removed from office (a) for
     fraud or willful  misconduct  in  connection  with the affairs of the Trust
     upon the  motion of the  Supervisory  Trustees,  and upon a finding  by the
     Court of fraud or  willful  misconduct  by such  Managing  Trustee  after a
     hearing  before the Court upon not less than 30 days' Notice,  (b) for such
     physical  or mental  disability  as  substantially  prevents  the  Managing
     Trustee from  performing her duties as Managing  Trustee upon the motion of
     the Supervisory Trustees,  and upon a finding by the Court of such physical
     or mental  disability  after a hearing before the Court on not less than 30
     days'  Notice or (c) for cause,  which shall  include a breach of fiduciary
     duty or an unresolved conflict of interest, (other than as specified in the
     foregoing clauses (a) and (b)) upon the motion of the Supervisory Trustees,
     and upon  finding by the Court that cause for such  removal  has been shown
     after a hearing before the Court on not less than 30 days' Notice.

          4.1.5 Appointment of Successor  Managing Trustee.  In the event of the
     death or incompetency, resignation, or removal of the Managing Trustee, the
     Supervisory  Trustees  shall  appoint a successor  Managing  Trustee.  Such
     appointment  shall  specify  the date on which  such  appointment  shall be
     effective.  Every  successor  Managing  Trustee  appointed  hereunder shall
     execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver to the Supervisory  Trustees and to the
     retiring  Managing Trustee an instrument  accepting such  appointment,  and
     thereupon such successor  Managing Trustee,  without any further act, deed,
     or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts, and
     duties of the retiring Managing Trustee. In the event of the resignation or
     removal of the Managing  Trustee,  such Managing Trustee shall promptly (a)
     execute and deliver such documents,  instruments, and other writings as may
     be requested by the  Supervisory  Trustees or  reasonably  requested by the
     successor  Managing  Trustee  to effect  the  termination  of the  retiring
     Managing Trustee's capacity under the Trust and the conveyance of the Trust
     Assets then held by the retiring Managing Trustee to her successor Managing
     Trustee;  (b) deliver to the Supervisory Trustees or the successor Managing
     Trustee all documents,  instruments, records, and other writings related to
     the Trust as may be in the possession of the retiring Managing Trustee; and
     (c)  otherwise  assist and  cooperate in effecting  the  assumption  of its
     obligations and functions by such successor Managing Trustee.

                                       11

<PAGE>


          4.2 Supervisory Trustees

          4.2.1  Resignation.  A  Supervisory  Trustee  may  resign  as  such by
     executing and  delivering an instrument in writing to the Managing  Trustee
     and the remaining Supervisory Trustees.

          4.2.2  Removal.  A  Supervisory  Trustee  may be  removed in the event
     physical  or  mental  disability   prevents  a  Supervisory   Trustee  from
     substantially performing his duties hereunder upon the unanimous consent of
     the other  Supervisory  Trustees.  A  majority  of the Trust  Beneficiaries
     voting  pursuant to this  Agreement may at any time remove any  Supervisory
     Trustee with or without cause.

          4.2.3 Appointment of Successor  Supervisory  Trustee.  Upon the death,
     resignation or removal of a Supervisory Trustee, the remaining  Supervisory
     Trustees may (but shall not be required to) appoint a Trust Beneficiary (or
     employee or member thereof) as a successor  Supervisory  Trustee.  If there
     are no remaining  Supervisory  Trustees,  the Managing Trustee may apply to
     the Court for the  appointment  of a  Supervisory  Trustee  or  Supervisory
     Trustees. Such appointment shall specify the date on which such appointment
     shall be  effective.  In no event  shall any  insider or  affiliate  of the
     Debtors serve as a Supervisory  Trustee. In the event of the resignation or
     removal of a Supervisory  Trustee,  such Supervisory Trustee shall promptly
     (a) execute and deliver such documents,  instruments, and other writings as
     may be requested by the Managing  Trustee to effect the  termination of the
     retiring Supervisory Trustee's capacity under the Trust; (b) deliver to the
     Managing Trustee all documents,  instruments,  records,  and other writings
     related  to  the  Trust  as  may  be in  the  possession  of  the  retiring
     Supervisory  Trustee;  and (c) otherwise  assist and cooperate in effecting
     the  assumption  of  its   obligations  and  functions  by  such  successor
     Supervisory Trustee.

          4.2.4 Supervisory Trustees' Compensation and Expenses. As compensation
     for services rendered to the Trust, each Supervisory  Trustee shall receive
     $2,000 per month. The Trust shall reimburse the reasonable  expenses of the
     Supervisory  Trustees  (including,  but not  limited  to,  attorneys  fees)
     incurred in connection with their service as Supervisory Trustees.

     4.3 Actions  Requiring the Consent of Supervisory  Trustees.  The following
actions  may be taken by the  Managing  Trustee on behalf of the Trust only with
the approval of the Supervisory Trustees

          4.3.1  Termination,  Extension of Trust;  Amendment of Agreement.  The
     delivery of a notice  seeking to  terminate  the Trust prior to three years
     after the Effective  Date or  application  to the Court to extend the Trust
     term as provided  in Section  2.7 or the  amendment  of this  Agreement  as
     provided in Section 7.10 hereof;

          4.3.2  Agreements,   Documents,  Instruments.  The  execution  by  the
     Managing  Trustee of any  agreement,  document or  instrument  (A) with any
     affiliate or former  affiliate or employee or former employee of any Debtor
     or a Trust Beneficiary;  (B) that obligates the Trust in excess of $50,000;
     or

                                       12

<PAGE>


     (C) the term of which extends beyond one year;

          4.3.3 Borrowing. The borrowing of any sums of money;

          4.3.4 Investment. The investment of Trust Assets and Available Cash in
     any manner other than in Permitted Investments;

          4.3.5  Reserves.  The  establishment,  increase  or  decrease  of  the
     Operating Reserve;

          4.3.6  Distributions  from Trust. The distribution of any amounts from
     the Trust and the designation of a Distribution  Date with respect thereto,
     provided  that  the  Managing  Trustee  without  further  approval  by  the
     Supervisory Trustees may make the distributions set forth in the Joint Plan
     to persons other than Trust  Beneficiaries  and distributions to persons as
     specifically ordered by the Court;  provided,  further that the Trust shall
     make the annual distribution as set forth in Section 3.5;

          4.3.7  Action and  Proceedings.  The  commencement  or bringing of any
     action or proceeding,  the defense of any action or proceeding  against the
     Trust, the settlement of any such action or proceeding, and the expenditure
     by the Trust of amounts in respect thereof, including legal fees;

          4.3.8 Transfers of Trust  Certificates.  Any change to either the form
     of Trust Certificate or the placement of a legend on a Trust Certificate as
     contemplated  by Section 6.1 the effect of which may impede the transfer of
     the Trust  Interest  represented by a Trust  Certificate,  appointment of a
     Registrar  other  than  the  Trust  or  the  Distribution   Agent,  or  the
     establishment  of  any  additional   requirements  for  transfer  of  Trust
     Certificates;

          4.3.9 Governmental Filings. Any material filing with or application to
     any  governmental  agency  relating to the Trust,  the Trust  Assets or the
     Trust  Certificates  other than ordinary  routine filings and  applications
     incidental to the activity of the Trust and the administration of the Trust
     Assets;  provided that the Managing Trustee may without further approval of
     the  Supervisory  Trustees file any reports  expressly  contemplated  to be
     filed by this Agreement or the Joint Plan; and

          4.3.10 Sales or Transfers of Assets. The sale,  assignment or transfer
     of any Trust  Asset,  except as  otherwise  set forth herein or approved by
     order of the Court, in an amount exceeding $500,000.

     4.4 Method of Obtaining Approval of Supervisory  Trustees.  Whenever called
for in this Agreement,  the approval of the Supervisory  Trustees shall mean the
affirmative  consent of at least two (2)  Supervisory  Trustees  or, if only one
Supervisory  Trustee is serving  hereunder at any time, with the consent of such
Supervisory Trustee or, if no Supervisory  Trustees are serving hereunder at any
time,  upon Order of the Court (and the Managing  Trustee shall be authorized to
file an appropriate motion for relief with the

                                       13

<PAGE>


Court).  Affirmative  consent of a  Supervisory  Trustee shall be had by written
confirmation  of a Supervisory  Trustee upon the written request of the Managing
Trustee to all Supervisory  Trustees serving hereunder  delivered at the time at
least five (5) business days in advance of the proposed  action and delivered as
provided  in  Section  7.7 by  facsimile  or hand or  overnight  delivery.  Each
Supervisory  Trustee  shall  respond  promptly  to any  request by the  Managing
Trustee for the approval of the  Supervisory  Trustees.  If (A) the  Supervisory
Trustees do not respond  promptly  to the  request of the  Managing  Trustee for
consent or (B) there is only one Supervisory  Trustee  serving  hereunder at the
time and such Supervisory  Trustee disapproves the proposed action, the Managing
Trustee may file an appropriate motion for relief with the Court.

     4.5 Reliance by Trustees.  A Trustee may rely, and shall be fully protected
personally in acting upon, any resolution, statement,  certificate,  instrument,
opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent,  order,  or other  instrument  or
document  which such  Trustee has no reason to believe to be other than  genuine
and to have been signed or  presented  other than by the proper party or parties
or, in the case of facsimile transmissions,  to have been sent other than by the
proper party or parties,  in each case without  obligation to satisfy himself or
herself  that the same was given in good faith and  without  responsibility  for
errors in delivery,  transmission,  or receipt. In the absence of fraud, willful
misconduct or gross negligence, a Trustee may rely as to the truth of statements
and correctness of the facts and opinions  expressed  therein and shall be fully
protected  personally in acting thereon.  The Trustees may consult with and rely
on the advice of legal counsel and such other experts, advisors,  consultants or
other  professionals as shall have been retained  pursuant to this Agreement and
shall be fully  protected  in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in
accordance with the written opinion of legal counsel.

     4.6 Trustee's Standard of Care; Exculpation.  No Trustee, (and no director,
officer, affiliate,  employee, employer, agent or representative of any Trustee)
shall be personally  liable in  connection  with the affairs of the Trust to any
other Trustee, any Trust Beneficiary,  or the Trust, or any other person, except
for such of the Trustee's acts or omissions as shall constitute  fraud,  willful
misconduct or gross negligence.

     4.7  Indemnification.  Except in those situations in which a Trustee is not
exonerated of personal liability as aforesaid,  a Trustee (including each former
Trustee or estate of a decedent  Trustee)  shall be defended,  held harmless and
indemnified  from time to time from the Trust Assets against any and all losses,
claims, costs, expenses and liabilities  (including legal fees and expenses) and
any  costs  of  defending  any  action  to which a  Trustee  may be  subject  in
connection  with any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  investigation  brought  or
threatened  against such Trustee in such Trustee's capacity as Trustee or in any
other capacity  contemplated by this Agreement,  the Joint Plan or in any matter
arising out of or related to this Trust  Agreement  or the affairs of the Trust.
The Trust may indemnify  and hold harmless  employees and agents of the Trust to
the same extent as is provided in this Section 4.7 for the  Trustees.  It is the
intention of this Agreement  that the Trustees  shall be  indemnified  for their
negligence.

     4.8 Insurance.  If requested by a Supervisory  Trustee,  or if the Managing
Trustee so desires,  and if  available on  commercially  reasonably  terms,  the
Managing Trustee shall endeavor to obtain insurance

                                       14

<PAGE>


covering  liabilities  of all of the Trustees (and such  insurance  coverage may
extend  beyond the term of the Trust for a reasonable  period),  or employees or
agents of the Trust incurred in connection  with their services to the Trust and
with such coverages and limits as the Trustees deem desirable.

     4.9 No Liability for Acts of Predecessors. No successor Trustee shall be in
any way  responsible  for the acts or  omissions  of the  Debtors,  or officers,
directors,  agents,  predecessors  or successors  thereof;  or of any Trustee in
office  prior  to the  date on  which  such  person  becomes  Trustee,  unless a
successor Trustee expressly assumes such responsibility.

     4.10 No  Implied  Obligations.  No Trustee  shall be liable  except for the
performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth herein,
and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Trust.

     4.11 No Personal Obligation for Trust Liabilities. Persons dealing with the
Trustees, or seeking to assert claims against the Debtor, shall look only to the
Trust Assets to satisfy any liability incurred by the Trustees to such person in
carrying out the terms of this Trust,  and the Trustees  shall have no personal,
individual obligation to satisfy any such liability.

     4.12 Bond  Requirement;  Exercise  of  Powers.  The  Trustees  shall not be
required to furnish a bond to secure the proper  performance of their respective
duties  hereunder.  Except as other expressly  provided in this  Agreement,  the
Trustees  shall not be  required  to procure  authorization  by any court in the
exercise of any power conferred upon the Trustees by this Trust.

     4.13 Trust Continuance. The death or incompetency,  resignation, or removal
of a Trustee shall not operate to terminate the Trust created by this  Agreement
or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
or invalidate any action previously taken by the Trust or Trustees.

     4.14 Effect of Trust on Third  Parties.  There is no obligation on the part
of any purchaser or purchasers  from the Trust or any agent of the Trust,  or on
the part of any other persons  dealing with the Trust or any agent of the Trust,
to see to the application of the purchase money or other  consideration  passing
to the  Trust or any  agent  of the  Trust,  or to  inquire  into the  validity,
expediency,  or propriety of any such  transaction  by the Trust or any agent of
the Trustees.

                                  V. [RESERVED]

                 VI. RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF BENEFICIARIES

     6.1  Nature of  Certificates.  Beneficial  interests  in the Trust  ("Trust
Interests") with respect to Trust Beneficiaries shall be allocated in accordance
with Section  7.3(e) of the Plan.  The Trust  Interests  may be  represented  by
certificates  substantially  in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, with such
changes  as the  Managing  Trustee  may  from  time to time  find  necessary  or
desirable to conform to the provisions of this Trust  Agreement,  the Joint Plan
and any applicable  laws or  regulations.  The Managing  Trustee may cause to be
placed on any Trust  Certificate  such legends as she deems on advice of counsel
are required or appropriate under securities,  tax or other laws and regulations
in connection with tax withholding  pursuant to Section 7.9.3 or otherwise.  Any
person to whom a Trust Certificate is issued or transferred, by virtue of the

                                       15

<PAGE>


acceptance thereof,  shall assent to and be bound by the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement  and the Joint Plan.  The  principal  amount of Trust  Interests
represented  by any single  certificate  shall be designated on the face of such
certificate.  All  certificates  shall be  executed  by the manual or  facsimile
signatures of the Managing Trustee.  In case any Managing Trustee who has signed
or whose  facsimile  signature  has been  placed upon a  certificate  shall have
ceased to be Managing  Trustee before such certificate is issued by the Trust it
may be issued  with the same  effect  as if any such  Managing  Trustee  had not
ceased to be  Managing  Trustee.  All Trust  Certificates  shall be  legended as
provided in the forms for such certificates attached hereto as Exhibit B.

     6.2 Transfer and Exchange.

          6.2.1  Appointment  of  Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent.  The Managing
     Trustee  shall  appoint a Registrar  and Transfer  Agent for the purpose of
     registering  and  transferring  Trust  Interests  as herein  provided.  The
     Registrar and Transfer  Agent may be a duly  qualified  institution  or the
     Trust itself. For its services hereunder, the Registrar and Transfer Agent,
     unless  it  is  the  Trust,   shall  be  entitled  to  receive   reasonable
     compensation from the Trust.

          6.2.2  Registration  and  Transfer of Trust  Interests.  The  Managing
     Trustee  shall cause to be kept at the office of the Registrar and Transfer
     Agent,  or at such other place or places as shall be designated by her from
     time to time, the Trust  Register.  Prior to the  distribution,  if any, of
     Trust Certificates, Trust Interests may not be transferred and no purported
     transfer of any Trust  Interest will be  registered on the Trust  Register.
     After any such distribution of Trust  Certificates,  any Trust Interest may
     be transferred by the registered  holder of any Trust  Certificate or in or
     by the duly  authorized  attorney  of the  registered  holder  of any Trust
     Certificate,  upon  presentation of the Trust  Certificate to the Registrar
     and  Transfer  Agent for  cancellation,  accompanied  by delivery of a duly
     executed  written  instrument  of  transfer  in the  form  approved  by the
     Registrar and Transfer Agent and such other  documents as may be reasonably
     required by the Managing  Trustee as well as evidence  satisfactory  to the
     Managing  Trustee that such transfer is in accordance  with all  applicable
     federal and state securities laws. Any such transfer shall be registered in
     the Trust Register.  The transferor  shall pay reasonable  transfer charges
     established  by the  Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent  for  the  purpose  of
     reimbursing the Trust and the Registrar and Transfer Agent for the expenses
     incident  thereto,   including  any  tax  or  other  governmental   charge.
     Notwithstanding the above, no Trust Interest may be transferred unless such
     transfer is made (i) pursuant to a registration  statement  effective under
     the Securities Act of 1933, as amended  ("Securities  Act"), or pursuant to
     an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
     Act and (ii) in accordance with all applicable state securities laws.

                                       16

<PAGE>


          6.2.3 Access to Register by Trust  Beneficiaries.  Trust Beneficiaries
     and their  duly  authorized  representatives  shall  have the  right,  upon
     reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar and Transfer Agent and the
     Managing Trustee, and in accordance with reasonable  regulations prescribed
     by the Registrar and Transfer  Agent and the Managing  Trustee,  to inspect
     and,  at the  expense of the Trust  Beneficiary,  make  copies of the Trust
     Register,  in each  case for a purpose  reasonably  related  to such  Trust
     Beneficiary's beneficial interest in the Trust.

     6.3 Absolute Owners.  The Trustees may deem and treat the Trust Beneficiary
of record as the  absolute  owner of such  Trust  Interests  for the  purpose of
receiving  distributions  and payments thereon or on account thereof and for all
other purposes whatsoever.

     6.4 Issuance of Certificates Upon Transfer.  Whenever any Trust Certificate
shall be presented  for transfer or exchange as permitted by the  provisions  of
Section 6.1 and 6.2, the Managing Trustee shall cause the Registrar and Transfer
Agent to issue,  authenticate  and deliver in exchange  therefor,  the new Trust
Certificate(s)  in respect to the Trust Interests  which the transferee,  and if
any Trust Interest is retained, the transferor,  will be entitled to receive new
Trust Certificate(s) for the retained interest.

     6.5  Mutilated,  Lost,  Stolen  or  Destroyed  Certificates.   If  a  Trust
Beneficiary claims that his Trust Certificate has been mutilated, defaced, lost,
stolen or destroyed,  the Trust shall issue and the Registrar and Transfer Agent
shall  authenticate a replacement  Trust  Certificate if the Managing  Trustee's
requirements  are met.  Such  Trust  Beneficiary  shall pay  reasonable  charges
established by the Managing Trustee and the Registrar and Transfer Agent for the
purpose of  reimbursing  the Trust and the Registrar and Transfer  Agent for the
expenses incident thereto,  including any tax or other governmental  charges. In
the case of lost, stolen or destroyed certificates,  such Trust Beneficiary will
indemnify, and if required by the Managing Trustee or the Registrar and Transfer
Agent,  provide  a bond or other  security  sufficient  in the  judgment  of the
Managing Trustee to protect the Trust, the Trustees,  the Registrar and Transfer
Agent or any authenticating  agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if
a Trust Certificate is replaced. The Trustees shall incur no liability to anyone
by reason of anything done or omitted to be done by them in good faith under the
provisions of this Section 6.5. All Trust  Certificates  shall be held and owned
upon the express condition that the provisions of this Section 6.5 are exclusive
in respect of the replacement or payment of mutilated, defaced, lost, stolen, or
destroyed  certificates and shall, to the extent permitted by law,  preclude any
and all other rights or remedies  respecting such  replacement or the payment in
respect thereto.  Any duplicate  certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.5
shall  constitute  original  interests in the Trust and shall be entitled in the
manner provided herein to equal and proportionate  benefits with all other Trust
Interests  issued  hereunder  in any moneys or  property at any time held by the
Trustees  for the  benefit  of the Trust  Beneficiaries.  The  Trustees  and the
Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent  shall  not treat the  original  certificate  as
outstanding.

     6.6 Record  Date.  The date of record for  determining  entitlement  of any
holder  of a Trust  Interest  to any  payments  shall  be (a) in the case of the
Initial  Distribution Date, the Effective Date, and with respect to a subsequent
Distribution Date 15 Business Days prior to a Distribution  Date, and (b) in all
other cases

                                       17

<PAGE>


(including entitlement of a holder of a Trust Interest to any notice hereunder),
may be fixed by the Managing Trustee but shall not be more than 30 days nor less
than 10 days  before the date upon which  notice is to be given,  subject to any
terms of the Joint  Plan that  provide  otherwise.  Except  with  respect  to an
Initial  Distribution  Date, as to which no notice need be given hereunder,  the
Managing  Trustee shall give notice of a  Distribution  Date to holders of Trust
Interests  and the record date in  connection  therewith  in the monthly  report
prepared  under Section  3.10.2(B) and filed with the Court at least 10 Business
Days prior to the corresponding record date.

     6.7 Interest  Beneficial  Only.  The  ownership  of a  beneficial  interest
hereunder  shall not  entitle  any  beneficiary  to any title in or to the Trust
Assets as such, or to any right to call for a partition or division of the same,
or to require an accounting except as specifically required by the terms hereof.

     6.8 Exemption from Registration.  The parties hereto intend that the rights
of the Trust  Beneficiaries  arising under this Trust shall not be  "securities"
under  applicable laws, but none of the parties hereto represent or warrant that
such rights  shall not be  securities  or shall be entitled  to  exemption  from
registration  under  applicable  securities  laws.  If  such  rights  constitute
securities,  the  parties  hereto  intend for the  exemption  from  registration
provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to apply to their issuance under
the Joint Plan.

     6.9 Votes by  Beneficiaries.  The  outcome  of any vote of holders of Trust
Certificates  shall be  determined  in favor of the majority of holders of Trust
Certificates  actually  voting,  based  upon the  face  amount  of  their  Trust
Certificates.

     6.10 Effect of Death, Incapacity, or Bankruptcy of Beneficiary.  The death,
incapacity,  bankruptcy or dissolution of a holder of a Trust Certificate during
the terms of this Trust shall not operate to terminate  the Trust,  nor shall it
entitle the  representatives  or creditors of a holder of a Trust Certificate to
an  accounting,  or to take  any  action  in the  courts  or  elsewhere  for the
distribution  of the  Trust  Assets  or for a  partition  thereof;  nor shall it
otherwise   affect  the  rights  and  obligations  of  any  holder  of  a  Trust
Certificate.

     6.11 Conflicting Claims. In the event the Managing Trustee becomes aware of
any disagreement or conflicting  claims with respect to the Trust Assets,  or if
the Managing  Trustee in good faith is in doubt as to any action which should be
taken under this Trust after  consultation with the Supervisory  Trustees,  who,
after a vote are deadlocked,  or, if the Supervisory  Trustees have  disapproved
the Managing  Trustee's request for approval and the Managing Trustee reasonably
believes that the effect of such  disapproval is in violation of her duty to the
Trust  Beneficiaries  under this Agreement,  the Managing Trustee shall have the
absolute right at her election to do any or all of the following:

          (i) To the extent of such  disagreement or conflict,  or to the extent
     deemed by her necessary or  appropriate  in light of such  disagreement  or
     conflict,  withhold or stop all further  performance under this Trust (save
     and except the safekeeping of the Trust Assets) until the Managing  Trustee
     is satisfied that such  disagreement or conflicting  claims have been fully
     and finally resolved; or

                                       18

<PAGE>


          (ii) File a suit in  interpleader  or in the nature of interpleader in
     the Court and obtain an order requiring all persons and parties involved to
     litigate  in  the  Court  their  respective  claims  arising  out  of or in
     connection with this Trust; or

          (iii) File any other appropriate motion for relief in the Court.

                               VII. MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1 Applicable Law. The Trust created herein shall be construed, regulated,
and  administered  under the laws of the State of Texas and the United States of
America;  provided that the Trust and any  interpretation  or enforcement of the
provisions of this Agreement  shall be subject to the  jurisdiction of the Court
as contemplated by Section 8.1 hereof.

     7.2 Relationship  Created.  The only relationship  created by this Trust is
the  trustee-beneficiary   relationship  between  the  Trustees  and  the  Trust
Beneficiaries.  No other relationship or liability is created. Nothing contained
herein  shall be  construed  so as to  constitute  the  Trustees  and the  Trust
Beneficiaries  or their  successors  in interest as  creating  any  association,
partnership, or joint venture of any kind.

     7.3  Interpretation.  The enumeration and headings  contained in this Trust
are  for  convenience  of  reference  only  and  are not  intended  to have  any
substantive significance in interpreting the same.

     7.4 Partial Invalidity.  If any term or provision of this Agreement is held
to be illegal,  invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective
during  the  term of this  Agreement,  such  term or  provision  shall  be fully
severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal,
invalid,  or  unenforceable  provision  had  never  comprised  a  part  of  this
Agreement; and the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal,  invalid,  or
unenforceable  provision  or by its  severance  from  this  Agreement  and  this
Agreement  shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make
it legal,  valid and enforceable  within the  requirements of applicable law, in
lieu of such illegal,  invalid or  unenforceable  provision,  provided that such
construction,  to the maximum extent possible, shall give effect to the purposes
of the Joint Plan.

     7.5 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  (including the recitals hereof) and
the Joint Plan  constitute  the entire  agreement by and among the parties,  and
there are no representations,  warranties,  covenants,  or obligations except as
set forth  herein  and in the Joint  Plan.  This  Agreement  and the Joint  Plan
supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings negotiations,
and discussions,  written or oral, if any, of the parties hereto relating to any
transaction  contemplated  hereunder.  Except as otherwise specifically provided
herein or in the Joint Plan,  nothing in this  Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to confer upon or to give any person other than the parties hereto and
the  Trust  Beneficiaries  any  rights  or  remedies  under or by reason of this
Agreement.

     7.6  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts,  each
of which when so executed and delivered shall be an

                                       19

<PAGE>


original document,  but all of which counterparts shall together  constitute one
and the same instrument.

     7.7 Notices.  All  notices,  requests,  consents  and other  communications
hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be  addressed  (i) if to the  Managing
Trustee,  to Susan A. Brown,  Managing Trustee,  (A) and if on or prior to March
31, 1997, to 500 N. Akard, 12th Floor,  Dallas,  Texas, 75201,  telephone number
(214)  954-7660 and facsimile  number (214)  954-7717 and (B) if after March 31,
1997, to 3811 Turtle Creek Blvd., 300 Turtle Creek Centre, Dallas, Texas, 75219,
telephone  number (214) 528-4834 and facsimile  number (214)  520-3149,  or such
other address as such Managing  Trustee will have  furnished to the  Supervisory
Trustees and set forth in the monthly report  prepared  under Section  3.10.2(A)
hereof;  (ii) if to any Trust  Beneficiary,  in writing to the record holders of
the Trust Interests as such address as is set forth in the Trust Register; (iii)
if to the  Supervisory  Trustees,  to Gregory  Lathrop,  c/o Lathrop  Investment
Management  Corp.,  #10 Corporate  Hill Dr., Suite 225,  Little Rock,  Arkansas,
72205, telephone number (501) 227-4930, and facsimile number (501) 227-7630, Dr.
Jeffrey Schultz, c/o Schultz Investments, c/o Christian Brothers University, 650
E. Parkway South, Memphis,  Tennessee,  38104,  telephone number (901) 321-3300,
and facsimile number (901) 321-3580; and John M. Tobin, c/o BEA Associates,  One
Citicorp Center, 153 East 53rd, 57th Floor, New York, New York, 10022, telephone
number  (212)  326-5418,  and  facsimile  number (212)  759-3772,  or such other
respective  addresses as the  Supervisory  Trustees  will have  furnished to the
Managing  Trustee in writing in accordance  with this Section 7.7, or (iv) if to
the  Debtors,  to Chief  Executive  Officer,  I.C.H.  Corporation,  9404 Genesee
Avenue, Suite 330, LaJolla,  California 92087,  telephone number (619) 587-8533,
and facsimile  number (619) 535-1634,  or such other address as the Debtors will
have  furnished  to the  Managing  Trustee in writing  in  accordance  with this
Section 7.7. All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall
be  given  by  facsimile,  hand  delivery,  overnight  delivery  or,  to a Trust
Beneficiary only, first class mail,  postage prepaid,  and shall be deemed given
when actually delivered or, with respect to a Trust Beneficiary only, if mailed,
three (3) business days after deposit in the U.S. Mail.

     7.8  Effective  Date.  This Trust,  and the transfer of Trust Assets to the
Managing  Trustee,  shall become  effective on the  Effective  Date of the Joint
Plan.

     7.9 Tax Provisions.

          7.9.1 Income Tax Status.  For all purposes of the Tax Code, the Debtor
     shall  be  deemed  to  have  transferred  the  Trust  Assets  to the  Trust
     Beneficiaries and the other recipients of distributions  hereunder pursuant
     to the Joint Plan and thereupon the Trust  Beneficiaries shall be deemed to
     have  transferred  their  share of the Trust  Assets to the Trust.  For all
     federal  income tax purposes,  consistent  valuations  shall be used by the
     Trust and the Trust  Beneficiaries  for the transferred  Trust Assets.  The
     Trust is intended to be treated as a liquidating trust pursuant to Treasury
     Regulations  ss.  301.7701-4(d),  and as a  grantor  trust  subject  to the
     provisions of  Subchapter J, Subpart E of the Tax Code,  owned by the Trust
     Beneficiaries as grantors. Any items of income, deduction,  credit, or loss
     of the Trust shall be allocated for federal  income tax purposes  among the
     Trust  Beneficiaries  pro-rata on the basis of their beneficial  interests.
     The Managing Trustee is authorized to take any action that may be necessary

                                       20

<PAGE>


     or  appropriate  to  minimize  any  potential  tax  liability  of the Trust
     Beneficiaries arising out of the operations of the Trust.

          7.9.2 Tax Returns and Reports.  In accordance with Treasury Regulation
     ss. 1.671-4(a),  the Managing Trustee shall cause to be prepared and filed,
     at the cost and  expense of the  Trust,  an annual  information  tax return
     (Form 1041) with the Internal  Revenue  Service,  with a schedule  attached
     showing the item of income, deduction, and credit attributable to the Trust
     and detailing the allocation of such items of income, deduction, and credit
     among  the  Trust  Beneficiaries  as  required  pursuant  to the Form  1041
     instructions  for  grantor  trusts.  Copies of such Form 1041 and  attached
     schedules  will  be  delivered  promptly  to  each  Trust  Beneficiary.  In
     addition,  the Managing  Trustee  shall cause to be prepared and filed in a
     timely  manner,  such other state or local tax  returns as are  required by
     applicable  law by virtue of the  existence  and operation of the Trust and
     shall pay any taxes shown as due thereon. Within thirty (30) days after the
     end of each calendar year, the Managing  Trustee shall cause to be prepared
     and  mailed  to a  Trust  Beneficiary  such  other  information  as  may be
     requested  by such  Trust  Beneficiary  in  writing  to enable  such  Trust
     Beneficiary to complete and file his, her, or its federal,  state and local
     income and other tax returns.

          7.9.3  Withholding.  The Managing Trustee may withhold from the amount
     distributable  from  the  Trust  at any  time  such  sum or  sums as may be
     sufficient  to pay any tax or taxes or other  charge or charges  which have
     been or may be imposed on the distributee or upon the Trust with respect to
     the amount  distributable or to be distributed under the income tax laws of
     the United  States or of any state or  political  subdivision  or entity by
     reason of any distribution provided for any law, regulation,  rule, ruling,
     directive, or other governmental requirement.

          7.9.4 Tax Identification Numbers. The Managing Trustee may require any
     Trust  Beneficiary or other  distributee to furnish to the Managing Trustee
     its Employer or Taxpayer  Identification Number as assigned by the Internal
     Revenue Service and the Managing  Trustee may condition any distribution to
     any  Trust   Beneficiary  or  other   distributee   upon  receipt  of  such
     identification number.

          7.9.5 Tax Year. The taxable year of the Trust shall,  unless otherwise
     required by the Internal Revenue Code, be the calendar year.

     7.10 Amendment of Trust.  This Trust Agreement may be amended,  modified or
altered  only  upon  (i)  the  recommendation  of the  Managing  Trustee  to the
Supervisory  Trustees and the  approval of the  Supervisory  Trustees,  and (ii)
Order of the Court.

                         VIII. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     8.1 As provided in the Joint Plan, the Court has retained jurisdiction over
the Trust, the Trustees,  and the Trust Assets,  including,  without limitation,
the  determination  of  all  controversies  and  disputes  arising  under  or in
connection with this Trust.

                                       21

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have caused this  instrument  to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                     I.C.H. CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation


                                 By: /s/ Susan A. Brown
                                     ------------------
                                     Susan A. Brown, Co-Chief Executive Officer



                                 By: /s/ Rodney D. Moore
                                     -------------------
                                     Rodney D. Moore, Co-Chief Executive Officer


                                 MANAGING TRUSTEE


                                     /s/ Susan A. Brown
                                     ------------------
                                     Susan A. Brown



                                 SUPERVISORY TRUSTEES


                                     /s/ John M. Tobin
                                     -----------------
                                     John M. Tobin


                                     /s/ Jeffrey Schultz
                                     -------------------
                                     Jeffrey Schultz


                                     /s/ Gregory Lathrop
                                     -------------------
                                     Gregory Lathrop






                                       22

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

     ICH Assets and Securities Transferred to Lone Star Liquidating Trust

          1.   All cash and  short-term  investments  (excluding  $2.5  million,
               $500,000 Tenneco settlement proceeds);

          2.   All restricted cash including:

               -        Republic Tower Rental Trust Account;
               -        Consolidated Fidelity tax obligation escrow;
               -        The escrow relating to the PennCorp Purchase agreement;
               -        Rights under the Modern/Western Escrow Agreement with
                    Reassure America Life Insurance Company;

          3.   All  real  property,  other  than  the  Perry  Park,  KY land and
               improvements, including:

               -        Baton Rouge, LA land;
               -        Ponderosa Inn, Burly, ID;
               -        Deltona Lakes, FL land;
               -        Real property known as Post Oak Park, located in
                          Houston, Texas.

          4.   All Facilities Management Installation stock:

          5.   BML Agency stock;

          6.   SLC Financial Services stock;

          7.   All First Commonwealth Corporation stock;

          8.   All Churchill Downs stock;

          9.   All XRC Corp. stock;

          10.  All National Energy Group, Inc. stock;

          11.  All Kentucky Central Life Insurance Co. stock;

          12.  All Kentucky Investors, Inc. stock;

          13.  All Worthington Industries. Inc. stock;

          14.  All IMO Delaval Inc. stock;

          15.  All Transamerica Corporation stock;

          16.  Southwestern Financial Corp. $40 million Note due 2005;


                                   Exhibit A-1


<PAGE>


          17.  Distribution and Liquidation Interest in Stone Capital Corp.;

          18.  Penncorp Purchase Agreement, including without limitation any and
               all rights,  claims,  counterclaims,  choses and causes of action
               that may be  asserted  or enforced  under  Article VI  (including
               without limitation Section 6.5);

          19.  All ICH Funding Corporation stock;

          20.  Reinsurance receivables owed to BML;

          21.  Mississippi Power and Light Co. Debenture;

          22.  Fund America Investors Corp. Bonds;

          23.  Vanguard American Finance ABS 93-C5;

          24.  All Certified Capital Corp. stock;

          25.  Hicks Muse Limited Partnership (Hatbrands L.P.);

          26.  Hicks Muse Limited Partnership (Hatbrands Montana L.P.);

          27.  Rights,  claims or  actions  under the  Modern/Western  Agreement
               and/or the Philadelphia American Agreement;

          28.  Receivable from BML for Capital and Surplus Retention Assets; and

          29.  All  claims,  choses and causes of action  relating to the assets
               transferred to Lone Star Liquidating  Trust pursuant to the terms
               of the Joint Plan and the Order.

























                                   Exhibit A-2


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                       [FORM OF FACE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]

                  Beneficial Interest ("Trust Interest") in the
                Lone Star Liquidating Trust Established Under the
                      Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement

Certificate No.                                             Face Amount of Trust
                                                                       Interests

T-___________                                    Represented by this Certificate

                                   See Reverse for Description of Certain Terms,
                               Conditions and Restrictions on the Trust Interest

     This  certifies  that  _______________  is the  registered  holder of Trust
Interests in the face amount of  ______________________ in the Trust established
under the Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement ("Trust Agreement"), dated as of
February ___,  1997,  established  by I.C.H.  Corporation  pursuant to the First
Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization in the Chapter 11 case styled In re I.C.H.
Corporation  et al.,  Case No. 395-  36351-RCM-11  (the  "Case"),  in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division (the
"Court") as confirmed by the order of such Court  entered on  ___________,  1997
(as so confirmed,  the "Joint Plan"),  and accepted by the Managing  Trustee for
the benefit of the Trust Beneficiaries.  This Certificate is issued under and is
subject to the terms,  provisions and conditions of the Trust  Agreement and the
Joint  Plan,  to  which  Trust  Agreement  and  Joint  Plan the  holder  of this
Certificate by virtue of the acceptance  hereof assents and by which such holder
is bound. All terms not specifically  defined herein shall have the meanings set
forth in the Trust Agreement. Subject to the Trust Agreement and the limitations
set forth therein,  including the payment of all fees related to transfers,  the
transfer of Trust Interests  represented by this  Certificate is registerable in
the Trust  Register kept by the Registrar and Transfer  Agent upon  surrender of
this Certificate for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written
instrument  of transfer  satisfactory  in form to the  Managing  Trustee and the
Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent,  duly  executed  by, the holder  hereof or such
holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in writing,  and thereupon one or more new
Certificates  evidencing a like amount of Trust  Interests will be issued to the
designated  transferee or transferees;  provided,  however, that no Certificates
evidencing less than $1,000 shall be issued.


     In Witness  Whereof,  this  Certificates  has been executed by the Managing
Trustee hereunto duly authorized.

Dated:
                                 [Name of Managing Trustee], as Managing Trustee
                                            for the Lone Star Liquidating Trust]

                                   Exhibit B-1



<PAGE>


Countersigned and Registered:


[Name of Registrar and Transfer Agent]


By:
                              Authorized Signature





                                   Exhibit B-2



<PAGE>


                       [FORM OF FACE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]

                  Beneficial Interest ("Trust Interest") in the
                Lone Star Liquidating Trust Established Under the
                      Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement

     The Trust Interests  represented by this Certificate  represent  beneficial
interests in the Trust  established  under the Trust Agreement and Joint Plan as
confirmed by the United States  Bankruptcy  Court,  Northern  District of Texas,
Dallas Division, by Order entered on _________________, 1997.

     The  Managing  Trustee will  furnish  without  charge to each holder who so
requests  complete  copies  of the Trust  Agreement  and the  Joint  Plan.  Such
requests  should be made in writing  to the  Managing  Trustee at her  principal
office at:

                           3811 Turtle Creek Boulevard
                             300 Turtle Creek Centre
                               Dallas, Texas 75219

     The record date for determining  entitlement to  distributions of Available
Cash,  if any,  from the  Trust to Trust  Interest  holders  listed in the Trust
Register shall be established pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

     At the office or agency of the Managing Trustee maintained for such purpose
and in  the  manner  and  subject  to  the  limitations  provided  in the  Trust
Agreement,  this Certificate may be exchanged for new Certificates  evidencing a
like aggregate amount of Trust Interests. Upon due presentation for registration
of transfer of this Certificate at the above-mentioned  office or agency and the
payment of all fees provided in the Trust  Agreement  related to such  transfer,
and  subject  to the  limitations  set  forth  in  the  Trust  Agreement,  a new
Certificate  or  Certificates  evidencing  a  like  aggregate  number  of  Trust
Interests  will be issued to the  transferee or  transferees  as provided in the
Trust Agreement. The Managing Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover  any tax or other  governmental  charge  payable  in  connection  with any
exchange or registration of transfer of this Certificate in addition to the fees
provided in the Trust Agreement.

     The  Managing  Trustee or any agent of the  Managing  Trustee  may deem and
treat the Person in whose name this  Certificate  is  registered  upon the Trust
Register as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Managing
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary until
changed in the Trust Register in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

     The  obligations  and   responsibilities   of  the  Managing   Trustee  and
Supervisory  Trustees  with  respect  to the  Trust  Interest  under  the  Trust
Agreement  shall terminate upon the payment to holders of Trust Interests of all
amounts held in the Trust and required to be paid to them  pursuant to the Trust
Agreement and, in any event, upon termination of the Trust.

                                   Exhibit B-3



<PAGE>


     In the event of any omissions in the terms of this  Certificate,  or in the
event of any conflict between the terms of this Certificate and the terms of the
Trust Agreement, the terms of the Trust Agreement shall control.

                    -----------------------------------------

     THE EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE INTERESTS  REPRESENTED BY
THE TRUST  CERTIFICATES  AND THE TRANSFER OF TRUST  CERTIFICATES  ARE SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

                    -----------------------------------------

     THE  TRUST  INTERESTS   REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY APPLICABLE  STATES SECURITIES
LAWS  AND  HAVE  BEEN  ISSUED  PURSUANT  TO THE  EXEMPTION  TO THE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS  THEREOF  AFFORDED  BY  11  U.S.A.  ss.  1145.  ACCORDINGLY,   THIS
CERTIFICATE CAN ONLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED.  PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED
PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH SECTION.

                                   Exhibit B-4



                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                       [FORM OF FACE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]

                  Beneficial Interest ("Trust Interest") in the
                Lone Star Liquidating Trust Established Under the
                      Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement

Certificate No.                                             Face Amount of Trust
                                                                       Interests

T-___________                                    Represented by this Certificate

                                   See Reverse for Description of Certain Terms,
                               Conditions and Restrictions on the Trust Interest

     This  certifies  that  _______________  is the  registered  holder of Trust
Interests in the face amount of  ______________________ in the Trust established
under the Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement ("Trust Agreement"), dated as of
February ___,  1997,  established  by I.C.H.  Corporation  pursuant to the First
Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization in the Chapter 11 case styled In re I.C.H.
Corporation et al., Case No. 395-36351-RCM-11 (the "Case"), in the United States
Bankruptcy  Court for the  Northern  District  of Texas,  Dallas  Division  (the
"Court") as confirmed by the order of such Court  entered on  ___________,  1997
(as so confirmed,  the "Joint Plan"),  and accepted by the Managing  Trustee for
the benefit of the Trust Beneficiaries.  This Certificate is issued under and is
subject to the terms,  provisions and conditions of the Trust  Agreement and the
Joint  Plan,  to  which  Trust  Agreement  and  Joint  Plan the  holder  of this
Certificate by virtue of the acceptance  hereof assents and by which such holder
is bound. All terms not specifically  defined herein shall have the meanings set
forth in the Trust Agreement. Subject to the Trust Agreement and the limitations
set forth therein,  including the payment of all fees related to transfers,  the
transfer of Trust Interests  represented by this  Certificate is registerable in
the Trust  Register kept by the Registrar and Transfer  Agent upon  surrender of
this Certificate for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written
instrument  of transfer  satisfactory  in form to the  Managing  Trustee and the
Registrar  and  Transfer  Agent,  duly  executed  by, the holder  hereof or such
holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in writing,  and thereupon one or more new
Certificates  evidencing a like amount of Trust  Interests will be issued to the
designated  transferee or transferees;  provided,  however, that no Certificates
evidencing less than $1,000 shall be issued.


     In Witness  Whereof,  this  Certificates  has been executed by the Managing
Trustee hereunto duly authorized.

Dated:                            ______________________________________________
                                 [Name of Managing Trustee], as Managing Trustee
                                            for the Lone Star Liquidating Trust]




<PAGE>



Countersigned and Registered:
[Name of Registrar and Transfer Agent]

By:__________________________________
                              Authorized Signature





<PAGE>


                       [FORM OF FACE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]
                  Beneficial Interest ("Trust Interest") in the
                Lone Star Liquidating Trust Established Under the
                      Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement

     The Trust Interests  represented by this Certificate  represent  beneficial
interests in the Trust  established  under the Trust Agreement and Joint Plan as
confirmed by the United States  Bankruptcy  Court,  Northern  District of Texas,
Dallas Division, by Order entered on _________________, 1997.

     The  Managing  Trustee will  furnish  without  charge to each holder who so
requests  complete  copies  of the Trust  Agreement  and the  Joint  Plan.  Such
requests  should be made in writing  to the  Managing  Trustee at her  principal
office at:

                           3811 Turtle Creek Boulevard
                             300 Turtle Creek Centre
                               Dallas, Texas 75219

     The record date for determining  entitlement to  distributions of Available
Cash,  if any,  from the  Trust to Trust  Interest  holders  listed in the Trust
Register shall be established pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

     At the office or agency of the Managing Trustee maintained for such purpose
and in  the  manner  and  subject  to  the  limitations  provided  in the  Trust
Agreement,  this Certificate may be exchanged for new Certificates  evidencing a
like aggregate amount of Trust Interests. Upon due presentation for registration
of transfer of this Certificate at the above-mentioned  office or agency and the
payment of all fees provided in the Trust  Agreement  related to such  transfer,
and  subject  to the  limitations  set  forth  in  the  Trust  Agreement,  a new
Certificate  or  Certificates  evidencing  a  like  aggregate  number  of  Trust
Interests  will be issued to the  transferee or  transferees  as provided in the
Trust Agreement. The Managing Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover  any tax or other  governmental  charge  payable  in  connection  with any
exchange or registration of transfer of this Certificate in addition to the fees
provided in the Trust Agreement.

     The  Managing  Trustee or any agent of the  Managing  Trustee  may deem and
treat the Person in whose name this  Certificate  is  registered  upon the Trust
Register as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Managing
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary until
changed in the Trust Register in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

     The  obligations  and   responsibilities   of  the  Managing   Trustee  and
Supervisory  Trustees  with  respect  to the  Trust  Interest  under  the  Trust
Agreement  shall terminate upon the payment to holders of Trust Interests of all
amounts held in the Trust and required to be paid to them  pursuant to the Trust
Agreement and, in any event, upon termination of the Trust.




<PAGE>


     In the event of any omissions in the terms of this  Certificate,  or in the
event of any conflict between the terms of this Certificate and the terms of the
Trust Agreement, the terms of the Trust Agreement shall control.

                    -----------------------------------------

     THE EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE INTERESTS  REPRESENTED BY
THE TRUST  CERTIFICATES  AND THE TRANSFER OF TRUST  CERTIFICATES  ARE SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

                    -----------------------------------------

     THE  TRUST  INTERESTS   REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY APPLICABLE  STATES SECURITIES
LAWS  AND  HAVE  BEEN  ISSUED  PURSUANT  TO THE  EXEMPTION  TO THE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS  THEREOF  AFFORDED  BY  11  U.S.A.  ss.  1145.  ACCORDINGLY,   THIS
CERTIFICATE CAN ONLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED.  PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED
PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH SECTION.

                                                                    Exhibit 10.1
















                             COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

                                 by and between

                           LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST

                                       and

                       SUSAN A. BROWN, as Managing Trustee

                        effective as of February 19, 1997


                                        1

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


1. Defined Terms                                                            3

2. Managing Trustee's Compensation and Reimbursement                        3

         (a) Base Salary                                                    3

         (b) Bonus Payments                                                 3

         (c) Benefits.                                                      4

         (d) Proration.                                                     4

3. Compensation Upon Termination.                                           5

         (a)  Compensation Upon Termination.                                5

         (b) Survival.                                                      5

4. Other Provisions Relating to Termination.                                5

         (a) Continuing Cooperation.                                        5

         (b) Confidentiality.                                               5

5 . Successors and Assignments.                                             5

6. Notice.                                                                  5

7. Severability.                                                            5

8. Miscellaneous.                                                           6

9. GOVERNING LAW.                                                           6

10. Counterparts.                                                           6



                                        2

<PAGE>


                             COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

     This Compensation  Agreement (this "Agreement") is effective as of the 19th
day of February,  1997 ("Effective  Date"), by and between Lone Star Liquidating
Trust (the "Trust"), and Susan A. Brown (the "Managing Trustee").

     WHEREAS,  the Lone Star Liquidating Trust has been established  pursuant to
the Lone Star Liquidating Trust Agreement",  dated as of February 19, 1997, (the
"Trust Agreement by I.C.H. Corporation (including Care Financial Corporation and
SWL Holding Corporation) and accepted by Susan A. Brown, as Managing Trustee;

     WHEREAS,  Section  4.1.2 of the Trust  Agreement  provides that the initial
Managing Trustee shall be compensated on terms  substantially in conformity with
the compensation provided for in the employment agreement between Susan A. Brown
and I.C.H. Corporation dated as of January 1, 1996 (the "Employment Agreement");

     WHEREAS,  the  Supervisory  Trustees  have  consented to the execution of a
Compensation  Agreement  with Managing  Trustee  substantially  on the terms set
forth in Section 4.1.2 of the Trust Agreement and in the Employment Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  the  Employment  Agreement  has been  terminated  pursuant to the
Acknowledgment  of  Termination  of  Employment  Agreement  dated as of the date
hereof, Managing Trustee has accepted the appointment to act as Managing Trustee
of the  Trust,  and  Managing  Trustee  and the Trust  desire to enter into this
Agreement to set forth the terms of Managing Trustee's compensation;

     NOW,  THEREFOR,  in consideration of the foregoing  premises and the mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
parties do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

     1.  Defined  Terms.  All  capitalized  terms used herein and not  otherwise
defined shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Trust Agreement.

     2. Managing Trustee's Compensation and Reimbursement.

          (a) Base Salary.  Managing Trustee shall receive a base salary paid by
     the Trust at the  annual  rate of  $250,000  ("Base  Salary")  during  each
     calendar year of the Term, payable in equal monthly installments.

          (b) Bonus Payments.  Managing Trustee shall be entitled to receive, in
     addition to the Base Salary,  Bonus  payments when and if Available Cash is
     distributed  to the  Trust  Beneficiaries  from  the  Trust  determined  as
     follows:

               (i)  if  the  value  of  Available  Cash   distributed  to  Trust
          Beneficiaries  under the Trust Agreement (adjusted as set forth below)
          (the "Total Value Distributed") is less than or

                                        3

<PAGE>


          equal to $260 million,  then Managing Trustee shall not be entitled to
          any Bonus;

               (ii) if the Total Value  Distributed is greater than $260 million
          but less than or equal to $280 million, then Managing Trustee shall be
          entitled  to a Bonus in an  amount  equal to 1% of the  excess  of the
          Total Value Distributed over $260 million;

               (iii) if the Total Value Distributed is greater than $280 million
          but less than or equal to $310 million, then Managing Trustee shall be
          entitled to an additional Bonus in an amount equal to 2% of the excess
          of the Total Value Distributed over $280 million; or

               (iv) if the Total Value Distributed is greater than $310 million,
          then Managing  Trustee shall be entitled to an additional  Bonus in an
          amount equal to 2.5% of the excess of the Total Value Distributed over
          $310 million.

     For purposes of determining the Total Value Distributed,  the value of cash
distributed  shall be discounted at the rate of 4% per annum for the period from
the date of distribution back to January 1, 1997; provided, that the date of any
distribution  to a Distribution  Agent shall be deemed the date of  distribution
for purposes hereof.

          (c) Benefits.  Managing  Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
     the Trust in a reasonable  amount for the cost incurred by Managing Trustee
     to purchase:

               (i)  health  insurance  coverage  substantially  similar  to that
          provided by I.C.H.  Corporation to Managing Trustee  immediately prior
          to the termination of the Employment Agreement, and

               (ii) a term life insurance  policy  covering the life of Managing
          Trustee and providing a lump sum death benefit of $500,000  payable to
          such beneficiaries as Managing Trustee designates.

          (d) Proration;  Withholding.  Any payments payable to Managing Trustee
     under this Agreement (other than the payment of Bonus payments  pursuant to
     Section 2(b) hereof) in respect of any calendar year during which  Managing
     Trustee  is  employed  by the Trust for less than the entire  year,  unless
     otherwise  expressly provided herein,  shall be prorated in accordance with
     the number of days in such  calendar  year during which she is so employed.
     Any payments  payable to Managing  Trustee  under this  Agreement  shall be
     subject to all applicable  deductions and withholdings for federal,  state,
     city or other taxes or other  amounts as shall be required  pursuant to any
     law or regulation.


                                        4

<PAGE>


     3. Compensation Upon Termination.

          (a) Compensation Upon Termination.  Managing Trustee shall be entitled
     to the following  compensation  from the Trust upon the  termination of her
     service as Managing Trustee by reason of death, resignation or removal:

               (i)  Managing  Trustee's  Base  Salary  to the  date of  Managing
          Trustee's death, resignation or removal; plus

               (ii) the  Bonus,  if any,  as and  when  determined  pursuant  to
          Section 2(b) hereof.

          (b)  Survival.  The  provisions  of this  Section 3 shall  survive any
     termination of this Agreement.

     4. Other Provisions Relating to Termination.

          (a) Continuing Cooperation. In the event of the removal or resignation
     of Managing Trustee,  Managing Trustee agrees to reasonably  cooperate with
     and to make  herself  available  to the Trust to  assist it in the  orderly
     administration  of  its  affairs.  For  such  assistance  and  cooperation,
     Managing Trustee shall be paid $150 per hour.

          (b)  Confidentiality.  Managing  Trustee  agrees,  in the event of her
     removal or resignation  prior to  substantial  completion of the purpose of
     the Trust,  to maintain in  confidence  all  proprietary  and  confidential
     information of the Trust.

     5.  Successors and  Assignments.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and
inure to the  benefit  of, the Trust,  Managing  Trustee,  and their  respective
successors.   assigns,   personal   and   legal   representatives,    executors,
administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees. and legatees, as applicable. This
Agreement may not be assigned (either voluntarily or involuntarily) by any party
hereto  without the express  written  consent of the other party and approval of
the Bankruptcy  Court,  if necessary.  Any attempted  assignment in violation of
this Section 5 shall be void and ineffective  for all purposes.  In the event of
an assignment  permitted by this Section 5, this Agreement shall be binding upon
the heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

     6.  Notice.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,   notices  and  all  other
communications  provided for in this Agreement  shall be given in the manner set
forth in the Section 7.7 of the Trust Agreement.

     7. Severability.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the
application  thereof  to any  person  or  circumstance,  is held  by a court  of
competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  illegal, or unenforceable in any respect
under present or future laws  effective  during the  effective  term of any such
provision,  such invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable  provision shall be fully
severable:  and this  Agreement  shall then be construed and enforced as if such
invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable  provision had not been  contained in this
Agreement;  and the remaining  provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full
force  and  effect  and  shall  not be  affected  by the  illegal,  invalid,  or
unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in

                                        5

<PAGE>


lieu of each such illegal,  invalid, or unenforceable provision,  there shall be
added  automatically as part of this Agreement,  a provision as similar in terms
to such illegal,  invalid, or unenforceable  provision as may be possible and be
legal, valid and enforceable.

     8.  Miscellaneous.  This  Agreement and the Trust  Agreement sets forth the
entire  understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,
it   incorporates   and  merges  any  and  all   previous   communications   and
understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof,  oral or written,  and
no provision of this  Agreement may be modified,  waived,  or discharged  unless
such waiver, modification,  or discharge is agreed to in the manner set forth in
Section 7.10 of the Trust Agreement.

     9. GOVERNING LAW. (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND
ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. THE PARTIES SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
OF THE  BANKRUPTCY  COURT  WITH  RESPECT  TO ALL  DISPUTES  ARISING  UNDER  THIS
AGREEMENT.

     10. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original,  but all of which together will
constitute one and the same agreement.


                                        6

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
set forth below, to be effective as of the date first above written.

                                                     THE TRUST:

                                                     LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST

Date:    February 19, 1997                           By:/s/ Susan A. Brown
                                                        ------------------
                                                        Susan A. Brown
                                                        Managing Trustee


                                                     MANAGING TRUSTEE:

Date:    February 19, 1997                              /s/ Susan A. Brown
                                                        ------------------
                                                        Susan A. Brown




























                                        7


                                                                    Exhibit 10.2


                           EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT


     EMPLOYEE  LEASING  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement"),  dated February 19, 1997,
among Lone Star  Liquidating  Trust,  a Texas  trust (the  "Trust"),  Facilities
Management  Installation,  Inc., a Delaware corporation ("FMI" and together with
the Trust sometimes  collectively  referred to herein as the "Trust  Companies")
and Southwestern Financial Services Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("SWFSC").

                             INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS

     The following are true and correct and form the basis for and are a part of
this Agreement:

     A. SWFSC is a party to (i) that certain Employee Leasing Agreement dated as
of  December  29,  1995,  with  I.C.H.   Corporation   ("ICH"),  FMI  and  other
subsidiaries  of ICH (as amended and extended to date, the "ICH  Agreement") and
(ii) that certain Employee Leasing and Data Processing  Capacity Agreement dated
as of  December  29, 1995 with  Bankers  Multiple  Line  Insurance  Company,  an
Illinois  insurance  company  ("BML" (as amended and extended to date,  the "BML
Agreement").  Both the ICH Agreement and the BML Agreement expire by their terms
on the date hereof.

     B. ICH filed a  voluntary  petition  for  relief  under  Chapter  11 of the
Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas
Division  on October  10,  1995.  Pursuant  to the First  Amended  Joint Plan of
Reorganization  Under  Chapter 11, as  approved by Order dated  February 7, 1997
(the "Plan"), the Trust was established to which certain assets of ICH have been
transferred,  including the capital stock of FMI. Further,  the Trust has agreed
with Reorganized ICH (as defined in the Plan) to provide such administrative and
management  services to it and BML as was being provided under the ICH Agreement
and BML  Agreement,  respectively,  immediately  prior to the expiration of such
agreements,  which  services will be obtained by the Trust under and pursuant to
this Agreement.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing  and other  good and
valuable   consideration  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:



EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 1

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I

                            Leased Employee Services

     1.1 In General. The leased employees are substantially all of the employees
of SWFSC, and the Executive  Managers set forth on Schedule 1.1, who perform the
tasks  set forth in  Article  VI hereto  for  SWFSC and its  affiliates  and who
performed substantially all of the services reasonably necessary or required for
the conduct of the business of the  companies,  including ICH, FMI and BML, that
SWFSC served under the ICH Agreement and BML Agreement prior to the date hereof.
Such  business  as so  conducted  and to the extent to be  conducted  under this
Agreement  for and on  behalf  of the  Trust  Companies  is  referred  to as the
"Business."  Such leased  employees,  as changed from time to time in accordance
with this  Agreement,  are herein  called  the  "Leased  Employees."  Subject to
Section 1.3,  the Leased  Employees,  together  with their  offices,  and office
equipment, (including computer and other data processing equipment) and supplies
(collectively,  the "Offices"), will be made available to the Trust Companies to
the extent  reasonably  necessary  or required  for the conduct of the  Business
under the supervision, direction and control of Susan A. Brown, Managing Trustee
(the "Trustee").

     1.2 Acceptance.  The Trust  Companies  hereby  acknowledge  that the Leased
Employees  to be made  available  to the Trust  Companies  as of the date hereof
collectively  have  the  qualifications,   training  and  experience  reasonably
necessary or required for the conduct of the Business in  accordance  with sound
business practices in all material aspects.

     1.3 Allocation of Time. SWFSC will use its reasonable efforts in good faith
to allocate on a fair and equitable basis the time of the Leased Employees among
the other companies to which it provides services,  including its own affiliates
and the Trust Companies.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                Leased Employees

     2.1 Provision of Leased Employees. SWFSC hereby leases the Leased Employees
to the  Trust  Companies  on a  non-exclusive  basis  during  the  term  of this
Agreement.  At all times during the term of this Agreement,  SWFSC will have the
right to determine,  in the reasonable exercise of its discretion,  the identity
of Leased  Employees  and the  percentage  of the Leased  Employees'  time to be
devoted to the Trust Companies;  provided, however, at all times during the term
hereof  SWFSC will (a) provide the Trust  Companies  with Leased  Employees  who
collectively  have  the  qualifications,   training  and  experience  reasonably
necessary  for the conduct of the  Business in  accordance  with sound  business
practices in all material  aspects,  and (b) subject to Section 1.3,  cause such
Leased Employees to devote such time as may be reasonably  necessary or required
for the conduct of the Business.


EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 2

<PAGE>



     2.2 SWFSC As Sole Employer.  The Leased Employees shall at all times remain
the employees of SWFSC.  SWFSC shall have the sole authority and  responsibility
to hire,  terminate,  determine the rate and manner of compensation and benefits
of,   evaluate  and  discipline  the  Leased   Employees.   Such  authority  and
responsibility shall be exercised without prior consultation with, or notice to,
the Trust  Companies,  except that insofar as their work for the Trust Companies
is  concerned,  the  activities  of the  Leased  Employees  shall be  under  the
direction,  supervision  and control of the Trustee,  as provided in Article IV.
The  Trust  Companies  shall  not have any  obligation  for the  payment  of any
compensation or benefits to any Leased Employee.  Notwithstanding the provisions
of  Section  2.1,  SWFSC  shall,  at the  request of the Trust  Companies,  make
reasonable  efforts to  replace or  reassign  any Leased  Employee  who does not
adequately  perform  assigned  tasks,  as  determined  by  the  Trustee  in  the
reasonable exercise of her discretion.

     2.3 No  Solicitation.  During the period  beginning  on the date hereof and
ending on the later of (a) the first  anniversary of the date hereof, or (b) six
months after the  termination of this  Agreement,  the Trust Companies shall not
directly or indirectly,  employ, or offer employment to or solicit, encourage or
induce any person  employed  by SWFSC to leave the employ of SWFSC  without  the
prior  consent of SWFSC,  provided,  that the Trust  Companies  may  solicit for
employment any Leased Employee whose employment by SWFSC has been  involuntarily
terminated by SWFSC but only to the extent such solicitation commences following
such Leased Employee's termination of employment with SWFSC.

     2.4 No  Agency.  In the  performance  of their  duties  in  respect  of the
Business,  the Leased  Employees  shall be the agents of the Trust Companies and
not of SWFSC. The Trust Companies shall not hold out the Leased  Employees,  and
shall use commercially  reasonable  efforts to cause the Leased Employees not to
hold  themselves out, as agents of SWFSC in the course of the performance by the
Leased Employees of their duties in respect of the Business.

                                   ARTICLE III

                    Use of Facilities, Equipment and Supplies

     3.1 No Ownership  Interest:  Limited Rights. The Trust Companies shall have
no  property  interest  or other  rights  in the  Offices.  Each  Trust  Company
acknowledges  that its only right  under this  Agreement  is to the lease of the
Leased  Employees and to have the use of Offices in the manner provided  herein,
and that it is not granted  any right to the use of any  specific  equipment  or
software or any particular configuration thereof, except as provided herein.

     3.2 Lease of Facilities.  If either party so desires,  the Trust  Companies
will enter into a mutually  agreeable lease,  sublease or other such arrangement
with SWFSC pursuant to this Agreement for the use by the Trust  Companies of any
SWFSC  facilities that the Trust  Companies  exclusively  occupies.  Such lease,
sublease  or  other  arrangement  will be for the term of this  Agreement  only,
unless  otherwise  expressly  agreed by SWFSC, and will have such other terms as
the parties agree.

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 3

<PAGE>



     3.3  Purchase of Specific  Equipment  and Forms.  In the event the Business
requires the use of any specific  equipment  or any business  forms,  including,
without limitation,  letterhead,  notices and other customer communications,  or
any other  item,  in each  case,  which  will be used  exclusively  by the Trust
Companies   (collectively  the  "Purchased  Items"),  SWFSC  may,  in  its  sole
discretion, purchase such item for the account of the Trust Companies, provided,
that if the amount  required  to be  expended  for any  Purchased  Item  exceeds
$5,000,  such  expenditure  shall not be made  without the prior  consent of the
Trustee.  The full cost of the  Purchased  Item,  which cost shall  include  any
reasonable expenses of SWFSC in procuring the Purchased Item, shall be reflected
on the next succeeding monthly billing statement provided to the Trust Companies
pursuant to Section 6.2. Following the termination of this Agreement,  Purchased
Items  not held in the name of the  Trust  Companies  shall be  transferred  and
conveyed to the Trust  Companies at no additional  cost to the Trust  Companies,
except  for the  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by SWFSC in  transferring  such
Purchased  Items to the Trust  Companies,  which  expenses  shall be paid by the
Trust Companies immediately upon receipt of such Purchased Item.

     3.4  Maintenance of Books and Records.  During the term of this  Agreement,
and subject to applicable  law or  regulation,  SWFSC shall  maintain for and on
behalf of the Trust  Companies such books and records of the Trust  Companies as
the Trustee may reasonably  request in the same manner,  and subject to the same
records  retention  policy,  as SWFSC  uses for the  books  and  records  of its
affiliates.  If at any time the Trust Companies object to the records  retention
policy  of SWFSC,  the Trust  Companies  may (at the Trust  Companies'  expense)
remove and retain such books and  records.  SWFSC shall  provide  access to such
books and records to the Trust  Companies  and its  designees  at the offices of
SWFSC during normal business hours,  and shall furnish such books and records to
the Trust Companies upon reasonable request.

     3.5 Use of Trust  Companies  Property.  In the  performance of their duties
hereunder the Leased Employees will have the right to use any piece of equipment
or software which is owned by the Trust  Companies or which the Trust  Companies
has the  right to use.  The Trust  Companies  will use  commercially  reasonable
efforts  to  obtain  all  consents  from  third  parties,  if any,  which may be
necessary for the Leased Employees to use any such equipment or software.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                  Management Obligations of the Trust Companies

     4.1 Management General.

          (a) SWFSC shall make  available  the Leased  Employees  to conduct the
     Business  under the direction  and  supervision  of the Trustee.  The Trust
     Companies  acknowledge  that the  duties of the  Leased  Employees  will be
     administrative,  technical  and  ministerial  in nature and that the Leased
     Employees  will not set policy for the Trust  Companies.  The Trustee shall
     establish or approve all policies under which the Leased Employees operate,
     including,

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 4

<PAGE>



     without limitation, policies with respect to compliance with all applicable
     insurance and other laws.

          (b) Although the direct  supervision of any individual Leased Employee
     may be carried out, and the activities and  performance of such  individual
     Leased  Employee  may be directed by,  another  Leased  Employee,  all such
     supervisory  activities shall be performed by the Leased Employees as agent
     for and on behalf of the Trust  Companies and not SWFSC.  The Trustee shall
     bear the responsibility to direct the Leased Employees, and any such direct
     supervision of Leased  Employees by other Leased  Employees shall in no way
     lessen the  responsibility  of the Trust  Companies and the Trustee for the
     direction and supervision of the Leased Employees.

          (c) The Trustee shall act through the  management  structure of SWFSC,
     including  the  Executive  Managers,  in dealing  with SWFSC and the Leased
     Employees.

     4.2 The Trustee.

          (a) The Trust  Companies  shall cause the Trustee to devote such time,
     attention  and skill as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to perform  the
     duties and responsibilities of the Trustee outlined in this Agreement.

          (b) The Trust  Companies will promptly  notify SWFSC if Susan A. Brown
     is  terminated  or ceases to act as the Trustee for any reason,  and when a
     new trustee is retained or appointed. In the event that the Trust Companies
     fail to have a trustee  appointed to perform the  obligations  of the Trust
     Companies  under this Agreement for a period of five  consecutive  business
     days,  SWFSC may, at its sole  option,  cease to make the Leased  Employees
     available  hereunder until such time as a replacement trustee has been duly
     appointed and SWFSC has been notified thereof.



EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 5

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Services

     5.1 Services  Required.  Subject to Section 1.3, SWFSC will make the Leased
Employees available to the Trust Companies to the extent reasonably necessary or
required for the conduct of the  Business,  including  without  limitation,  the
performance of the following services as reasonably directed or requested by the
Trustee:

          (a) Accounting, audit support and tax services;

          (b) Administrative and support services; and

          (c) Such other services as may be reasonably  required for the conduct
     of the Business and as agreed by SWFSC and the Trust Companies.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                Fees and Expenses

     6.1 Fees and Expenses of Term. During the Term of this Agreement,  the fees
and expenses to be paid to SWFSC by the Trust  Companies  hereunder shall be the
Trust  Companies'  pro  rata  portion  of  certain  fees and  expenses  of SWFSC
calculated on the basis set forth on Schedule 6.1.

     6.2 Billing and Payment.  Within 30 days following the end of each calendar
month during the Term hereof or the date of termination of this Agreement, SWFSC
will  provide to the Trust  Companies a statement  showing the fees and expenses
allocable  to the Trust  Companies  for such  prior  calendar  month or  portion
thereof,  together with amounts paid by SWFSC in respect of any  Purchased  Item
not yet billed to the Trust  Companies..  The Trust Companies will pay each such
statement in full within 15 days of receipt. Without limiting any other right of
SWFSC,  payments  made by the Trust  Companies  later than 15 days shall  accrue
simple  interest  at 10% per  annum  (or such  lesser  rate as may be the  legal
maximum rate of interest).

     6.3  Audit/Dispute  of Statements.  The Trust Companies may audit a billing
statement  that has not been  previously  audited and  sustained,  or  otherwise
agreed to and not changed and that the Trust Companies  believe in good faith to
be incorrect  provided such audit is commenced  within a 15-day period after the
receipt  of such  billing  statement.  The Trust  Companies  may audit a billing
statement for the purposes of determining  whether (i) the amounts  allocated to
the Trust Companies are  appropriately  allocated to the Trust Companies (rather
than to an affiliate of SWFSC),  and (ii) the  calculation or  determination  of
costs  underlying  the  billing  have been  performed  in  accordance  with this
Agreement.  The Trust  Companies  shall have no other  right to audit,  dispute,
object to or otherwise  challenge any statement or part thereof.  Any such audit
shall be completed, if at all, within 15 days after it is commenced. SWFSC shall
cooperate with any such audit, including by providing

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 6

<PAGE>


to the Trust  Companies  all  supporting  documentation  relating to the billing
statement  being audited.  If such audit indicates the need for an adjustment of
the amounts  charged,  the Trust  Companies may dispute the  correctness of such
statement or any charges thereon,  by proposing,  in writing,  an adjustment and
the reasons therefor,  each in reasonable detail. Any proposed  adjustment shall
specify the allocated items, if any, that require  adjustment and be accompanied
by data supporting the proposed adjustment.  Any statement (or part thereof) not
disputed as to correctness  by the Trust  Companies (or as to which an audit has
not been commenced)  within the 15-day period shall  thereafter  conclusively be
deemed  correct  for all  purposes.  In the event  that a billing  statement  is
disputed under this Section 6.3,  representatives of SWFSC and the Trustee shall
confer within 5 business  days of delivery to SWFSC of the proposed  adjustment.
If SWFSC and the Trust  Companies  are unable to resolve such  dispute  within 5
business  days,  any such dispute shall be finally  resolved in accordance  with
Article VIII hereto.  If such final  resolution  occurs after the termination of
this Agreement,  such adjustment  shall be paid by the Trust Companies or repaid
by  SWFSC,  as the  case  may  be,  within  15 days  of the  date  of the  final
resolution.  Nothing in this Section 6.3 shall relieve the Trust  Companies from
its  obligation to pay each monthly  statement or the statement  prepared at the
termination of this Agreement in full within 15 days of receipt,  whether or not
such statements reflect amounts that are being audited or disputed.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Remedies and Indemnification

     7.1 Limited Remedies. SWFSC's sole liability to the Trust Companies for any
failure to carry out,  or error or omission in  carrying  out,  its  obligations
hereunder  (unless  such  failure,  error or  omission  results  from bad faith,
willful  malfeasance  or gross  negligence  of SWFSC)  shall be to  correct  the
failure,  error  or  omission  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  under  the
circumstances.  SWFSC  shall not be liable to the Trust  Companies  or any other
person for following instructions of the Trust Companies or the Trustee, and all
remedial actions on the part of SWFSC with respect to any inaccurate,  erroneous
or mistaken instructions from the Trust Companies or the Trustee shall be at the
sole cost and  expense of the Trust  Companies.  IN NO EVENT  SHALL  SWFSC,  ITS
AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,  EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISERS, OR
REPRESENTATIVES  (COLLECTIVELY,  THE  "REPRESENTATIVES")  BE LIABLE TO THE TRUST
COMPANIES  UNDER OR IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY THEORY OF TORT,
CONTRACT,  STRICT  LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY DAMAGES,
DIRECT OR INDIRECT,  CONSEQUENTIAL  OR  OTHERWISE,  EXCEPT FOR SUCH DAMAGES THAT
RESULT FROM ITS OR THEIR RECKLESSNESS OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

     7.2 Indemnification.

          (a) SWFSC agrees to indemnify and to hold the Trust Companies harmless
     from any and all Losses  incurred by the Trust  Companies  as the result of
     any act or omission by

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 7

<PAGE>


     SWFSC in the performance of its duties hereunder if SWFSC's act or omission
     constitutes bad faith, willful malfeasance or gross negligence.

          (b) The  Trust  Companies  agree  to  indemnify  and hold  SWFSC,  its
     affiliates  and each of their  Representatives  (collectively,  the  "SWFSC
     Indemnities")  harmless from any and all Losses  (whether  attributable  in
     whole  or in  part to the  acts  or  omissions  of the  SWFSC  Indemnitees)
     resulting  from any act or omission by the Trust  Companies  or the Trustee
     related to the  performance  of this  Agreement if the Trust  Companies' or
     Trustee's act or omission  constitutes  bad faith,  willful  malfeasance or
     gross negligence.

          (c) As used  herein,  "Losses"  shall  mean  any and all  liabilities,
     obligations,   commitments,  losses,  fines,  penalties,  sanctions,  costs
     (including court costs but excluding costs and expenses of in-house experts
     and other personnel),  expenses, interest, deficiencies or damages (whether
     absolute,  accrued,  conditional  or otherwise and whether or not resulting
     from third-party claims) that are quantifiable in monetary terms, including
     reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  and  reasonable  fees and  expenses of
     attorneys,  accountants,  consultants and expert witnesses (excluding costs
     and  expenses of  in-house  experts  and other  personnel)  incurred in the
     investigation  or defense of claims asserted  against an Indemnified  Party
     (as defined in Section 7.3).

     7.3 Indemnification Procedures. In the case of any claim asserted against a
party  entitled  to  indemnification  under  this  Agreement  (the  "Indemnified
Party"), notice shall be given by the Indemnified Party to the party required to
provide   indemnification   (the  "Indemnifying   Party")  promptly  after  such
Indemnified  Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity under
this  Article VII may be sought,  and the  Indemnified  Party  shall  permit the
Indemnifying  Party (at the  expense  of the  Indemnifying  Party) to assume the
defense of any claim or any litigation  resulting  therefrom,  provided that (i)
the counsel  for the  Indemnifying  Party who shall  conduct the defense of such
claim or litigation shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the Indemnified  Party,
(ii) the Indemnified  Party may participate in such defense at its expense,  and
(iii) the omission by the  Indemnified  Party to give notice as provided  herein
shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under
this Agreement  except to the extent that such omission  results in a failure of
actual notice to the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party is materially
damaged  as a result  of such  failure  to give  notice.  Except  with the prior
written consent of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party, in the defense
of any such claim or litigation,  shall not consent to the entry of any judgment
or enter into any settlement  that provides for injunctive or other  nonmonetary
relief  affecting  the  Indemnified  Party  or  that  does  not  include  as  an
unconditional  term  thereof  the giving by each  claimant or  plaintiff  to the
Indemnified  Party of a release from all liability with respect to such claim or
litigation  without any payment by the  Indemnified  Party.  If the  Indemnified
Party shall in good faith  reasonably  determine that the conduct of the defense
of any claim subject to indemnification  hereunder or any proposed settlement of
any such claim by the Indemnifying  Party might reasonably be expected to affect
adversely the Indemnified  Party's ability to conduct its business,  or that the
Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims
that are  inconsistent  with one or more of those that may be  available  to the
Indemnifying Party in

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 8

<PAGE>


respect of such claim or any litigation relating thereto,  the Indemnified Party
shall have the right at all times to  participate  in the defense or  settlement
relating to any such claim at the sole cost of the  Indemnifying  Party.  In the
event that the  Indemnifying  Party does not accept the defense of any matter as
above  provided,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  have the full  right to defend
against any such claim or demand and shall be entitled to settle or agree to pay
in full such claim or demand at the sole cost of the Indemnifying  Party. In any
event, the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall cooperate in the
defense of any claim or  litigation  subject to this Section 7.3 and the records
of each shall be available to the other with respect to such defense.

     7.4 Other Remedies.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative
and are not  exclusive  of any  rights  or  remedies  an  Indemnified  Party may
otherwise have at law or in equity.

     7.5 Survival.  The indemnity and other provisions of this Article VII shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

     7.6 Force Majeure.  SWFSC shall not be liable to the Trust  Companies for a
failure to comply  with the terms  hereof  where  such  failure is due to causes
beyond its reasonable control.  The suspension of SWFSC's obligation pursuant to
this Section 7.6 shall not relieve SWFSC from  performing any other  obligations
not  affected by such cause,  excuse the Trust  Companies  from  performing  its
obligations under this Agreement, or extend the term of this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               Dispute Resolution

     8.1 Arbitration of Disputes. Any dispute,  controversy or claim arising out
of or  relating  to this  Agreement,  or the  Schedules  hereto,  or the breach,
termination,  validity or enforceability hereof shall be finally and exclusively
settled by  arbitration in accordance  with this Article VIII.  The  arbitration
shall be  conducted  in  accordance  with the  commercial  rules of the American
Arbitration Association ("AAA") in effect at the time of the arbitration, except
as they may be modified by mutual  agreement of the parties.  Arbitration  under
this Section shall be initiated by a written demand for  arbitration  specifying
the  controversy  or claim on which  arbitration is sought as well as the relief
requested. Service of the arbitration demand shall be effective if made pursuant
to the  notice  provisions  of  Section  10.9 of this  Agreement.  The  board of
arbitrators shall be composed of three arbitrators, each being qualified to make
evaluations of the matters under dispute. Each of the parties to the arbitration
shall  appoint  one  arbitrator  and  shall  notify  the  other  party  of  such
appointment within 15 days after receipt by the respondent of the written demand
to arbitrate.  The two  arbitrators  so appointed by the parties shall appoint a
third, presiding arbitrator,  within 30 days after their appointment.  If either
party fails to appoint  its  arbitrator  or the two  appointed  arbitrators  are
unable to  appoint  a third  arbitrator,  each  within  the  stated  period,  an
arbitrator  shall  be  chosen  by the AAA in  accordance  with  its  rules.  The
arbitration  shall  take  place in Dallas,  Texas,  or such  other  place as the
parties  mutually  agree.  The  arbitration  proceedings,  all documents and all
testimony,   written  or  oral,  produced  in  connection   therewith  shall  be
confidential. The arbitration award shall be final and

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 9

<PAGE>


binding on the parties and may include  costs,  including  attorneys'  fees. Any
arbitration  award may be enforced  in any court  having  jurisdiction  over the
party against which enforcement is sought.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              Term and Termination

     9.1 Term.  This  Agreement  shall  begin on the date  hereof  and  continue
through  the  close of  business  on the last  day of the  12th  calendar  month
commencing after the date hereof (the "Term").

     9.2 Termination.

          (a) This  Agreement  may be terminated by either party at any time for
     material breach of this Agreement by the other party and the failure of the
     breaching party to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving  written
     notice of such  breach in  accordance  with the notice  provisions  of this
     Agreement.  The  terminating  party shall give notice of termination  under
     this  Section 9.2 and shall  specify  the date as of which the  termination
     shall be effective.

          (b) During the Term, this Agreement may be terminated on 90 days prior
     written notice by either party.

          (c) Promptly upon termination hereof, SWFSC shall deliver to the Trust
     Companies or its designees all books and records, forms, statements, files,
     reports  and other  data and  information  in the form  (including  digital
     storage) in which they were  prepared or collected  by SWFSC in  connection
     with the performance of this Agreement.

          (d)  Except  for  Article  VI,  Article  VII and  Section  10.3,  upon
     termination  this Agreement  shall become void and have no effect and there
     shall be no  continuing  obligation  or liability on the party of any party
     hereto or its affiliates or  Representatives,  provided,  that  termination
     shall not relieve any party from liability for any breach hereof.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  Miscellaneous

     10.1  Independent  Contractor  Status.  SWFSC  relationship to and with the
Trust  Companies  under  this  Agreement  is  and at all  times  shall  be as an
independent  contractor.  Nothing contained  herein,  and no act done under this
Agreement,  shall be construed as  establishing a partnership,  joint venture or
other relationship between the parties.

     10.2  Exclusive  Agreement.  During the term of this  Agreement,  the Trust
Companies shall not, without the prior written consent of SWFSC, obtain services
similar to those provided by Leased

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 10

<PAGE>


Employees from any other person except its own  employees.  Nothing herein shall
prevent SWFSC from leasing its employees or providing any other  services to any
other person.

     10.3 Confidential  Proprietary  Information.  The parties  acknowledge that
during  the  term of this  Agreement,  each of the  parties  and  their  agents,
employees and  representatives  may obtain or have access to certain proprietary
information  of the other.  Each of the  parties  agrees  that such  proprietary
information will be maintained on a strictly  confidential  basis,  will be used
solely for the purposes contemplated herein, and will be disclosed only to those
of the parties'  respective agents,  employees and  representatives  who require
such information for purposes of their performance hereunder,  or as required by
applicable law or regulation.

     10.4 NO  WARRANTIES.  SWFSC MAKES NO  REPRESENTATION  OR  WARRANTIES OF ANY
KIND,  EXPRESS OR  IMPLIED,  IN LAW OR IN FACT,  WITH  RESPECT TO THE  ACCURACY,
PERFORMANCE,  QUALITY,  FITNESS OR  SUITABILITY  FOR A  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE,  OR
MERCHANTABILITY,  OR AGAINST  INFRINGEMENT,  OF THE  FACILITIES,  EQUIPMENT  AND
SUPPLIES FURNISHED TO THE LEASED EMPLOYEES HEREUNDER.

     10.5 Further  Assurances.  Each party hereto shall  execute and deliver any
additional  instruments,  letters and other  documents  reasonably  necessary in
order to effect or carry out the provisions of this Agreement and shall cause to
be done, and to assist and cooperate  with the other parties  doing,  all things
necessary,  proper  or  advisable  to  accomplish  and  carry  out,  in the most
expeditious manner practicable, the intent of the parties as expressed herein.

     10.6 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of
competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  void or unenforceable,  the remainder of
the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect.  The
parties  shall  endeavor  in good faith  negotiations  to replace  any  invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision with a valid legal and enforceable provision,
the economic  effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision.

     10.7 Agreement: No-Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement and the other
documents and instruments referred to herein (a) constitute the entire agreement
and  understanding and supersede all prior agreements and  understandings,  both
written and oral,  among the parties with respect to the subject  matter hereof,
and (b) except as  otherwise  expressly  specified  herein,  are not intended to
confer  upon any person  other than the  parties  hereto any rights or  remedies
hereunder.

     10.8  Assignment.  This  Agreement  shall not be  assignable  or  otherwise
transferable  by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other
parties  hereto,  and any purported  assignment or other  transfer  without such
consent shall be void and unenforceable.

     10.9  Notices.  Any notice,  demand,  election,  request,  consent or other
communication  required or permitted to be given  hereunder  shall be in writing
and shall be effective (a) when

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 11

<PAGE>


personally  delivered or  delivered by telecopy on a business day during  normal
business  hours (at the place of receipt)  at the  address or number  designated
below,  or (b) on the  second  business  day  following  the date of  mailing by
overnight  courier,  fully prepaid,  addressed to such address,  whichever shall
first occur. The addresses for such communication shall be:

         If to the Trust Companies:

         Lone Star Liquidating Trust
         500 North Akard, 12th Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75201
         Attention: Susan A. Brown
         Telecopy: (214) 954-7717

         If to SWFSC:

         Southwestern Financial Services Corporation
         500 North Akard
         Dallas, Texas 75201
         Attention: Glenn H. Gettier, Jr.
         Telecopy: (214) 954-7345

     10.10   Amendments  and  Waivers.   This  Agreement  may  not  be  amended,
supplemented or discharged,  and none of its provisions may be modified,  except
expressly by an  instrument  in writing  signed by the party to be charged.  Any
term or provision of this  Agreement  may be waived,  but only in writing by the
party which is entitled to the benefit of that provision. No waiver by any party
of any default with respect to any provision,  condition or  requirement  hereof
shall be deemed to be a continuing  waiver in the future  thereof or a waiver of
any other  provision,  condition or requirement  hereof,  nor shall any delay or
omission of any party to exercise any right  hereunder in any manner  impair the
exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

     10.11  Counterpart.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  which together shall constitute but one instrument.  It shall not
be necessary for each party to sign each  counterpart  so long as each party has
signed at least one counterpart.

     10.12  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to the
provisions thereof pertaining to the principles of conflict of laws.



EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 12

<PAGE>


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  SWFSC and the Trust  Companies  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first written above.

LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST                FACILITIES MANAGEMENT INSTALLATION,
                                           INC.

By:  /s/Susan A. Brown                     By: /s/Susan A. Brown
     -----------------                         -----------------
     Susan A. Brown, Managing Trustee          Susan A. Brown,
                                               Co-Chief Executive Officer


                                           SOUTHWESTERN FINANCIAL SERVICES
                                           CORPORATION


                                           By: /s/Glenn H. Gettier, Jr.
                                               ------------------------
                                               Glenn H. Gettier, Jr., President


EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT - Page 13

<PAGE>



                                  Schedule 1.1

                               EXECUTIVE MANAGERS

                              Glenn H. Gettier, Jr.
                                Robert C. Greving
                                 Daniel B. Gail
                                  John T. Hull
                                 Robert J. Bruce
                                W. Hubert Mathis




<PAGE>



                                  Schedule 6.1

                           Employee Leasing Agreement

     This  Schedule  sets  forth the  methodology  for  allocating  the fees and
expenses incurred for the benefit of the Trust Companies.

I. Direct Expenses

     Direct  Expenses  are all  fees and  expenses  incurred  by  SWFSC  for the
exclusive benefit of the Trust Companies.

     The following are examples of Direct Expenses:

     o    Cost and expenses  incurred in connection  with auditing the financial
          statements  for the Trust  Companies  or, at the  request of the Trust
          Companies, for ICH and BML.

     o    Legal  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the  employment  of legal
          counsel.

     o    Special tax,  accounting  or other  studies  performed by  independent
          professional or consulting individuals or organizations.

     o    Taxes, other than FICA and employment taxes paid by SWFSC with respect
          to SWFSC's  employees and federal,  state and local taxes  withheld by
          SWFSC.

     All Direct  Expenses  that are paid by SWFSC  shall be charged  one hundred
percent (100%) to the Trust Companies.

II. Indirect Expenses

     Indirect  Expenses are all fees and expenses of SWFSC incurred on behalf of
the Trust Companies other than Direct Expenses . Indirect  Expenses  include the
salaries  of the Leased  Employees  providing  services  to the Trust  Companies
required by the  Trustee.  Leased  Employees'  salaries  shall be charged to the
Trust  Companies  at the rate of one hundred  (100%) of such  Leased  Employees'
regular monthly  salaries  multiplied by the percentage of time for pay purposes
such Leased  Employees  actually worked for the Trust Companies during the month
in  question.  All other  Indirect  Expenses  incurred by SWFSC on behalf of the
Trust  Companies  will be  charged to the Trust  Companies  each month at a rate
equal to sixty  percent  (60%) of the actual  amount of salaries  charged to the
Trust  Companies  for the  Leased  Employees  providing  services  to the  Trust


                  ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT

     ADDENDUM NO. 1, dated as of February 19, 1998 (the "Addendum"), to Employee
Leasing  Agreement dated as of February 19, 1997 (the  "Agreement"),  among Lone
Star  Liquidating  Trust,  a Texas trust (the  "Trust"),  Facilities  Management
Installation,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("FMI" and together with the Trust
sometimes  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  the  "Trust  Companies")  and
Southwestern Financial Services Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("SWFSC").

     WHEREAS,  the parties wish to extend the term of the Agreement and to amend
Schedule 1.1 thereto;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing  and other  good and
valuable   consideration  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

     1. The Term of the Agreement  shall continue  through the close of business
on March 31, 1999, unless further extended by the parties.

     2. Schedule 1.1 to the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to
read as set forth in Schedule 1.1 attached to this Addendum.

     3. References in the Agreement to the "Agreement"  shall mean the Agreement
as amended and  modified  hereby and  reference to "Term" shall mean the Term of
the Agreement as extended hereby.  This Addendum supersedes any prior agreements
or understandings  with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Except as amended
hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. This Addendum may
be executed in any number of  counterparts,  all of which taken  together  shall
constitute one and the same  instrument.  This Addendum shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas without
regard to the  provisions  thereof  pertaining to the  principles of conflict of
laws.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the SWFSC and the Trust  Companies have executed this
Addendum as of the date first written above.

LONE STAR LIQUIDATING TRUST          FACILITIES MANAGEMENT INSTALLATION,
                                      INC.

By:       /s/ Susan A. Brown         By:         /s/ Susan A. Brown
     Name:  Susan A. Brown                Name:  Susan A. Brown
      Its:  Managing Trustee              Its:   Co-Chief Executive Officer


                                     SOUTHWESTERN FINANCIAL SERVICES
                                     CORPORATION

                                     By:         /s/ John Bower
                                          Name:  John Bower
                                          Its:   Senior Vice President,
                                                 Administration



<PAGE>


                                  Schedule 1.1
                               EXECUTIVE MANAGERS
                                   John Bower
                                  John T. Hull
                                W. Hubert Mathis
                                David Montgomery



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission